DLYa_PEREVODA_PS_Oktyabrskaya_en



National Power Company "Ukrenergo"
Ukraine
Powertransmissionproject - 2
(PTP - 2)
Tender Documents
Volume I: Technical Requirements
Lot 1: Rehabilitation ofSS 330 kV "Zhovtneva "
Component А
29 May 2015
Kyiv 2015.
TOC \o "1-4" \h \z \u Section I.GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS PAGEREF _Toc428348867 \h 111.General requirements PAGEREF _Toc428348868 \h 112.Feasibility study PAGEREF _Toc428348869 \h 113.Scope of works PAGEREF _Toc428348870 \h 114.System of units PAGEREF _Toc428348871 \h 13The entire technical documentation shall use the International System of Units (SI), in accordance withthe provisions of theISO/IEC 80000. PAGEREF _Toc428348872 \h 135.Guaranteed values PAGEREF _Toc428348873 \h 136.Special requirements PAGEREF _Toc428348874 \h 138.Regulations, Standards and Rules PAGEREF _Toc428348875 \h 159.Unification and interchangeability PAGEREF _Toc428348876 \h 1610.Materials and quality PAGEREF _Toc428348877 \h 1711.Quality assurance system PAGEREF _Toc428348878 \h 1711.1Main principles PAGEREF _Toc428348879 \h 1711.2Notification on defects PAGEREF _Toc428348880 \h 1712.Tools PAGEREF _Toc428348881 \h 1812.1Standard tools PAGEREF _Toc428348882 \h 1812.2Special accessories, instruments and tools PAGEREF _Toc428348883 \h 1813.Spare parts PAGEREF _Toc428348884 \h 1913.1Basic requirements PAGEREF _Toc428348885 \h 1913.2Mandatory spare parts PAGEREF _Toc428348886 \h 1913.3Recommended spare parts PAGEREF _Toc428348887 \h 1914.Packing, shipping, transportation and load-lifting mechanisms PAGEREF _Toc428348888 \h 2014.1Packing PAGEREF _Toc428348889 \h 2014.2Shipping and transportation PAGEREF _Toc428348890 \h 2014.3Load-lifting operations PAGEREF _Toc428348891 \h 2115.Labels and Nameplates PAGEREF _Toc428348892 \h 2116.Inscriptions and signs PAGEREF _Toc428348893 \h 2216.1General requirements PAGEREF _Toc428348894 \h 2216.2Safety signs PAGEREF _Toc428348895 \h 2216.3Informative signs PAGEREF _Toc428348896 \h 2216.4Signs essential in case of emergency PAGEREF _Toc428348897 \h 2216.6Warning signs PAGEREF _Toc428348898 \h 2316.7Prohibiting signs PAGEREF _Toc428348899 \h 2317.Inspection and tests PAGEREF _Toc428348900 \h 2317.1Basic principles PAGEREF _Toc428348901 \h 2317.2Factory tests and factory test reports PAGEREF _Toc428348902 \h 2417.3Inspections and site tests PAGEREF _Toc428348903 \h 2418.Test reports and test programs PAGEREF _Toc428348904 \h 2518.1Factory test reports PAGEREF _Toc428348905 \h 2518.2Test programs PAGEREF _Toc428348906 \h 2519.Warranty PAGEREF _Toc428348907 \h 2620.Training PAGEREF _Toc428348908 \h 2621.Documentation PAGEREF _Toc428348909 \h 2621.1General requirements PAGEREF _Toc428348910 \h 2621.2Design coordination procedure PAGEREF _Toc428348911 \h 2721.3Responsibility for errors in data and drawings PAGEREF _Toc428348912 \h 2821.4Design alteration procedures PAGEREF _Toc428348913 \h 2821.5Works implementation program and schedule PAGEREF _Toc428348914 \h 2821.6Project for Organization of Construction PAGEREF _Toc428348915 \h 2921.7Reports on works performed PAGEREF _Toc428348916 \h 2921.8Progress meetings reports PAGEREF _Toc428348917 \h 3021.9Installation and commissioning instructions PAGEREF _Toc428348918 \h 3121.10Operating and maintenance manual PAGEREF _Toc428348919 \h 3121.11As-built documentation PAGEREF _Toc428348920 \h 3222.Requirements to Organization of Construction Works PAGEREF _Toc428348921 \h 3222.1General requirements PAGEREF _Toc428348922 \h 3222.2Permits and licenses for works implementation PAGEREF _Toc428348923 \h 3222.3Temporary sites PAGEREF _Toc428348924 \h 3322.4Supply of construction site PAGEREF _Toc428348925 \h 3422.5Maintenance and cleaning of construction site PAGEREF _Toc428348926 \h 3422.6Organization and quality assurance of civil and erection works PAGEREF _Toc428348927 \h 3422.7Safety and labour protection requirements PAGEREF _Toc428348928 \h 3422.8Fire safety PAGEREF _Toc428348929 \h 3622.9Environmental protection. Environment protection and socialmanagement plan. PAGEREF _Toc428348930 \h 3623.Requirements to works PAGEREF _Toc428348931 \h 3823.1Land measuring PAGEREF _Toc428348932 \h 3823.2Earthworks PAGEREF _Toc428348933 \h 3823.3Concrete Works PAGEREF _Toc428348934 \h 4023.4Foundations PAGEREF _Toc428348935 \h 4123.5Covered-up works and covered-up works reports PAGEREF _Toc428348936 \h 4223.6Erection works PAGEREF _Toc428348937 \h 4223.7Electrical installation works PAGEREF _Toc428348938 \h 4323.8Start-up and commissioning PAGEREF _Toc428348939 \h 4423.9Insulation and corrosion-protection works PAGEREF _Toc428348940 \h 4423.10Painting PAGEREF _Toc428348941 \h 4523.11Roofing and waterproofing PAGEREF _Toc428348942 \h 4523.12Operational acceptance of the completed facility PAGEREF _Toc428348943 \h 45SECTION II. SPECIFIC TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS PRIMERY EQUIPMENT PAGEREF _Toc428348944 \h 5424.General information on the project PAGEREF _Toc428348945 \h 5425.Natural and climatic conditions in the facility PAGEREF _Toc428348946 \h 5526.Land improvement PAGEREF _Toc428348947 \h 5527.Requirements for the electrical parameters of the network PAGEREF _Toc428348948 \h 5527.1System 330 kV PAGEREF _Toc428348949 \h 5527.2System 110 kV PAGEREF _Toc428348950 \h 5528.The scope of works and services PAGEREF _Toc428348951 \h 5628.1General Provisions PAGEREF _Toc428348952 \h 5629.The volume of the mounted high-voltage equipment PAGEREF _Toc428348953 \h 5729.1.1Grounds autotransformers PAGEREF _Toc428348954 \h 5729.1.2Linear portals overhead 330 kV PAGEREF _Toc428348955 \h 5729.1.3Linear portals 110 kV PAGEREF _Toc428348956 \h 5729.1.4GIS room-330 kV PAGEREF _Toc428348957 \h 5729.1.5GIS room-110 kV PAGEREF _Toc428348958 \h 5829.1.6List and the number of high voltage equipment PAGEREF _Toc428348959 \h 5829.2The scope of work for the substation PAGEREF _Toc428348960 \h 5829.2.1Buildings primary purpose PAGEREF _Toc428348961 \h 5829.2.2The design solutions for buildings main destination PAGEREF _Toc428348962 \h 5930.Requirements for the switchgear arrangement 330 kV and 110 kV PAGEREF _Toc428348963 \h 5930.1Basic design-layout solutions PAGEREF _Toc428348964 \h 5930.2Monitoring subsystem GIS 330/110 PAGEREF _Toc428348965 \h 6130.2.1Purpose and functions PAGEREF _Toc428348966 \h 6130.3Auxiliaries substation PAGEREF _Toc428348967 \h 6230.3.1Shields own needs PAGEREF _Toc428348968 \h 6230.3.2Power supply consumers during construction PAGEREF _Toc428348969 \h 6230.4Monitoring of existing AT PAGEREF _Toc428348970 \h 63structures and main electrical equipment PAGEREF _Toc428348971 \h 6331.1Overvoltage protection , external insulation, grounding system, lighting system , beacons mounted on top of high structures, biological protection PAGEREF _Toc428348972 \h 6331.1.1Lightning protection system PAGEREF _Toc428348973 \h 6331.1.2External insulation PAGEREF _Toc428348974 \h 6431.1.3Requirements grounding system implementation PAGEREF _Toc428348975 \h 6531.1.4Handing over in exploitation of the earth system PAGEREF _Toc428348976 \h 6631.1.5Lighting system PAGEREF _Toc428348977 \h 6631.1.6Biological protection PAGEREF _Toc428348978 \h 6731.2Requirements to works and structural materials PAGEREF _Toc428348979 \h 6731.2.1Concrete and reinforced-concrete structures PAGEREF _Toc428348980 \h 6731.2.2Metallic structures PAGEREF _Toc428348981 \h 6831.2.3Corrosion protection PAGEREF _Toc428348982 \h 6831.2.4Painting PAGEREF _Toc428348983 \h 6931.2.5Deviation tolerances of building structures PAGEREF _Toc428348984 \h 6931.2.6Shipment and transportation PAGEREF _Toc428348985 \h 7131.2.7Load-lifting mechanisms and accessories PAGEREF _Toc428348986 \h 7231.2.8Warranty PAGEREF _Toc428348987 \h 7331.2.9General layout and transportation system ; Access roads at the site PAGEREF _Toc428348988 \h 7331.3Inspection and tests PAGEREF _Toc428348989 \h 7431.3.1Factory tests and factory test reports PAGEREF _Toc428348990 \h 7431.3.2Site tests PAGEREF _Toc428348991 \h 7432Fire safety PAGEREF _Toc428348992 \h 7533Sanitary Engineering Solutions PAGEREF _Toc428348993 \h 7633.1.1Sanitary engineering apartments PAGEREF _Toc428348994 \h 7633.1.2Canalization PAGEREF _Toc428348995 \h 7634Heating, ventilation and conditioning PAGEREF _Toc428348996 \h 7735Requirements to materials, equipment, structures, systems, conductors and cables PAGEREF _Toc428348997 \h 7835.1Special requirements PAGEREF _Toc428348998 \h 7835.2GIS – 330 кВ и GIS – 110 кВ PAGEREF _Toc428348999 \h 7935.3Terminators of overstrain PAGEREF _Toc428349000 \h 8835.4Shield of own needs 0,4 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349001 \h 8835.5Shield of direct-current 220 V PAGEREF _Toc428349002 \h 9035.6Cables and cable trays PAGEREF _Toc428349003 \h 9135.7Power cables PAGEREF _Toc428349004 \h 9235.8Control cables PAGEREF _Toc428349005 \h 9235.9Requirements to the equipment HF treatments for organization HF ducting’s on WL (HF minelayer, condensers of connection) PAGEREF _Toc428349006 \h 93TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS FOR PRIMARY EQUIPMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE PAGEREF _Toc428349007 \h 9536.Assortment and quantity PAGEREF _Toc428349008 \h 95Technical Data Schedules Description PAGEREF _Toc428349009 \h 9537 Information about a nomenclature and amount of the required equipment, materials, wares PAGEREF _Toc428349010 \h 9637.1Information about a nomenclature and amount of the required high-voltage equipment and equipment of own needs. PAGEREF _Toc428349011 \h 9637.2Information about a nomenclature and amount of the required materials (wires, cables and terminal closets) PAGEREF _Toc428349012 \h 9637.3Information about a nomenclature and amount of the required devices of instruments and adaptations PAGEREF _Toc428349013 \h 9738Tables of technical information PAGEREF _Toc428349014 \h 9738.1Expls to the tables PAGEREF _Toc428349015 \h 9738.2Technical requirements to GIS - 330 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349016 \h 9938.3Technical requirements to GIS – 110 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349017 \h 10238.4Technical requirements to the terminator of overstrain 330 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349018 \h 10638.5Technical requirements to the terminator of overstrain 110 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349019 \h 10838.6Technical requirements to the shield of own needs 0,4 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349020 \h 10938.7В Technical requirements to the shield of direct-current 220 V PAGEREF _Toc428349021 \h 11038.8Technical information of high-frequency minelayer for WL 330 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349022 \h 11138.9Technical information of condensers of connection for WL 330 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349023 \h 11138.10Technical information of high-frequency minelayer for WL 110 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349024 \h 11238.11Technical information of condensers of connection for WL 110 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349025 \h 112III. SPECIAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS TO RELAY PROTECTION AND AUTOMATION SYSTEM PAGEREF _Toc428349026 \h 11339General PAGEREF _Toc428349027 \h 11339.1Scope of Work Overview PAGEREF _Toc428349028 \h 11339.2Contractor`s Duties PAGEREF _Toc428349029 \h 11339.3Dismantling PAGEREF _Toc428349030 \h 11539.4Training PAGEREF _Toc428349031 \h 11539.5Operational Conditions PAGEREF _Toc428349032 \h 11539.6General Design Requirements PAGEREF _Toc428349033 \h 11639.7Requirements to Microprocessor Devices Regarding External Interface PAGEREF _Toc428349034 \h 11639.8Software Requirements PAGEREF _Toc428349035 \h 11739.9Requirements to Control Cables PAGEREF _Toc428349036 \h 11739.10Spare Parts and Special Tools PAGEREF _Toc428349037 \h 11839.11Warranty Maintenance PAGEREF _Toc428349038 \h 11839.12Requirements to Methodology Buidelines Regarding Selection of Setting for Relay Protection and Special Automatics PAGEREF _Toc428349039 \h 11940General Functional Requirements to Elements of Relay Protection and Special Automatics System PAGEREF _Toc428349040 \h 12040.1Devices of Protection of Automatic Transformers 330 kV for AT with Phase Shifting Transformer PAGEREF _Toc428349041 \h 12040.2High-frequency transceivers for basic differential-phase defense of line on a microelectronic element base PAGEREF _Toc428349042 \h 12040.3Complete set of reserve defense of WL-330 kV (on the controlled from distance and current principle) with the function of ARI ( automatically the repeated including) , DBRS ( device of backuping at the refuse of switches) PAGEREF _Toc428349043 \h 12140.4Complete set of automation of management a switch 330 kV with the functions of DBRS, ARI PAGEREF _Toc428349044 \h 12240.5Complete set by a basic differential-phase HF defense of WL-110 kV with the functions of reserve defense PAGEREF _Toc428349045 \h 12340.6Complete set of basic differential defense of WL-110 kV (transmission of signal on fibre-optic communication line) with the functions of reserve defense PAGEREF _Toc428349046 \h 12340.7Complete set of defense WL-110 kV (on the controlled from distance and current principle) with funk-ciey DBRS,ARI PAGEREF _Toc428349047 \h 12440.8Complete set of defense CS(connecting switch) -110 kV, BCS(bus connecting switch )-110 kV on current principle with the function DBRS PAGEREF _Toc428349048 \h 12540.9Complete set of automation of management a switch 110 kV with the functions DBRS, ARI, FLD (fixing of line disconnecting) PAGEREF _Toc428349049 \h 12640.10DBRS function PAGEREF _Toc428349050 \h 12740.11Functions of ARI device PAGEREF _Toc428349051 \h 12740.12Device of fixing disconnecting and including line (FLD and FLI)) PAGEREF _Toc428349052 \h 12740.13Automation device of liquidation asynchronous mode (ADLA) PAGEREF _Toc428349053 \h 12840.14Complete set for the transmission commands RP (relay protection) and SA (special automatic ) PAGEREF _Toc428349054 \h 12940.15Requirements to the dividing filters for organization HF ductings PAGEREF _Toc428349055 \h 12940.16Requirement to the joining filter for organization HF channels PAGEREF _Toc428349056 \h 12940.17Requirements to the radio-frequency cable for joining HF apparatus to the HF highway PAGEREF _Toc428349057 \h 13040.18Requirement to the devices of determining damage location (DDL) by a wave method PAGEREF _Toc428349058 \h 13040.19Complete set for the transmission of command RP and SA on FCL PAGEREF _Toc428349059 \h 13140.20Complete set of defense autotransformers 330 kV on differential, controlled from distance and current principle (basic and dublicate) PAGEREF _Toc428349060 \h 13240.21Complete set of defense transformers 110 kV on differential, controlled from distance and current principle PAGEREF _Toc428349061 \h 13240.22Complete set of differential defense of tires 330 kV and 110 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349062 \h 13340.23Complete set of differential defense bus arrangement 330 kV and 110 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349063 \h 13440.24Complete set for adjusting and verification equipment of relay protection and special automatic PAGEREF _Toc428349064 \h 13540.25Low-voltage complete devices (LCD). Closets with the microprocessor terminals of defense PAGEREF _Toc428349065 \h 13641Nomenclature and amount supplied with the equipment of the systems electric defense and automation of substation 330 kV «Zhovtneva» PAGEREF _Toc428349066 \h 14042Tables of technical information for the system of relay protection and automation PAGEREF _Toc428349067 \h 14142.1Generals PAGEREF _Toc428349068 \h 14142.2Terminology PAGEREF _Toc428349069 \h 14242.3Table of these technical devices, equipment, systems, subject delivery on substation 330 kV «Zhovtneva» in accordance with a nomenclature and amount of supplied with an equipment (see is the special technical requirements) PAGEREF _Toc428349070 \h 14342.3.1Technical information of complete set of basic differential-phase defence WL-330 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349071 \h 14342.3.2Technical data post high-frequency protection (for overhead lines of 330 kV and 110 kV) PAGEREF _Toc428349072 \h 14842.3.3Technical data sets main differential protection of 330 kV overhead (with signal transmission on fiber optic) PAGEREF _Toc428349073 \h 14842.3.4Technical data set up protection of 330 kV overhead (on the remote and current principle) PAGEREF _Toc428349074 \h 15242.3.5Technical data sets automatic control switch with 330 kV circuit breaker failure protection, AR PAGEREF _Toc428349075 \h 15642.3.6Technical data sets basic differential-phase protections of 110 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349076 \h 15942.3.7Technical data sets main differential protection of WL-110 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349077 \h 16342.3.8Technical data set up protection of 110 kV (on the remote and the current principle) PAGEREF _Toc428349078 \h 16642.3.9Technical Data Security Kit CS-110 kV, BCS- 110 kV bus coupler on the current printsipes the breaker failure protection PAGEREF _Toc428349079 \h 17042.3.10Technical data sets automatic control switch with 110 kV circuit breaker failure protection, AR, FLD PAGEREF _Toc428349080 \h 17242.3.11Technical data sets of differential busbar protection / busbar 330 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349081 \h 17542.3.12Technical data sets of differential busbar protection / busbar 110 kV PAGEREF _Toc428349082 \h 17742.3.13Technical Data Security Kit autotransformers 330/110 kV differential, distance and current principle (main and backup set) PAGEREF _Toc428349083 \h 17942.3.14Technical Data Security Kit transformers 110/35 kV differential, distance and current principle PAGEREF _Toc428349084 \h 18242.3.15Technical data protection management set RPN transformers PAGEREF _Toc428349085 \h 18542.3.16Technical data kit PAGEREF _Toc428349086 \h 18642.3.17Technical Data Automation Kit elimination of asynchronous operation PAGEREF _Toc428349087 \h 18742.3.18Technical data set command RP and SA - Tx, Rx PAGEREF _Toc428349088 \h 18942.3.19Technical data sets and data relay protection and emergency teams on FCL PAGEREF _Toc428349089 \h 19142.3.20Requirements Crossover PAGEREF _Toc428349090 \h 19242.3.21Requirements for coupling filter (WL-110 kV) PAGEREF _Toc428349091 \h 19242.3.22Requirements for coupling filter (WL-330 kV) PAGEREF _Toc428349092 \h 19342.3.23Requirements for Radio-frequency cables PAGEREF _Toc428349093 \h 19342.3.24Technical data sets to test relay protection PAGEREF _Toc428349094 \h 19342.3.25Technical data test set to test HF devices PAGEREF _Toc428349095 \h 19642.3.26Technical Data laptop PAGEREF _Toc428349096 \h 198SPECIAL IV. SPECIAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS TO AUTOMATED CONTROL SYSTEM FOR TECHNOLOGICAL PROCESS PAGEREF _Toc428349097 \h 19943.General PAGEREF _Toc428349098 \h 19943.1Scope of Works PAGEREF _Toc428349099 \h 19943.2Project Structure PAGEREF _Toc428349100 \h 19943.3Contractor`s duties PAGEREF _Toc428349101 \h 20044.Purpose and Objectives of ACS TP SS PAGEREF _Toc428349102 \h 20144.1Purpose of ACS TP of the Substation PAGEREF _Toc428349103 \h 20144.2Objectives of the ACS TP of the Substation PAGEREF _Toc428349104 \h 20145.Functions Performed by the ACS TP SS PAGEREF _Toc428349105 \h 20245.1Process Functions PAGEREF _Toc428349106 \h 20245.1.1Monitoring of the Substation Current Mode and the Key Diagram Status PAGEREF _Toc428349107 \h 20245.1.2Equipment status and operation readiness monitoring PAGEREF _Toc428349108 \h 20245.1.3Equipment operating modes monitorin PAGEREF _Toc428349109 \h 20245.1.4Automated substation equipment control PAGEREF _Toc428349110 \h 20345.1.5Warning and alarm system organization PAGEREF _Toc428349111 \h 20445.1.5.1Warning system PAGEREF _Toc428349112 \h 20445.1.5.2Alarm system: PAGEREF _Toc428349113 \h 20445.1.6Registration of emergencies PAGEREF _Toc428349114 \h 20545.1.7Prоviding current and archived data for operating personnel and other users PAGEREF _Toc428349115 \h 20545.1.8Data exchange with other levels of control hierarchy PAGEREF _Toc428349116 \h 20645.2System-wide functions PAGEREF _Toc428349117 \h 20746.Description of the Automation Object PAGEREF _Toc428349118 \h 20747.Implementation of ACS TP basic functions PAGEREF _Toc428349119 \h 20947.1General requirement PAGEREF _Toc428349120 \h 20947.2Monitoring of the Substation Current Mode and the Key Diagram Status PAGEREF _Toc428349121 \h 20947.2.1Equipment Status Monitoring PAGEREF _Toc428349122 \h 20947.2.2Process parameters monitoring PAGEREF _Toc428349123 \h 21047.3Control Process Automation PAGEREF _Toc428349124 \h 21247.3.1Automated Management Services PAGEREF _Toc428349125 \h 21247.3.2Control of the Substation Components PAGEREF _Toc428349126 \h 21347.3.3Control of 330 – 110 kV Switching Units PAGEREF _Toc428349127 \h 21447.3.4Control of 35 – 10 kV Switching Units PAGEREF _Toc428349128 \h 21547.4Database of historical data maintaining PAGEREF _Toc428349129 \h 21548.Organization of ACS TP SS PAGEREF _Toc428349130 \h 21548.1Basic Architecture Principle of ACS TP SS PAGEREF _Toc428349131 \h 21548.2Requirement to structure and functionality of the system PAGEREF _Toc428349132 \h 21548.3Software and hardware of ACS TP PAGEREF _Toc428349133 \h 21648.3.1General requirements PAGEREF _Toc428349134 \h 21648.3.2Requirements to the substation level devices PAGEREF _Toc428349135 \h 21748.3.3Requirements to the connection and process level devices PAGEREF _Toc428349136 \h 21948.3.4Intelligent Electronic Devices (IED) PAGEREF _Toc428349137 \h 21948.3.5Requirements to LAN PAGEREF _Toc428349138 \h 22048.3.6Requirements to electromagnetic compatibility of SHS ACS TP PAGEREF _Toc428349139 \h 22048.3.7Requirement to reliability of the ACS TP software/hardware PAGEREF _Toc428349140 \h 22148.3.8Requirement to Safety PAGEREF _Toc428349141 \h 22148.3.9Ensuring of equipment operating conditions PAGEREF _Toc428349142 \h 22248.3.10Requirement to control and optical cables PAGEREF _Toc428349143 \h 22248.3.11Testing and self-diagnostics of the SHS components PAGEREF _Toc428349144 \h 22248.3.12Requirements for the maintenance and repair PAGEREF _Toc428349145 \h 22348.3.13Arrangement of power supply PAGEREF _Toc428349146 \h 22348.3.14Requirement for Embodiment of Control Cabinet PAGEREF _Toc428349147 \h 22448.4Data exchanges with higher levels of dispatcher control PAGEREF _Toc428349148 \h 22448.5Interaction with adjacent subsystems PAGEREF _Toc428349149 \h 22548.5.1General Requirements PAGEREF _Toc428349150 \h 22548.5.2Interaction with ASPFM PAGEREF _Toc428349151 \h 22548.5.3Interaction with relay protection an emergency controls PAGEREF _Toc428349152 \h 22648.5.4Interaction with substation main equipment monitoring subsystem PAGEREF _Toc428349153 \h 22648.5.5Interaction with the security video surveillance subsystem PAGEREF _Toc428349154 \h 22648.5.6Interaction with the automated fire extinguishing system PAGEREF _Toc428349155 \h 22748.5.7Interaction with ventilation and air conditioning subsystem PAGEREF _Toc428349156 \h 22748.5.8Interaction with SURS monitoring subsystem PAGEREF _Toc428349157 \h 22748.5.9Interaction with the metrological data collection and processing subsystem PAGEREF _Toc428349158 \h 22748.6Requirement to the universal time subsystem PAGEREF _Toc428349159 \h 22748.7Requirement to cyber security PAGEREF _Toc428349160 \h 22848.8Requirements to ergonomics and industrial design PAGEREF _Toc428349161 \h 22948.9Requirement to patent clearance PAGEREF _Toc428349162 \h 22948.10Requirements to standardisation and unification PAGEREF _Toc428349163 \h 23049.Requirement to the Types of Support PAGEREF _Toc428349164 \h 23049.1Requirements to mathematical support PAGEREF _Toc428349165 \h 23049.2Requirements to information support PAGEREF _Toc428349166 \h 23149.3Requirement to linguistic support PAGEREF _Toc428349167 \h 23149.4Requirements to software PAGEREF _Toc428349168 \h 23249.5Requirements to measurement assurance/metrological support PAGEREF _Toc428349169 \h 23349.6Requirements to spare parts and accessories PAGEREF _Toc428349170 \h 23449.7Requirement to Documentation PAGEREF _Toc428349171 \h 23449.7.1Technical documentation PAGEREF _Toc428349172 \h 23449.7.2Project documentation PAGEREF _Toc428349173 \h 23549.7.3Operational documentation PAGEREF _Toc428349174 \h 23550.Requirement for acceptance tests PAGEREF _Toc428349175 \h 23750.1General PAGEREF _Toc428349176 \h 23750.2Guarantees PAGEREF _Toc428349177 \h 23751.1General PAGEREF _Toc428349178 \h 23951.2Functional requirement PAGEREF _Toc428349179 \h 239Table 1.1:Technical requirements to ACS TP hardware and software PAGEREF _Toc428349180 \h 239SECTION V. SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR AUTOMATED metering system PAGEREF _Toc428349181 \h 24352.Setting and purpose of creation the system PAGEREF _Toc428349182 \h 24352.1Purpose ACSEE SS PAGEREF _Toc428349183 \h 24352.2The purpose of the ACSEE SS PAGEREF _Toc428349184 \h 24353.Description of object of automation PAGEREF _Toc428349185 \h 24454.System requirements PAGEREF _Toc428349186 \h 24454.1General system requirements PAGEREF _Toc428349187 \h 24454.1.1Requirements for the structure and functioning of the system PAGEREF _Toc428349188 \h 24554.1.2Reliability requirements PAGEREF _Toc428349189 \h 24754.1.3Requirements for Safety PAGEREF _Toc428349190 \h 24854.1.4Requirements to ergonomics and technical aesthetics PAGEREF _Toc428349191 \h 24954.1.5Requirements for the operation, maintenance, repair and preservation of the system components PAGEREF _Toc428349192 \h 24954.1.6Requirements for the protection of information from unauthorized access PAGEREF _Toc428349193 \h 24954.1.7Requirements for the preservation of information in case of emergencies PAGEREF _Toc428349194 \h 25054.1.8Requirements for protection from the influence of external factors PAGEREF _Toc428349195 \h 25154.1.9Requirements for the standardization and unification PAGEREF _Toc428349196 \h 25154.1.10Power Requirements PAGEREF _Toc428349197 \h 25254.2Feature Requirements ACSEE SS PAGEREF _Toc428349198 \h 25254.2.1Functions and settings tasks ACSEE SS PAGEREF _Toc428349199 \h 25254.3Requirements for the type of collateral PAGEREF _Toc428349200 \h 25554.3.1Requirements of a software PAGEREF _Toc428349201 \h 25554.3.2Requirements for data provision PAGEREF _Toc428349202 \h 25554.3.3Requirements for linguistic support PAGEREF _Toc428349203 \h 25654.3.4Software Requirements PAGEREF _Toc428349204 \h 25654.3.5Hardware requirements PAGEREF _Toc428349205 \h 25854.3.5.1Requirements for the counters of electric power PAGEREF _Toc428349206 \h 25954.3.5.2The requirements for communication cabinet ACSEE SS PAGEREF _Toc428349207 \h 25954.3.5.3The requirements for AWP PAGEREF _Toc428349208 \h 26054.3.5.4The requirements for communication channels PAGEREF _Toc428349209 \h 26054.3.6Requirements for metrological support PAGEREF _Toc428349210 \h 26154.3.7Requirements for Organizational Support PAGEREF _Toc428349211 \h 26154.4Requirements to ACSSE PAGEREF _Toc428349212 \h 26254.5Regulations PAGEREF _Toc428349213 \h 26255.TECHNICAL DATA TABLE FOR ACSEE PAGEREF _Toc428349214 \h 26455.1The range and number PAGEREF _Toc428349215 \h 264Table 2.1:Information regarding the number and amount of equipment required for electricity metering points SS PAGEREF _Toc428349216 \h 264Table 2.2: Data on the nomenclature and the amount of the required hardware and software ACSEE PAGEREF _Toc428349217 \h 265Тable 2.3:Composition Software PAGEREF _Toc428349218 \h 26555.2Technical data table PAGEREF _Toc428349219 \h 266Table 5.1Technical requirements for electronic multifunction electricity meter PAGEREF _Toc428349220 \h 266
Section I.GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTSGeneral requirementsIn the scope of this Lot the Contractor under the terms of the contract «turnkey» shall deliver:
- the full scope of design works (development of design documents);
- the supply of all necessary equipment for reconstruction of the SS;
- civil works, erection, tests and commissioning.
Feasibility studyThe feasibility study has obtained all necessary end orsements and approvals in accordance with the current procedure of approval of investment programs and construction projects applicable in Ukraine.
The information on the main design solutions of the feasibility study are included in various parts of the Employer's Requirements.
Changes of the basic design decisions must be made in accordance with applicable in Ukraine regulations, including, without fail, the passage of a comprehensive state examination.
Scope of worksThe scope of works to be implemented by the Contractor includes the following items:
а)obtaining all necessary approvals, permits and licenses required for works implementation, in accordance with Ukrainian legislation;
b)preparation of design documents (DD) in accordance with Ukrainian technological and normative documents;
c)preparation of the Project for Organization of Construction (POC) and works implementation schedule;
d)organization of temporary work sites for storage of materials and equipment at the construction site;
e)in-time manufacturing and factory acceptance tests (including provision of the necessary protocols/certificates for the Employer), packaging, labelling, transportation to the place of installation, insurance, unloading, temporary storage and storage at the construction site, corrosion protection of all structures and equipment necessary for works implementation;
f)purchase and/or supply, delivery to the construction site, temporary warehousing and storage of all necessary materials;;
g)purchase and/or supply of the spare parts and their delivery to warehouses specified by the Employer, in long-term storage packing;
h)purchase and/or supply of the special accessories, tools and instruments for the Employer's maintenance during SS operation, to be delivered to the storehouses specified by the Employer, in long-term storage packing;
i)preparation of the сonstruction site territory, including the complete dismantling of all previously constructed buildings, elements of foundations and portals АIS;
j)performance of all civil-and-erection works and commissioning in accordance with DD requirements;
k)submission of operating documents and the relevant certificates for the equipment, structures and materials;
l)issue of all necessary documentation, operational and acceptance tests, as well as
commissioning uponcompletion of reconstruction of the SS and its trial operation;
m)warranties, including elimination of defects during the Defects Liability Period for all components that are subject of procurement in the scope of this project.
Construction site's territory preparation:
Dismantling works;
Planning works;
Laying-out of construction netting at the SS
The main objects to be reconstructed:
AIS 330 кВ with full replacement of all existing equipment and support structures (with construction GIS 330кВ,combined with SCR);
AIS 110 кВ with full replacement of all existing equipment and support structures (with construction GIS 330кВ,combined with RH);
The conversion of existing OHL 110 & 330 kV, as well as transformer coupling to new SWGR;
Dismantling of the existing fire fighting pumping station with fire water tank sand the construction of new;
System of auxiliary power supply AC and DC;
Dismantling of the existing inner mesh fence SSandthe organization of new;
Dismantling of the compressor station and air passage;
Installation of a new HF communication equipment;
Connecting new earthing loop to the general earthing SS;
Cable system;
Relay protection (RP);
Automated Control System for Technological Processes(ACS);
Metering system… ;
communication facilities at the SS.
Lighting buildings and premises.
Improvement and land scaping territory:
Inner fence;
Device protective coating of gravel;
Improvement and lands caping.
System of unitsThe entire technical documentation shall use the International System of Units (SI), in accordance withthe provisions of theISO/IEC 80000.Guaranteed valuesThe Contractor shall guarantee that the equipment's data indicated by the Contractor in the technical data sheets, technical passport and equipment's nameplate will not deteriorate during the equipment's service life and under specific operation conditions.
The Contractor shall guarantee authenticity of the data in the technical data sheets. The Employer reserves the right to reject any equipment that doesn't meet the indicated requirements.
Special requirementsAll equipment supplied by Contractor, materials and structures used for the works implementation, as well as special accessories, tools and instruments necessary for maintenance of the equipment at the substation during operation shall be certified in Ukraine according to Ukrainian national requirements.
In order to clarify the certification requirements, the Contractor shall contact the Center for
Coordination of Certification "Ukrmetrtest-Standart":
03680, Kiev, Ukraine, Metrologicheskaya str. 4
Tel. +38 (044) 526-52-29 (reception), Fax: +38 (044) 526-42-60
E-mail: [email protected]
The measuring instruments shall be registered in the State Register of measuring devices approved for use in Ukraine.
All supplied equipment, fittings, measuring instruments and materials used for the work simplementation, as well as special accessories, tools and instruments required for the SS maintenance in the course of its operation, shall be new, unused, have standard manufacturer's design. They shall be designed taking into account the latest normative documents.
The Contractor shall confirm quality and origin of the goods by corresponding type test certificates.
During construction, transportation, storage at the Employer's warehouse, as well as during assembly,installation, acceptance testing, commissioning and trial operation, the Contractor shall comply with allrequirements specified in the latest editions of Ukrainian normative documents regarding the following aspects:
labour protection;
fire safety;
environment protection safety.
The Contractor shall own (or have assured access via rental, leasing, purchase or otherwise)machines, mechanisms, equipment and accessories, which shall be fully functional and capable of per forming all kinds of works.
The Contractor shall also have all the tools, materials and equipment needed for temporary operations, such as de-energization, dismantling, disconnection, connection, transfer, which may berequired during installation.
Performance of earth works by the Contractor shall be coordinated and approved with the respective organizations (including staff of the Employer) that operate adjacent or crossed underground communications.
The Employer will assist the Contractor in obtaining any necessary approvals.
All equipment supplied by the Contractor shall:
be designed in such a way, in order to ensure reliable and durable operation in the climatic conditions of the substation's location;
guarantee reliable operation;
have the required insulation level;
withstand possible mechanical impacts (load and voltage variations) that may occur during this substation's operation.
The Contractor shall provide sufficient amount of operation and maintenance instructions or manuals,in Russian or Ukrainian language, for the supplied equipment, as-built drawings, supply of all mandatory spare parts, special tools and repair equipment.
Coordination of activities
The Employer should coordinate the Contractor's activity.
If any Subcontractors are involved, the Contractor is responsible for coordination of activities between them. The list of Subcontractors, included in the Technical Data Sheets, should be filled in by the Contractor for the Employer's approval. The Contractor is responsible for providing the Employer with the essential elements of the proposed Subcontractors.
If the Subcontractor is unable to deliver the goods or render the services, the Contractor should appoint an alternative Subcontractor, subject to the Employer's approval.
Upon conclusion of the Contract, the Employer and the Contractor should meet at least the following requirements:
Design project: the Employer should perform the project's analysis upon completion of all basic stages of the project. It is not allowed to commence installation activities prior to the Employer's approval of the project.
Erection\Installation: the Contractor should make all drawings and working instructions, with detailed information on erection/installation, and submit them to the Employer for approval. It is not allowed to commence erection/installation activities prior to receipt of the Employer's approval.
Tests: All test programs should be submitted prior to commencement of the tests. A test may start upon its approval by the Employer. The results of tests should be submitted to the Employer for examination. A test is considered completed upon the Employer's approval.
Commissioning: Commissioning should not start prior to the Employer's approval of all tests documents. Prior to commissioning, the Contractor should submit to the Employer the commissioning plan for approval.
The Employer should notify the Contractor on all known external, operational and any special limitations, which should be taken into account by the Contractor in the works implementations chedule.
Regulations, Standards and RulesThe standards and technical specifications indicated in the Tendering documentation shall facilitate widest competition and at the same time, they shall guarantee compliance with the basic technical conditions and other requirements to the goods and/or works purchased.
All materials and equipment, design, construction, quality of works shall comply with the regulatory and technical standards and building codes applicable in Ukraine.
The equipment at the date of supply shall have certificates that correspond to the legislation of Ukraine. Moreover, the Contractor shall submit the available certificates of conformance for the equipment supplied, obtained in the manufacturer's country or in the third countries.
If it is impossible to manufacture the equipment or materials, or implement the works as per Ukrainian standards or due to rise in prices for products or works, as a result of exclusive nature of production, itis allowed to use other equivalent standards (IEC, ANSI, ASME, ASTM, IEEE, ISO and so on), which guarantee higher quality of works.
Standards requested in the present volume (i.e. GOST, SNiP, IEC) may be replaced by equivalent standards internationally recognized, subject to successful demonstration of their equivalence by the Contractor.
The differences between these standards and proposed alternative standards shall be fully described by the Contractor in the Tendering documents and submitted to the Employer for approval. If the Employer considers that such proposed change do not guarantee proper quality of work, the Contractor shall comply with the requirements of the current Ukrainian regulatory documents (including all amendments) presented in the ОИД 34.01.101:2011 "Current industry regulations regarding operation and repair of electrical power plants and networks"(Index as of 01.01.15).
The Contractor shall use the latest versions of regulations published as of the date of the Contract signature (award).
List of the main regulations are given in Annex №1.
The Tenderer shall clearly state its own propositions regarding the use of the standards.
All recommendations included in the applicable standards shall be considered as mandatory requirements.
If a standard includes a reference to another document, edition or standard, then the requirements of those documents, editions and standards shall also be met.
If the international or national norms, rules and standards of the Contractor's country or third countries are used in addition to the above ones, for design, manufacture and tests of the equipment, the Contractor shall submit to the Employer (prior to commencement of the design activities) all necessary information regarding the performed analysis of conformance of such other norms, rules and standards to the requirements of the current legislative acts and regulations of Ukraine.
Unification and interchangeabilityThe products proposed by the Contractor shall be designed taking into account optimal standardization and unification of their components, in order to ensure interchangeability at the level of blocks, devices, modules, parts. The elements (assembly units, parts) of prototypes having the same designation shall be unified.
When the products are developed, the following shall be ensured:
use of the standard, normalized, unified and borrowed items, parts, units, instruments, aggregates and elements;
compliance with dimension types, nominal rows and parametric requirements stipulated byre gulations.
If it is impossible to meet these technical requirements using the standard, normalized, unified and borrowed components, it is allowed to use the original components. The use of the original solution sand non-standard component items in the sets of prototypes shall have good reasoning.
The spare structures and spare parts shall be interchangeable.
The parts of equipment that perform similar functions shall be of the same type, in order to reduce the assortment and quantity of required spare parts.
Materials and qualityThe materials used in the equipment manufacturing shall have high quality and physical properties that ensure long-term operation.
If the Contractor intends to use the material or components different from those proposed in the Basic design, the Contractor shall submit to the Employer the relevant documents certifying that such material or components meet these requirements and approved standard, and that the quality of the material is appropriate for the specified conditions and applications.
Structures, products and materials to be used for erection of concrete, reinforced-concrete, steel and masonry structures shall meet the requirements of the corresponding standards, technical condition sand working documentation.
The Contractor shall guarantee the quality of all materials, structures, equipment, and efficient operation of equipment in strict accordance with the requirements, stated in the Technical requirements.
Quality assurance systemMain principlesThe quality assurance system shall meet the standards of the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) 9000, 9001, 9004, 19011, 10012 and national quality standards in the Employer's country.
The compliance with the quality assurance system does not release the Contractor from responsibility for quality of the equipment supplied and quality of the works performed.
Notification on defectsIn the Contractor's quality assurance system, the procedure of submission of notifications on each error / defect and methods of their elimination shall be developed.
The Contractor shall strictly follow the procedure of filing all error/defect case notifications.
This filing procedure shall be submitted to the Employer for review and approval as a part of the quality program and shall include at least the following:
documentary confirmation that each error/defect case has been identified and eliminated,and/or a defect report being processed for defect elimination;
notification form on each error/defect case shall include at least the following information:
identification of a non-conforming product and description of wrong properties or manufacturing process;
reference to the item of the Employer's Technical Requirements, which determine the characteristics of the equipment/manufacturing process;
the Contractor's planned actions on elimination of error/defect and expected date of such elimination.
ToolsFor assembly and installation of structures and equipment, the Contractor can apply two types of tools:
а)standard tools;
б)special accessories, instruments and tools.
Standard toolsFor each type of equipment, the Contractor shall supply the complete set of standard tools for assembly, installation, adjustment and setting-up, routine maintenance and repair of equipment uponits commissioning, in complement and packed form with the parts list.
Special accessories, instruments and toolsThe Contractor shall provide the special tools and additional measures for installation and commissioning that guarantee quality of installation and proper operation of equipment. All specialtools, accessories, instruments and tools for installation of equipment shall be delivered by the Contractor into the Employer's country on the temporary basis, for the period of installation and precommissioning, they shall be exported at the Contractor's cost.
The Contractor shall propose its own list of special accessories, instruments and tools that will be used by the Employer during operation of the equipment at the substation. This list shall be agreed with the Employer during preparation of the Contract. This list shall include the per-unit prices (price for 1piece) for each item.
The special tools, accessories and instruments shall be dispatched with the first lot of the equipment,for which they are designed.
The special tools, accessories and instruments shall be supplied by the Contractor in the full scope required for maintenance and routine repair of each type of the equipment supplied after its commissioning.
The special accessories, instruments and tools for maintenance of the SS equipment during its operation shall be new, technically appropriate to the requirements and certified in Ukraine.
Spare partsBasic requirementsThe declared prices for special accessories, instruments and tools, as well as the prices for recommended and additional spare parts shall remain unchanged until the expiration of the defects liability period, in accordance with the Contract.
All spare parts shall satisfy the requirements and conditions of these Employer's Requirements to materials and basic equipment. They shall be fully interchangeable and acceptable for use instead of the main parts, be provided with factory specifications, accordingly marked and prepared (mothballed)for long-term storage.
All spare parts shall be provided with storage instructions in Ukrainian, English language, along with respective catalogues.
Along with submission of the proposal, the Contractor shall provide a written guarantee that the spare parts delivered under the Contract will be available for the Employer for ten (10) years upon expiration of the defects liability period, regardless of their obsolescence.
Mandatory spare partsThe Contractor shall propose the list of mandatory spare parts to be used by the Employer for elimination of possible emergency or during equipment maintenance. The cost of mandatory spare parts shall be included in the total Tender price.
The mandatory spare parts shall be included by the Contractor in the Tender proposal to meet the requirements of the Employer indicated in the Technical Requirements, and/or taking into account the recommendations of equipment manufacturers.
Recommended spare partsThe Contractor may propose own list of recommended spare parts, which it considers necessary to provide safe and reliable operation and maintenance of substation equipment during the warranty period.
The price of recommended spare parts shall not be included in the Total Tender price.
The corresponding list of recommended spare parts shall include the per-unit prices (price for 1 thing).
The Employer reserves the right to order all or part of such recommended spare parts, or refuse from them in the full scope.
Packing, shipping, transportation and load-lifting mechanismsPackingThe Contractor shall prepare and pack all materials, equipment and spare parts for shipment in such away that they shall be protected from damage during transportation and during temporary out door storage.
The Contractor bears responsibility for the packing quality, regardless of the party who has performed packing (the Contractor itself or any other supplier).
Packages shall have inspection doors (windows) for customs inspections.
The recommended and additional spare parts shall be packed separately and in such a way that they could be stored for at least ten (10) years after delivery
Exterior inscriptions on boxes, packages and so on shall clearly indicate the total weight, list and quantity of parts therein, contract number, place of destination, centre of gravity, correct position of transportation and identification label indicating the relevant shipping documents.
Labels on containers and packages shall be printed or duplicated using indelible stencil paint in Ukrainian language.
All stencil labels on the exterior shall be either made of waterproof material or lacquered, in order toprevent their destruction during transportation.
Each package shall contain a packing list in waterproof envelope.
All package's items shall be clearly marked to establish cross-reference to the packing list.
Shipping and transportationThe Contractor shall provide:
а)shipment and transportation of materials, structures and equipment from the Supplier;
b)unloading and transportation to the site, including temporary storage;
c)obtaining authorization from the Employer for use of docks, warehouses, unloading platforms,rods, bridges required for cargo transportation;
d)cargo transportation insurance, issue of all documents and payment for the entire shipment,issue of unloading documentation and fines, as well as customs clearance;
e)obtaining and verifying the information regarding road traffic restrictions;
f)obtaining and verifying the information on the cargo-handling gears for unloading of the heaviestparts of structures and equipment;
g)repair or replacement of the equipment, fittings, instruments, materials and structures damaged as a result of transportation or cargo-handling works;
h)transportation routes selection and payment of additional costs associated with the choice of such routes.
i)immediate notification of the Employer in case of any claims for possible damage to roads or bridges.
Load-lifting operations The Contractor shall provide all loading and unloading sites/platforms with appropriate cargo-lifting equipment.
Fastening of cargo in the carriers and transportation of the products shall be in accordance with the rules currently applicable on the chosen type of transportation.
The Contractor shall make sure that it has the load-lifting equipment for unloading of the heaviest parts of the equipment.
Electrotechnical items that refer to dangerous cargo shall be transported by all types of transportation,in accordance with instructions and rules, currently applicable on the chosen type of transportation.
Vibration shall be taken into account during transportation, depending on the chosen type of transportation, with issue of corresponding instructions.
Transportation and temporary storage of the structures, products and equipment in the installation area shall be performed in accordance with the requirements of the technical conditions for the sestructures (products).
The Contractor, by its own efforts, shall survey the roads and bridges which will be used for transportation of the equipment and building structures.
Before shipment, the Contractor shall send to the Employer, by mail or fax, the shipping documents.The details shall be specified at the preliminary meeting.
The Contractor shall provide loading, unloading and transportation of the structures and equipment from its warehouses to the installation sites.
Labels and NameplatesAll equipment shall be marked, indicating its designation and shall have classification numbers,identical to those specified in the documents issued by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall provide all equipment and structures with warning and prohibiting signs and boards, required for safety of works and personnel.
The nameplates shall be metallic, factory-made, have non-reflective surface with clear inscriptions.
The warning signs shall be placed at locations accessible for easy reading.
Colours shall be resistant to external climatic conditions.
Labels, nameplates, instructions shall be securely fastened without using any glue.
All inscriptions shall be made or duplicated in Ukrainian language.
If the equipment consists of several poles with one operating mechanism, then each pole shall be equipped with a nameplate.
Inscriptions and signsGeneral requirementsThe inscriptions/signs shall be made using weather-resistant paint, and shall have sufficient durability under the site's weather conditions.
Locations of the inscriptions/signs shall be chosen for secure easy reading.
Safety signsThe safety signs and inscriptions, by their shape, colour and meaning shall comply with instruction sand rules applicable in Ukraine.
The safety labels shall be formulated in such a way that they do not allow any ambiguity.
Informative signsThe informative signs shall provide information necessary to familiarize the staff with the site and its equipment, having such information, for example: load-bearing capacity of bridges, scaf folding,operation of cranes, weight-carrying capacity of mechanism and elevators (lifts), purpose of premise setc.
Temporary dangerous construction sites shall be marked with portable signs.
Signs essential in case of emergencyFor example: location of emergency exits, fire alarm devices, fire extinguishers, first aid kits, first aid station etc.
Forexample: location of emergency exits, fire alarm devices, fire extinguishers, first aid kits, first aidstation etc.
Mandatory signs
Wherever it is necessary, signs for mandatory actions, such as: "Do not block passage", "Keep right"etc. shall be placed (installed).
Mandatory signs also include instructions on wearing protective clothes, for example: "Safety boots","Protective clothes" etc.

Warning signsThe warning signs shall refer to the availability or possible existence of danger, for example:flammable, explosive or noxious substances, overall danger, dimensions restrictions etc.
The warning signs shall be arranged in locations where it is required by safety rules.
In addition to the warning signs, black-and-yellow marking bands shall be used.
Prohibiting signsWherever necessary, the prohibiting signs shall be installed, such as: "No Smoking", "Do not switch on/operate: people are working", "Passage is prohibited", "No entrance" etc.
Inspection and testsBasic principlesAll materials, structures and equipment used by the Contractor for works execution shall be factory in spected and factory-tested in accordance with the requirements of the regulations.
The Employer's representative may witness the inspection and tests of the equipment, structures and materials The Contractor shall notify the Employer on the time of inspection and tests of the equipment, materials and structures as per the procedure stipulated in the Contract.
The Contractor shall test the equipment, structures and materials at all stages: during manufacturing,installation at the site and commissioning (if required by regulations).
The Contractor shall perform tests in accordance with the Employer's Requirements and current standards for equipment and materials, or provide acceptance certificates and type test reports. The type test reports shall be verified by independent expert organizations.
Where the test methods are not defined by the standards, or there is a choice of the standards, the Contractor shall submit to the Employer the proposed tests methodology.
The tests during installation and commissioning shall be performed according to the submitted programs in accordance with standards and industrial code of practice applicable in Ukraine, as well as in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and be agreed with the Employer. If any test in these documents has different regulations, the tests shall be performed under the most stringent requirements.
All equipment, structures and materials, necessary to perform the tests shall be provided by the Contractor.
Factory tests and factory test reportsThe factory-built structures and equipment shall be completely assembled, adjusted and checked at the factory.
Simultaneously with supply of the equipment, the Contractor shall submit to Employer the protocols of factory tests confirming the quality and technological characteristics of the given equipment.
The Contractor shall ensure compliance of the factory test reports, certificates and other necessary documentation supplied along with the equipment, with the requirements of the current Ukrainian regulations.
The Tenderer in his tender shall submit to the Employer the type tests documents (reports, protocols,acts, certificates etc.).
A test certificate shall not be older than three (3) years for electronic equipment, and five (5) years for other equipment.
The Contractor bears all costs of performance of the Factory Acceptance Tests (FAT).
Inspections and site testsUpon arrival at the installation site and during installation, the structures and equipment shall be inspected and tested.
The Contractor shall timely reveal and eliminate the defects, if any, prior to commencement of installation and/or tests.
The site tests are subdivided into two stages:
tests during installation and after completion of installation;
acceptance tests.
The tests during installation and after completion of installation are performed as per the requirements of factory's instructions, to confirm that the equipment has been properly installed.
The acceptance tests are performed to check the correctness and safety of the equipment's operation and, in particular, to check and confirm the quality of the works implementation. The acceptance tests are performed as per the requirements of factory's instructions, SOU-45.21.3-00100227-22:2010 and SOU-N EE 20.302:2007.
After all structures and equipment are installed and assembled at the site, they shall be tested and trial-operated for the site's conditions.
The tests to be performed by the Contractor at the commissioning stage, are specified by the Technical Requirements.
If any of the test results specified in the Technical Requirements does not satisfy these requirements, the Employer has the right to reject this equipment and demand from the Contractor to replace this equipment with re-testing.
Upon request of the Employer, the Contractor shall perform additional tests specified in the Technical Requirements or in the Contract. In addition, the Employer may request to perform additional tests or repeat the tests already performed, based on the results of the analysis of already performed tests of materials or in case of deviations from standard technology of installation or testing of equipment at the site.
Test reports and test programsFactory test reportsThe results of factory tests shall be recorded in the test reports along with relevant technical data requirements.
The results of factory tests shall be submitted in the approved report format.
Certificates of the tests shall reflect the actual results and conditions of the tests performed.
All test reports shall be submitted to the Employer in four (4) copies in English and Ukrainian languages.
Test programsWithin the terms stipulated by the Contract, the Contractor shall submit the Test Program of completed facility to the Employer for approval, but at least three months prior to the beginning of the tests. The Test Program is developed by the Contractor and approved by the Employer, taking into account the requirements of SOU-45.21.3-00100227-22:2010.
The Test Program proposed by the Contractor will be approved only after all certificates (reports) of type tests are submitted to the Employer.
WarrantyThe Contractor shall guarantee the reliable operation of all equipment and structures that the Contractor has supplied and installed, within at least 3 years from the commissioning date.
The Contractor shall ensure that the facility's operation meets all requirements of relevant standard sand provisions of the Contract.
During this warranty period, the Contractor, at own cost, shall eliminate all defects and repair any part of the equipment that was properly installed and operated, but failed due to structural defects or spoilage in production.
The above warranty period covers the equipment that was repaired or replaced, starting from the date of repair or replacement.
TrainingBy the time of commencement of installation, the Contractor shall organize the corresponding training of the Employer's experts for equipment commissioning, proper and efficient performance of all types of maintenance and operation of the equipment supplied.
The training shall be carried out in Ukrainian language.
If the training is carried out outside the Employer's country, the Contractor bears the costs related to accommodation and travel.
The training of the Employer's operational experts shall ensure availability of all required information for operation and maintenance of the equipment (including performance of necessary inspections, measurements and tests, as well as other preventive measures and routine repairs). The Contractor shall prepare all required training materials for the equipment supplied, in Ukrainian language
The Contractor shall send the training program to the Employer for approval. The Contractor shall issue the training completion certificates to the personnel who passed the training.
DocumentationGeneral requirements The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Employer for approval all documentation, calculations, drawings etc. in periods according to Project for organization of Construction.
The Contractor shall submit to the Employer all documentation in accordance with the works implementation program prepared by the Contractor, which shall provide sufficient time for all Tenderers for review, issue of comments and documents coordination.
The quality of the submitted documents shall ensure a quick validation procedure.
The Employer reserves the right to decide whether or not the documents are acceptable.
The drawings should be made with black lines on a white background, with all the necessary sections and cuts in parts and / or assembly units.
All drawings shall be submitted along with the electronic versions in the PDF format respectively.
Prior to submission of the documentation, the Contractor shall submit a detailed list of documents and drawings, which will be performed according to the Contract.
Design coordination procedureNumber of required copies:
а)Four (4) copies of each drawing shall be submitted by the Contractor to the Employer for approval.
b)One (1) copy will be returned to the Contractor marked "Approved," "Approved with corrections", "Not approved" with comments. The revised drawing shall be resubmitted for approval.
c)The Contractor shall provide the Employer with two (2) copies of each corrected drawing marked "Approved with corrections" or "not approved" for re-approval.
d)Identification of the re-submitted drawings shall include the date of revision, review letter and brief description of each revision. Any revised drawing shall have a number marked "amended" after revision. It is also necessary to update the list of drawings taking into account the numbers of corrected drawings.
e)Two (2) copies of all approved drawings shall be made in printed format by the Contractor and sent to the Employer. These drawings shall have a marked column of review with the number and date of approval, including "Approved" stamp.
f)It is not allowed to make any changes without written consent of the Employer, if the drawing has been marked as "Approved”.
Documents study and approval:
а)The Contractor shall leave a blank area of 100 mm x 70 mm on all drawings for the Employer's approval stamp.
б)Drawings stamped "Approved" and "Approved with corrections" oblige the Contractor to continue construction or manufacturing of the structures taking into account the remarks. The approved drawings shall be submitted before commencement of construction at the site.
в)An error detected in the Contractor's drawings during the erection or equipment installation, as well as noted necessary corrections, including any design project changes, shall be marked on the drawings and shall be resubmitted to the Employer for approval.
Documents examination period:
The drawings and calculation submitted by the Contractor to the Employer for examination and approval shall be returned to the Contractor with revision stamp of the Employer, within fourteen (14) days upon their receipt.
Responsibility for errors in data and drawingsThe Contractor bears all responsibility for any errors or omissions in its drawings and other such details, as well as for checking all drawings and information submitted to the Employer in written format.
Design alteration proceduresIf it becomes necessary to introduce alterations during the works implementation at any stage of the project, the Contractor shall contact the Employer in writing requesting to consider the possibility to make alterations. Such written request for alterations shall be made in Ukrainian/Russian language and indicate the following:
а)the reason for alterations;
b)grounds of the alterations proposed, which shall be aimed at improvement of characteristics, quality, efficiency or safety of the facility;
c)methods, which will be used by the Contractor when making any design (construction) alterations;
d)drawings (diagrams) with introduced alterations.
Information to be included in any request of the Contractor to change the approved design, is defined by the Contract.
Any alteration is unacceptable until the Employer's written approval is received.
Coordination of the design alteration by the Employer does not reduce the Contractor's responsibility.
Works implementation program and scheduleIn its Tender, the Tenderer shall submit the Works Implementation Program and Works Implementation Schedule.
The Works Implementation Program and Works Implementation Schedule shall include different work stages, from the beginning of the Contract till its completion, for example: designing, coordination of the project, procurement of materials, manufacturing, factory testing, supply, installation, construction, tests and commissioning, in accordance with the Works Implementation Schedule required by the Employer.
The Works Implementation Program shall contain, but not limited, at least the following:
а)description of the main work stages;
b)the sequence in which the works shall be performed, including the planned duration for each stage, as well as information about prepared special technical documents, date of purchase,manufacture, inspection, supply, construction, installation, testing and commissioning;
c)the list of technical documents, date of submission to the Employer's review, approvals and coordination;
d)the list and description of the inspections and tests to be performed;
e)the general description of the methods to be applied at the basic stages of works, indicating the required level of skills of workers and type of equipment required at the site for each stage of works;
f)duration of the work stages (in calendar days), as well as sequence numbers of days of their beginning and ending, counted from the Contract's effective date.
Project for Organization of ConstructionBy the date to be determined by the Contract, the Contractor shall develop and submit for approval and endorsement by the Employer the Project for Organization of Construction (POC), which along with the general requirements of DBN A.3.1-5-96 "Organization of construction production" shall provide:
а)actions to ensure the structures installation accuracy, acceptable spatial accuracies of structures during their assembly and installation at their designed positions;
б)structural stability calculation;
в)safe working conditions.
The Project for Organization of Construction shall take into account the requirements of the Rules of Operation of Electrical Equipment (PUE).
The POC shall include the requirements of the works implementation program and schedule. No substantial deviations from the POC are allowed without informing the Employer in writing. If the progress of works does not meet the POC, the Employer may propose to the Contractor to review the POC to reflect any necessary changes in order to complete the works by the guaranteed dates
Reports on works performedDuring the entire period of the Contract execution, on the monthly basis, but not later than the 5th day of the next month, the Contractor shall provide to the Employer three (3) copies of the detailed report on works performed, in Russian (Ukrainian) language..
The report shall include the following information:
General introduction, presenting actual progress of the works under the Contract (contains the summary table of basic stages, indicating the planned targets and actual status);
а)progress of design (delivery of the documents and drawings);
b)progress of manufacturing (tests of equipment, factory visits and delivery of equipment);
c)progress of works at the site;
d)status of supplies;
e)achieved results and forecasts;
f)tables of the progress of works and diagrams, comments regarding the presented information;
g)alterations in the design at any stage (both proposed and implemented);
h)tests and commissioning;
i)correlation and consistency with other reconstruction activities;
j)applications for de-energization, required for operational withdrawal of the equipment to be dismantled or obstructing performance of works next month;
k)commercial and financial status of the contract, including the Contractor's obligations, payments (applied and received);
l)contractual disputes;
m)Health and safety report of accidents.
The report shall be approved with the Employer's representative at the location of the works implementation.
Each copy of the report on works performed shall include a summary in English and Ukrainian language.
Progress meetings reportsFor on-line monitoring of the quality assurance of works, confirmation of their compliance with the design requirements, as well as for overall coordination between the Employer and design (construction) personnel of the Contractor, the progress meetings shall be held systematically. Two types of meetings can be arranged: design (construction) meetings to review the progress of works and technical discussion meetings.
The design (construction) meetings for reviewing of works progress shall be held by the Contractor each month.
The technical discussion meeting shall be held as required by the Employer and/or by the Contractor. These meetings can be initiated by any party.
The Contractor shall record the minutes of each meeting and submit copies of these minutes for approval within five working days after the meeting. Resolving of disputes regarding the previous meeting shall be recorded at the subsequent meeting, and shall become the official part subject of that meeting.
Installation and commissioning instructionsThe Contractor shall submit to the Employer all information necessary for the following, at least one month in advance:
preparation of the construction site for works implementation;
civil-and-erection works performance;
commissioning of the completed facilities.
The detailed instructions for structures and equipment installation (with erection sequence) shall be submitted along with the copies of the applicable (necessary) drawings.
The instructions shall be clear for understanding and include the sequence of necessary actions.
The instructions and drawings shall include information about preparation of equipment, installation,tolerances, and special safety measures to be applied during installation.
Operating and maintenance manualNot less than ninety (90) calendar days prior to completion of any phase of works, the Contractor shall notify the Employer and submit for review and approval copies of the operating and main tenance manuals (Manuals).
After revision and approval by the Employer, the Contractor shall provide the Employer with four (4) copies of the operating and maintenance manuals in Ukrainian language.
Acceptance by the Employer of completed works shall not occur until the required number of copies of these approved operating and maintenance manuals is provided by the Contractor.
The operating and maintenance manuals may include drawings, diagrams, and photos in case if they explain the text. Safety measures shall be described.
The operating and maintenance manuals shall include full and accurate description of the equipment and all its components, as well as copies of the test reports.
The separate part of the Manual shall indicate guidance for routine and preventive maintenance, as well as test requirements, safety checks etc.
If during review it is found that the Manuals do not satisfy the above stated requirements, the Contractor shall make necessary corrections/additions.
As-built documentationBy the time of works completion, the Contractor shall prepare the as-built documentation and acceptance documentation that shall contain the actual space-planning, architectural, structural,technical and technological solutions, as well as completion certificates of the construction site, and submit them to the Employer within 5 days upon completion of works.
The documentation shall be prepared in four (4) copies in Russian (Ukrainian) language. Works acceptance shall be carried out based on this documentation.
All as-built documentation shall be approved by the Employer.
The Contractor shall provide a copy of the as-built documentation on CDs in PDF format. CDs shall include only the final version of each document.
All drawings and documents shall be prepared in accordance with the above requirements, and after acceptance of the completed facilities they shall become the Employer's property.
Requirements to Organization of Construction WorksGeneral requirementsThe Contractor shall perform all works in accordance with the approved by Employer project documents and current regulations.
The Contractor shall involve a sufficient number of experienced staff to organize, monitor, perform and complete the construction works on time, testing and commissioning of completed facilities, and provide the entire workflow with tools, machinery, accessories, equipment and materials which are necessary to perform works Prior to commencement of the works, the Contractor shall receive from the Employer the project of land allocation and the list of leaseholders or land owners, indicating the dimensions of the alienated area.
The Contractor shall quickly eliminate any damages to property caused due to the Contractor's negligence.
The Contractor shall withdraw all materials upon completion of reconstruction.
Permits and licenses for works implementationThe Contractor shall have or receive (before the Contract's signing) the license of the Ministry of Regional Development and Construction of Ukraine (State Architecture and Construction Inspectorate)for performance of construction works according to the current legislation of Ukraine.
The license for performance of construction works shall cover at least the following types of works:
design works, including engineering surveys and design of outdoor engineering structures,networks and systems, including transformer substations with voltage of over 35 kV;
construction of bearing and guarding structures, buildings, and installation of engineering and transport communication networks;
erection of external and internal engineering communications networks, systems, devices and measuring instruments;
installation of technological (electrical) equipment;
precommissioning and commissioning;
general contract for civil works and designing.
To clarify the licensing requirements, the Contractor shall contact the State Enterprise
" State Architecture and Construction Inspectorate "http://www.dabi.gov.uaThe Contractor shall obtain the appropriate licenses (or certificates) to perform special works at the construction, installation and commissioning sites, as well as obtain the access rights to these sites.
Problems related to the Contractor's right of access to the power industry facilities shall be resolved with the assistance of the Employer.
Prior to commencement of the works, the Contractor shall contact the Employer to obtain the permission for the construction works implementation.
The Employer has all necessary permits and licenses for performance of electrical power transmission. The Employer will submit the operational and technical personnel for carrying out complex tests and commissioning.
Temporary sitesThe Contractor, at its own expense, shall fence these areas, provide drainage, necessary access roads, electricity and water supply. The Contractor shall also perform any other rigging works for it suse.
Prior to beginning of reconstruction works the Contractor shall receive an approvals and draw up the corresponding contracts.
The Contractor shall provide temporary sites with facilities and premises for workers, guards,main tenance personnel, as well as warehousing facilities.
The Contractor shall provide at the reconstruction site fully equipped temporary manager's office including the following: water supply, power supply, lighting, furniture, heating and conditioning,sanitary facilities, canteen with related equipment, first aid station, communication equipment (phone,fax, internet) and etc.
The Contractor bears all responsibility for protection and storage of all equipment, materials, tools and machinery at the site.
Prior to commencement of the works, the Contractor shall provide for Employer approval Plan for arrangement of temporary sites.
Supply of construction siteQuantity of materials, structures and equipment at the construction site shall be sufficient to perform construction works in accordance with approved programs and schedules.
The Contractor shall provide all construction sites (areas) with medical kits to provide first aid in case of accidents.
Maintenance and cleaning of construction sitePrior to erection works, appropriate arrangement shall be done by the Contractor to ensure that materials, structures and equipment would not be damaged and would not interfere with the works process.
The Contractor, at its own expense, shall provide cleaning of the construction site and waste transportation.
Organization and quality assurance of civil and erection worksAll works at the construction site shall be carried out in such a way so as not to impede the actions of any other contractor performing work at the site under another contract with the Employer, or operation of existing facilities.
Before commissioning, the Contractor shall notify the Employer in writing on readiness of the facilities for final inspection.
Upon completion of civil and erection works, the Contractor shall remove all temporary servicing facilities that were installed during construction: temporary protection structures, temporary anchors, temporary grounding, temporary fences etc., and carry out a detailed inspection of the completed facility.
The Contractor shall put in order the areas, which were temporarily used during construction.
Safety and labour protection requirementsAll civil, erection, installation and commissioning works shall be performed in accordance with the current Ukrainian labour safety legislation, Regulations of Electrical Installation (PUE), standards, norms of the technological design, as well as in compliance with the requirements of DBNА.3.2-2-2009 «Labor safety and Industrial safety in the construction».
The Contractor shall follow all safety requirements and f ire safety regulations during construction, transportation, storage at the Employer's warehouses, assembly, installation, performance of acceptance tests, commissioning and trial performance of completed facilities. The Contractor bear sall responsibility for safety of involved staff during works performance at the site.
The Contractor shall develop and implement the Safety Plan and Emergency Response Routine that should meet the requirements of Ukrainian legislation, and provide availability of qualified personnel to perform activities on personnel/labour safety.
The Contractor shall record all failures, accidents, violation of rules and safety norms, and inform the Employer about all incidents and provide their detailed description and steps taken. The Contractor shall inform the Employer within 24 hours about any fatal accident.
The Contractor shall provide all personnel workers at the site with necessary means of individual and collective protection for safe works implementation.
The Contractor shall provide, install and maintain all necessary guards/fences, warning signs and restrictive signs.
The Contractor shall install and maintain guards/fences around all open ditches, around areas of storage of materials and structures and in other places where it is required. The Contractor bears responsibility for installation of temporary fences and warning posters.
Blocked roads shall be protected, warning signs and diversion signs shall be installed.
At the existing fences, the Contractor shall install gates for the time of construction. After completion of works, the fences shall be restored to their original form.
The Contractor shall provide grounding and take other protective measures to provide safety of people, animals and structures.
The Contractor shall install the required amount of lighting equipment to ensure adequate lighting in all areas where it is necessary for safety reasons.
The Contractor shall inform the Employer in writing about all damages caused during the work simplementation.
When transporting the SF6 gas cylinders, everybody should comply with the requirements to transportation of pressurized containers. Storage of such containers shall meet the same storage rules as for the compressed-air cylinders:
avoid any heat sources, store in cool, dry and well-ventilated room;
when working, the pressure release valves shall be mandatory installed.
Fire safetyThe Contractor shall provide fire safety of buildings, structures and equipment.
The Contractor shall guarantee that it will provide all precautions to prevent fire, namely:
а)Prevent open fire within the construction site. Incineration of waste materials shall be performed in a special location, specified by the Employer, outside of the construction site;
б)Flammable materials shall be stored in places where flame spreading is restricted;
в)portable fire-extinguishing facilities shall be readily available;
г)all fire-extinguishing facilities shall be kept in working condition;
д)fire-extinguishing facilities shall be available at the construction site during the whole construction period.
Construction place shall be equipped with primary fire-fighting facilities according to the current State regulations.

Environmental protection. Environment protection and socialmanagement plan.During works implementation, the Contractor shall take all measures to protect the environment and provide measures to prevent water and soil pollution by fuel and lubricants or other contaminants.
During construction, the Contractor shall apply technologies that reduce harmful impact on the environment, wildlife, livestock and people.
For storage of fuel and other flammable materials, the Contractor shall build reservoirs in accordancewith the rules. Such reservoirs shall be l ocated at the specified distance from the working area,residential buildings, places of storage of materials and vehicle parking lots.
In its Tender, the Tenderer shall submit the plan of environmental and social management.
The Plan of environmental and social management shall include the following items to perform:
а)timely notification of the Employer regarding the plans and schedules of works implementation;
b)methods of informing the Employer, as well as interaction with the Contractor, in case of incidents or complaints, which would require quick response from the Contractor;
c)training and clarification for all personnel involved in the construction, regarding Ukrainian environmental and labour laws, as well as labour safety standards, including such training and clarification at the introductory briefings;
d) obligation to inform the Employer about any incidents, including non-compliance with the above rules;
e)reclaiming and biological recovery. All areas of construction and access roads shall bere instated to their original state, except in cases where there is a reason to leave the road constructed for future use;
f)minimization of soil disturbance at temporary land allocation areas, reclaiming and erosion prevention;
g)biological renewal: revival of vegetation on disturbed soils;
h)acquisition and registration of photographic implementation of reclaiming and biological rene walfor each foundation of towers and basic changes in access roads after construction;
i)avoidance of damage to cultural sites and archaeological values. All construction personnel shall be trained for actions that meet Ukrainian legislation, for the cases of discovery of any archaeological findings during construction;
j)avoidance of large-scale construction works at locations of mass nesting of birds during their nesting period;
k)disposal of hazardous and harmless waste, as well as prevention of accidental spillage of fuel;
l)removal of liquid waste such as sewage from the temporary accommodations and toilets.
It is mandatory that the Contractor complies with the following measures related to environment protection:
а)maximum use of the existing roads for movement of vehicles and personnel;
b)during construction of new access roads or performance of any type of excavation works, the following actions shall be avoided:
excavation works "to dump" into ravines;
temporary obstruction of the existing water flows.
New access roads shall be built according to designs approved by the Employer.
c)any permanent violation of the existing water flows shall be prevented by laying of pipes or construction of canals;
d)during SS reconstruction, full-scale deforestation shall be carried out only at the locations of installation of the construction objectives, as per the deforestation log;
e)to minimize the impact on animals during construction, it is necessary to avoid the following, if possible:
deforestation of forests along deep valleys;
unreasonable cutting of trees that have birds' nests on them;
use of explosives;
f)upon completion of construction, all works on reclamation shall be performed; all debris and unused materials shall be removed; equipment, dismantled temporary structures shall also be removed, and the entire site shall be left in satisfactory clean condition.
The Contractor shall develop the Rules of be haviour, on the basis of the national legislation and international best practices, which prevent negative impact on the construction workers and people in order to reduce the risk of accidents both with workers and with un-authorized persons that could accidentally enter the construction site.
Rules of be haviour shall be explained to all workers during the introductory briefing, along with instruction on safety and labour protection. Rules of be haviour shall be mandatory for all employee sand subcontractors, regardless of their official status and occupation.
Should transportation of large and sized cargo be necessary, the Contractor shall coordinate with village councils and regional authority of the traffic police the relevant traffic activities to ensure safety of transportation during construction in accordance with applicable Ukrainian standards and regulations.
The Contractor is obliged to advertise the availability of vacancies in the local media in the area of works in case of labour force requirement.
The Contractor shall keep a register of local employees involved in the Project implementation in the areas of works and, upon completion of the Project to submit to the Employer report of using local resources and local labour.
The Contractor bears unlimited responsibility on the expenses for cleaning and restoration of the environment, contaminated at the Contractor's fault.
Requirements to worksLand measuringWhen performing works should be guided by the requirements of DBNV.1.3-2-2010 «Geodetic works in construction».
It is necessary to comply with the implementation of geodetic works cited in other construction regulations, state standards system to ensure the accuracy of geometrical parameters in construction, departmental regulations and documents of public oversight, agreed and approved in the established procedure, as well as perform additional requirements under the design documentation.
EarthworksWhen performing works should be guided by the requirements of DSTU - NBV.2.1-28:2013 «Installation for the excavation and the unit bases and foundations».
  In the production of earthworks, foundations and basements should comply with existing regulations on the organization of construction, geodetic works, safety, fire safety regulations during construction and installation works.
Used in the construction of earthworks, construction of basements and foundations soils, materials, products and structures must meet the requirements of the projects, the relevant standards and specifications.
Replacement project provided soils, materials, products and structures that make up the erected structure or its foundation, is allowed only in agreement with the project organization and the Employer .
Performance of the earthworks is allowed only after completion of the geodesic staking works including carrying-over the design of earthworks to the nature and installation of corresponding staking signs.
Excavation works shall include the full range of works for installation of foundations.
Earthworks shall conform to the size of pits, as shown in the drawings.
The following actions shall be performed prior to the commencement of excavation works:
а)the representatives of the Employer and Contractor, carrying out joint approval of staking of a structure performed by the Contractor, shall establish such staking compliance with the Design and issue a statement accompanied with the staking layouts;
b)the Contractor shall coordinate with the local utilities implementation of excavation works at the locations of existing underground communications, for which the local utilities are responsible.
The Employer shall provide assistance to the Contractor in obtaining necessary approvals.
Performance of earthworks in the area of existing underground communications shall be executed under direct supervision of a foreman or supervisor, and if earthworks are performed in the protected live cables area, or in the existing gas pipeline area, addition supervision of electric or gas facilities employees is required.
If during earthworks or construction works, archaeological or historical arte facts are discovered, the Contractor shall stop further performance of works and within a day shall report about these findings to the appropriate authority for protection of cultural heritage and local authority in whose territory earthworks are performed.
If during earthworks it is determined that groundwater level does not match the design data, the Contractor shall notify the Employer about this and take measures to resolve the situation.
Backfilling of trenches shall be performed with layer-by-layer compaction. Layer thickness shall be not more than 200 mm.
Excessive and unusable soil excavated from pits and trenches shall be moved to places of laying, not allowing temporary dumps.
Technical quality control of earthworks shall be carried out during construction.
During acceptance of trenches and pits, compliance of their location, size, elevations, slope and soil composition of the foundations shall be verified for compliance with the project requirements.
Concrete WorksMixes and aggregates
a) The choice of cements for making concrete mixes shall be made in accordance with therequirements of:
• SNiP 3.03. 01 -87 "Bearing and guarding structures";
• GOST 23464-79 "Concretes. Classification”
b) Acceptance of cements shall be performed according to GOST 22236-85 "Cements.
Acceptance rules".
c) Transportation and storage of cements shall be performed according to GOST 22237-85"Cements. Packing, labelling, transportation and storage".
d) Concrete mix composition, preparation, acceptance rules, control and transportation methodsshall comply with GOST 7473-85 "Concrete mixes. Technical conditions".
e) Concrete aggregates shall be factional and washed. Applying of natural mixture of sand andgravel without size grading is not allowed.
Casing
а)The Contractor shall use timbering types in accordance with GOST R 52085-2003 "Timbering. Terms and Definitions".
b)Installation and acceptance of timbering, dismantling of cast-in-situ structures, cleaning and lubrication of timbering shall be made as per the project of performance of works.
c)The following measures shall be provided during installation of timbering:
required durability, rigidity and invariability under the influence of technological loads, andlow adhesion to concrete;
given accuracy of sizes of structures erected inside timbering and correctness of structureslocation in space;
possibility of rapid assembly and disassembly without damaging the concrete structure beingbuilt;
unhampered installation of reinforcement, embedded items, laying and compaction ofconcrete mix;
required density in interfaces between individual elements, excluding laitance leakage andformation of build-ups;
availability of compensators that reduce thermal stresses in timbering during concreteheating;
possibility of timbering heat insulation or installation of heating elements inside timberingduring concrete works in winter conditions.
d)During acceptance of installed timbering, supporting structures and fastenings, it is necessary tocheck:
bearing timbering and its supporting structures;
correct arrangement of timbering supporting structures, as well as rigidity and invariability ofthe entire timbering in general;
correctness of timbering installation, caps, embedded items.
Reinforcement and embedded items
а)During installation of reinforcement and embedded structures, it is necessary to:
perform checking of timbering and eliminate detected defects;
perform assembly of reinforcement and embedded items in sequence, which ensures their correct (designed) position;
provide required gap for formation of protective concrete layer between reinforcement and timbering, by fastening of the corresponding fixtures on reinforcement;
fix the assembled reinforcement and embedded items to prevent their shifting during concrete casting.
Anchor bolts
Pins for anchor bolts, nuts and washers shall be m ade of the steel grades, the mechanicalproperties of which are not worse than steel grade St3 as per DSTU 2651:2005 (GOST 380-2005) "Carbon steel of ordinary quality. Grades".
Concrete casting of structures
а)Prior to packing of concrete, all structures and their elements, to be covered during subsequent performance of works (reinforcement, embedded items) shall be accepted with issuing the examination report on covered-up works.
b)Concrete shall be laid in the concrete casting structures by horizontal layers of equal thickness without gaps, with consistent direction of laying in the same direction in all layers.
c)During compaction of concrete, it is not allowed to rest vibrators on reinforcement and embedded items.
d)Protective layer of concrete for the main reinforcement shall provide joint operation of reinforcement with concrete at all stages of structure operation, as well as protection of there inforcement from external environment and temperature effects.
FoundationsAll types of foundations must be factory-made and presented to the Employer for approval.
The Employer shall ensure the delivery of foundation blocks from the factory to the storage or the place of installation.
Before installation of foundations Contractor shall make covered-up works report in accordance with requirements DBNA.3.1-5-2009 «Arrangement of construction production».
Covered-up works and covered-up works reportsThe erection works for over ground structures shall commence only after arrangement of the underground structures, soil backfilling in pits cavities, trenches and site layout.
Covered-up works are subject to inspection with issue of covered-up works reports in accordance to DBN A.3.1 -5-2009 “Arrangement of construction production”.
Erection worksAt the site where assembly work shall be performed, performance of other works and presence of strangers are not allowed.
Methods of slinging of structures and equipment elements shall ensure their delivery to the installation site, in the position corresponding to installation.
Cleaning from dirt and ice of structural elements subject to installation, shall be made prior to their lifting.
Slinging of structures and equipment shall be made by the load-handling devices, which meet there equirements of GOST 24259-80 "Installation accessories for temporary fastening and alignment of building structures".
The elements of assembled structures or equipment during transportation shall be held from swayingand rotating by means of flexible guy lines.
When moving structures or equipment, the distance between them and projecting parts of assembled equipment or other structures shall be not less than 1 m horizontally, and 0.5 m vertically.
The angles of deviation from the vertical of the load ropes and polyspasts of load-lifting facilities(mechanisms) during installation shall not exceed the value specified in the technical requirements for this load-lifting mechanism.
Removal of slings from structure and equipment elements installed in the design position shall bedone after their permanent or temporary safe fastening.
Before performance of installation works, it is necessary to determine the procedure of exchange of prearranged signals between a supervisor and load-lifting mechanism's operator.
Assembly of structures shall be done only using parts and components that have been cleared from burrs, dirt, oil, rust, moisture, ice and snow. During assembly, change of design of parts and structures is not allowed.
Designed fastening of structures with bolted erection joints shall be implemented right after instrumental verification of position accuracy and alignment of structures.
All mounting holes shall be made according to the design diameter and only at the metal ware factory, with the exception of holes specified by the installation technology.
Structures with welded field connection shall be fastened in two stages, temporarily for the first time, and then as per the design.
Electrical installation worksDuring installation of electrical equipment, it is necessary to follow the requirements of GOST12.3.032-84 "Electrical installation works. General safety requirements".
Prior to allowing the Contractor's electrical installation personnel to access the existing electrical installations to perform work, this personnel shall be instructed on electrical safety at work by responsible person, who issues permission for work.
Persons engaged in electrical installation works, shall not perform any works related to operation of Employer's and/or Contractor's electrical facilities.
Pulling wires through broaching boxes, crates, pipes, blocks, in which live wires are placed, is not allowed.
Unwinding of cable drum is allowed only if the braking device is provided.
During adjustment of circuit-breakers and disconnectors, combined with driving mechanisms, certain measures shall be provided to warn on possible unforeseen closing or opening.
Fuses of control circuits of a unit being installed shall be removed for entire period of installation.
If it is necessary to supply operating current for electrical circuits and d evices testing, they shall be equipped with warning signs, symbols or inscriptions; and any works not related to tests shall be cancelled; and all personnel involved in such works shall be withdrawn.
Power supply for testing of electrical equipment shall be activated according to the written request of the responsible person of the Contractor appointed by special order.
Operating voltage to the newly-mounted electrical installation shall be fed only by the decision of the Working Commission.
If it becomes necessary to eliminate identified defects, the electrical installation shall be de-energizedand put to inactive mode by removing of loops, bus bars, descends to the equipment or by disconnecting of cables; while deenergized live parts shall be s hortcircuited and grounded for the entire period of defects elimination activities
During cable heating by electric current, is not allowed to apply voltage above
380 kV.
Cases of electrical machinery and devices used for heating under voltage above 42 V, as well as metallic cable sheathing shall be grounded. On heating areas, fire-fighting equipment shall be arranged and watching shall be established.
When heating the compound for filling of the cable boxes and funnels indoor, ventilation shall be provided.
Containers used for heating shall comply with fire safety requirements.
It is not allowed to use uncommissioned, as specified, switchgears, boards, panels and their separate branches, nor connect them as temporary electrical mains and installations, nor perform electric installation works on installed electrical installation ready for setting, without permission of service engineers.
Start-up and commissioningThe start-up and commissioning activities shall be performed in accordance with mandatory attachment 1 to SNiP 3.05.05-84 "Technological equipment and technological pipelines", SNiP3.05.06-85 "Electrotechnical devices" and appropriate IEC standards.
Testing of electrical equipment shall be performed in accordance with SOU-N EE 20.302:2007"Electrical equipment test standards".
When performing the start-up and commissioning activities, the Contractor shall meet the requirements of the "Rules of electrical installation arrangement" (PUE), working documentation and manufacturer's operational documentation.
Prior to the start-up and commissioning activities, the Contractor shall:
а)elaborate and coordinate with the Employer the working program and start-up and
commissioning performance project, including safety engineering measures;
б)prepare sets of measuring devices, test equipment and accessories.
The Contractor shall perform verification of installed electrical equipment, with its energizing from test circuits on individual devices and functional groups.
Energizing of equipment which is under set-up shall be performed only in absence of the electrical installation personnel in the set-up area, following the safety engineering rules.
The start-up and commissioning works are considered completed after obtaining required electrical parameters and m odes on electrical equipment, as specified by the design, providing stable technological conditions.
The start-up and commissioning works are considered completed after signing the start-up and commissioning acceptance certificate.
Insulation and corrosion-protection works During performance of insulation and corrosion-protection works using inflammable materials, harmful substance-emitting materials, the Contractor shall ensure protection of employees against influence of harmful substances and against thermal and chemical injury.
When performing corrosion-preventing works, it is necessary to follow the requirements of DSTUBA.3.2-10:2009. «Anticorrosion works. Safety requirements» and DSTU B V.2.6-145:2010. «Protection of concrete and reinforced concrete structures against corrosion».
PaintingWhen performing painting works, it is necessary to follow the requirements of DSTU B А.3.2-7:2009 SSBT. Painting works. Safety requirements.
Roofing and waterproofingWhen performing works, it is necessary to follow the requirements of DSTUBА.3.2-11:2009 «Work roofing and waterproofing. Safety requirements "Operational acceptance of the completed facilityThe procedure and conditions of acceptance of the completed facilities into operation are specified by the "Procedure of acceptance of the completed facilities into operation", approved by the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine, Resolution No. 461 dated 13.04.2011, "Aspects of acceptance of the completed facilities into operation", or in accordance with current Ukrainian regulations and legal documents,valid as of the date of the facility's commissioning.
Upon receiving from the Contractor of written notification about completion at site of all the civil, erection and commissioning works the Employer or its authorized representative sets up the committee for drawing up and signing the Certificate of readiness of Facilities to operation that includes representatives of Employer, Contractor, designer, operational service and trade union.
The Contractor is obliged to prepare and submit to the Committee Certificates and all required documents in accordance with requirements of valid norms and rules of operational acceptance of facilities backbone power networks after construction or rehabilitation, including:
list of utilities (subcontractors) participating in the performance of building and erection works with indication of types of works performed by them and names of engineers and technicians directly responsible for performance of these works;
set of production drawings (as-built documentation) for the construction of the equipment presented for acceptance;
certificates, technical passports or other documents, certifying quality of materials, structure sand components used in construction and erection works;
covered-up works survey certificates and acts of intermediate inspection of separate responsiveconstructions (bearing metal and reinforced concrete constructions);
acts of individual testing and installed equipment tests;
reports of testing of communication devices, installations of radio, signalization and automationat their transposition;
reports on actions performed when building at the site with subsidence grounds, high groundwater level, underground openings, karsts;
act of test of devices providing explosion safety, fire safety and lightning protection;
registers of works execution and field supervision.
At the completed site, all works shall be performed as provided by working documentation and state standards, building regulations, equipment to be assembled and tested, safe conditions of industrial safety, fire and anthropogenic safety, ecological protection and sanitary standard shall be arranged.
Defects and faults detected during construction shall be removed prior to the complex testing.
Complex testing shall be performed by the Employer with Contractor's personnel involvement, after completion of all construction and installation works.
Facility complex testing beginning is the moment of its energization.
Prior to signing of certificate of readiness of Facilities to operation the committee shall:
verify the correspondence of the performed construction and installation works to the working;
documentation, to standards, construction norms and work performance rules;
verify the quality of the erected construction and installation works and evaluate them.
Based on results of equipment complex testing relevant records and certificate of readiness of Facilities to operation shall be prepared.
In the case of operational acceptance of the facility in I or IV quarter the terms of execution of certain types of works on land improvement and facade finishing may be postponed, but based on adverse weather conditions only. List of such works and terms of its execution are defined by Employer an dare recorded in the certificate and Declaration of readiness of Facilities for operation.
In case of disclosure of any defects or faults, the Committee makes a list of them and indicates terms of defects elimination, agreed with Contractor. List of defects shall be an essential annex to Certificate and shall be signed by Head of Committee and Contractor. In that case Employer should not sign and submit for registration Declaration of facility readiness for operation; and repeated address to the Employer by Contractor about facility readiness is acceptable only after eliminating of all comments and written notification of Employer about it.
On the grounds of approved certificate of readiness of the completed facilities for operation Employer or its authorized representative signs the Declaration of readiness of the completed facilities for operation and submit it for registration to the relevant State Architecture and Construction Inspectorate at the facility's location.
For registration of Declaration Employer or its authorized representative submits to Inspectorate two completed copies of Declaration. After the registration one copy is returned to Employer and the second one remains in the Inspectorate.
The Inspectorate checks the completeness of data indicated in Declaration and register it.
In the case the Declaration does not meet the requirements the Inspectorate returns it for improvement with explanation of reasons for return.
After the removing of reasons for return of Declaration for improvement the Employer may once more address the Inspectorate for Declaration registration.
The date of commissioning of the completed facility is the date of Declaration registration.
Annex №1
List of the main legal and other guidance documents, which should be guided by the Contractor in the implementation of the Project:
Law of Ukraine "On environment protection" No. 1264-XII dated 25.06.1991.
Law of Ukraine "On metrology and metrological activity".
Decree of the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine "On order of acceptance into operation ofcompleted facilities" No. 534 dated 20.05.2009.
GKD 34.20.302-2002. "Electrical equipment testing norms".
NAPB 05.028-2004. "Fire protection system of power facilities, individual sites and power units"
GKD 34.20.507-2003 "Technical maintenance of electric power plants and grids. Rules”.
GKD 341.004.001 -94 "Standards of technological design of a.c. power plants with highestvoltage level of 6-750 kV В".
GKD 343.000.004.003.001 -2001. "Fire safety instructions».
NAPB А.01.001 -2004. "Fire safety rules in Ukraine”.
NAPB В.01.034-2005/111 "Fire safety rules in companies and organisations of power sector ofUkraine’.
NAPB 05.032-2002 "Instruction on designing of fire protection system of switchgears,substations and transformers"
NAPB 05.28-2004. "Fire protection system of power facilities, individual sites and power units.Instruction on designing and operation".
NAPB 06.015-2006. "List of premises and buildings of power facilities, with definition of categoryand classification of fire-explosion hazard zones and fire hazard zones".
DNAOP 1.1.10-1.01 -2000 "Rules of safe operation of electrical installations".
DNAOP 0.00-1.21 -98 "Rules of safe operation of consumer's electrical installations".
SOU-N ЕЕ 20.302:2007 "Testing regulations of equipment".
SOU 45.21.3-00100227-22:2010 "Procedure of commissioning of facilities of backboneelectrical grids upon their reconstruction, re-equipment and modernisation".
GOST 9.307-89. "Hot zinc coatings. General requirements and test methods".
GOST 12.1.005-88 "General sanitary and hygienic requirements to air in working area".
GOST 12.1.004-91 revision1 "SSBT. Fire safety. General requirements".
DSTU 7237:2011 System safety standards. electrical safety. General requirements and nomenclature of species protection
GOST 12.2.007.0-75 revision 1, 2, 3, 4 "SSBT. Electrotechnical devices. General safetyrequirements".
GOST 12.2.007.3-75 revision 1, 2, 3, 4 "SSBT. Electrotechnical devices of voltage above 1000V. Safety requirements".
GOST 12.3.003-86. "Labour safety standards system (SSBT). Electric welding works. Safetyrequirements".
GOST 12.3.009-76. "Labour safety standards system (SSBT). Load-lifting works. General safetyrequirements".
GOST 12.3.016-87 "Anticorrosion works. Safety requirements".
GOST 12.3.032-84 revision 1 "SSBT. Wiring works. General safety requirements".
DSTU BА.3.2-7:2009 SSBT. Painting works. Safety requirementsи GOST 12.3.040-85 "Construction. Roofing and hydro-insulation works. Safety requirements"
GOST 12.4.009-83. "Labour safety standards system (SSBT). Fire-fighting machinery forprotection of sites. Main types. Location and maintenance".
GOST 12.4.154-85 "SSBT. Shielded devices for protection from electrical fields of industryfrequency. General technical requirements, basic parameters and dimensions"
GOST 20.39.312-85 "Complex system of general technical requirements. Electrical products.Reliability requirements".
GOST 21.204-93 "Conventional signs and images of elements of general layout plans andtransportation systems".
GOST 21.508-93. "Rules of issuing of working documents of general layout plans ofenterprises, structures, residential and civil sites".
GOST 21.602-79 System of design documents for construction "Heating, ventilation and airconditioning".
GOST 27.003-90 "Reliability of machinery. Contents and ge neral rules of setting of reliabilityrequirements".
GOST 103-76 "Hot-rolled steel strip. Assortment"..
GOST 687-78 revision 1, 2 "AC circuit-breakers for voltages exceeding 1000 V. Generaltechnical conditions".
GOST 689-90 revision 1 "AC disconnectors and earthing switches for voltages exceeding 1000V. General technical conditions".
GOST 839-80 revision 1, 2 "Uninsulated wires for aerial power line. Technical conditions".
GOST 1508-78 revision 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 "Control cables with rubber and plastic insulation".
GOST 1516.2-97 "AC electrical equipment and installations for voltage level of 3 kV and above.General testing methods of electrical durability of insulation"..
GOST 1516.3-96 "AC Electrical equipment on voltage level from 1 to 750 kV. Electric strengthof insulation requirements".
GOST 2590-88 "Round steel bars. Assortment".
GOST 2874-84 "Potable water".
GOST 5781 -82. "Hot-rolled steel for reinforcement of ferroconcrete structures".
GOST 5915-70 "Hexagon nuts, product grade B. Construction and dimensions"..
GOST 6323-79 "Wires with PVC-insulation for electrical equipment. Technical conditions".
GOST 6402-70 "Spring washers. Technical conditions".
GOST 6727-80 "Cold-drawn low-carbon steel wire for reinforced concrete".
GOST 7473-2010 "Ready-mixed concrete. Technical conditions".
GOST 7798-70 "Hexagon bolts, product grade B. Construction and dimensions".
GOST 8024-90 "Alternating current apparatus and devices for voltages above 1000 V.Temperature rise at continuous duty. Norms and test methods"..
GOST 8239-89 "Hot-rolled steel flange beams".
GOST 8240-97 "Hot-rolled steel channels".
GOST 8509-93 "Hot-rolled steel equal-leg angles".
GOST 8510-86 "Hot-rolled steel unequal-leg angles".
GOST 8865-93 "Electrical insulation systems. Evaluation of heat resistance and classification"
GOST 9850-72 "Zinc-coated steel wire for conductor cores. Technical conditions"..
GOST 9920-89 "AC electrical installations for voltage from 3 to 750 kV. Creepage distance ofexternal insulation".
GOST 10434-82 revision 1, 2, 3 "Contact electrical joints. Classification. General technicalrequirements".
GOST 10704-76 "Longitudinal electrically-welded steel pipes".
GOST 10985-80 revision 1 "Metallic cabinets, boards, boxes. Shells, racks. Basic dimensions".
GOST 11371 -78 "Washers. Technical conditions"..
GOST 12177-79 "Cables, conductors and wires. Methods of structure testing".
GOST 12969-67 revision 1, 2 "Nameplates for devices and machinery. Technical requirements".
GOST 12971 -67 revision 1, 2 "Rectangular nameplates for machinery and devices.Dimensions".
GOST 13276-79 revision 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 "Line fittings. General technical conditions".
GOST 14192-96 "Marking of cargo".
GOST 14254-96 "Protection class, provided by housings (IP rating)".
GOST 14693-90 "Complete non-sealed switchgears, in metallic casing, voltage up to 10 kV.General technical conditions".
GOST 15150-69 revision 1, 2, 3, 4 "Machinery, instruments and other technical products.Versions for various climatic zones. Categories, operating conditions, storage conditions andtransportation conditions regarding impact of environmental climatic factors".
GOST 15543.1 -89 "Electrical products. General requirements regarding resistance to climaticimpacts".
GOST 16357-83 "Valve-type DC surge suppressors, for rated voltage 3.8 to 600 kV. Generaltechnical conditions".
GOST 16442-80 revision 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 "Power cables with plastic insulation. Technicalconditions".
GOST 17516-72 revision 1, 2 "Electrical products. General requirements to environmentalmechanical stability".
GOST 17613-80 "Line fittings. Terms and definitions".
GOST 18410-73 "Paper insulated power cables. Technical conditions".
GOST 18620-86 revision 1 "Electrical products. Marking".
GOST 18690-82 revision 1, 2, 3 "Cables, conductors, ropes and cable fittings. Marking,packing, transportation and storage".
GOST 19132-86 "Terminal contact blocks. General technical requirements"
GOST 19797-85 "Ceramic insulators for towers, for voltage over 1000 V, for indoor operation.Types, basic parameters and dimensions".
GOST 19903-74 "Hot-rolled sheet steel".Definition
GOST 21130-75 revision 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 "Electrical products. Earth terminals and earth signs.Design and dimensions".
GOST 21242-75 revision 1, 2, 3 "Flat or pin contact terminals of electrical equipment. Basicdimensions".
GOST 30515-2013 «Cements. General specifications»
GOST 23216-78 revision 1, 2, 3 "Electrical products. Storage, transportation, temporarycorrosion protection and packing. General requirements and test methods".
GOST R 52085-2003 «Timbering. General specifications»
GOST R 52086-2003 «Timbering. Termsand Definition».
GOST 23478-79. "Timbering for monolithic concrete and reinforced concrete structureserection. Classification and general technical requirements".
GOST 24183-80 revision 1, 2, 3, 4 "Power cables for fixed installation. General technicalconditions".
GOST 24259-80. Installation accessories for temporary fastening and a lignment of buildingstructures. Classification and general technical requirements.
GOST 25372-82 "Electric energy meters. Conventional signs"
GOST 26020-83 "Steel double T-beams with parallel self edges"
GOST 26411 -85 "Control cables. General technical conditions".
GOST 27751 -88 "Reliability of building structures and bases".
GOST 27772-88 "Rolled stock for steel building structures".
GOST 29322-92 "Standard voltages".
GOST 30206-94 (МЭК 687-92) "Static W-h counters for AC active energy (accuracy class 0.2Sand 0.5S)".
GOST 30586-98 "EMC of technical equipment. Lightning surge withstand. Protection methods".
GOST 52725-2007 "Non-linear overvoltage suppressors for AC installations, 3 to 750 kV".
DSTU 2977-95 "Industrial radio interferences. Terms and definitions".
DSTU 3413-96 revision 1, 2, 3, 4 "UkrSEPRO certification system. Products certificationprocedure".
DSTU 3857-99 "Line fittings. Terms and definitions".
DSTU IEC 60227-1:2002 "PVC-insulated cables, for rated voltage 450 to 750 V inclusive. (part1. General requirements)".
DSTU IEC 61268-2001 "Static counters for AC reactive energy (accuracy class 2 and 3)"
DSTU БА.2.4-4:2009. "Basic requirements to design and working documents".
DSTU БА.2.4-5-95 (GOST 21.001 -93). "System of design documents for construction. Generalprovisions".
DSTU БВ.2.7-30-95 "Building materials. Non-metalliferous materials for macadam and gravelbeds and coatings of automobile roads. Technical conditions".
DSTU БВ.2.7-46-96. "Building materials. General-purpose construction cements. Technicalconditions".
DSTU IEC 60044-1:2008 "Instrument transformers. Part 1. Current transformers".
DSTU IEC 60044-2:2008 "Instrument transformers. Part 2. Inductive voltage transformers".
DSTU ISO 9000:2007 Quality control systems. General provisions and glossary.
DSTU 2203-93 (GOST 6490-93) "Suspension line disc-type insulators. General technicalconditions".
DSTU 2651 -94 (GOST 380-94) "Ordinary quality carbon steel".
DSTU 3347-96 (GOST 8608-96) "Tower porcelain insulators, post-type, for voltage over 1000V. General technical conditions".
DSTU 3760-98 "Reinforcing bars for RC structures".
DBN А.2.2-3-2004. "Contents, procedure of development, endorsement and approval of designdocuments for construction".
DBN А.3.1 -5-96 revision 1 "Management, organisation and technology. Organisation ofconstruction production".
DBN А.2.1 -1-2008 "Engineering survey for construction".
NAPB 05.028-2004. "Fire protection system of power facilities, individual sites and power units"
DBN А.2.2-1-95 "Design. Contents of documents on evaluation of environmental impact duringdesign and construction of enterprises, houses and structures. General provisions for design".
DBN В1.1 -5-2000 "Buildings and structures in treated areas and sagging soils".
DBN В.1.1 -12:2006 "Construction in seismic areas of Ukraine".
DBN В.1.1.-7-2002. "Fire protection. Fire safety of construction sites".
DBN В.1.2-2:2006. "Reliability and safety system of construction sites. Loads and impacts.Design codes".
DBN В.2.3-4:2007. "Transportation structures. Automobile roads. Part і. Design. Part ІІ.Construction."
DBN В.2.6-31: 2006 "Thermal insulation of buildings".
DBN В.1.1 -12:2006 "Construction in seismic areas".
DBN В.1.2-2:2006 "Load and impacts".
DBN G.1 -4-95. "Rules of transportation, warehousing and s afekeeping of materials, products,structures and equipment in construction".
SNiP 3.02.01 -87 revision 1 "Earthworks, bases and foundations".
DSTU -NBV.1.1-27-2010. Construction climatology.DBN В.2.6-98:2009 Concrete and reinforced concrete structures. Main provisions.
DSTU B V.2.6-145:2010. Protection of concrete and reinforced concrete structures against corrosion.
DBNВ.2.5-64:2012. Domestic water supply and sewerage.
DBN В.2.5-74:2013 Water supply. Main provisions design.
SNiP 2.04.05-91 "Heating, ventilation and air conditioning".
SNiP 3.03. 01 -87 "Bearing and fencing structures".
DSTU -NBА.3.1-23:2013 Guidance on the work on installation of insulation, finishing, protective coating walls, floors and roofs of buildings and structures (SNiP 3.04.01-87, MOD).
SNiP 3.05.05-84. "Engineering equipment and engineering pipelines".
SNiP 3.05.06-85. Electrotechnical devices.
SNiP II-89-80 "General layout plans of industrial enterprises".
DBN А.3.2-2-2009 "SSBT. Industrial safety in construction. General provisions"
"Guidelines on design of grounding devices of power stations and substations, 3-750 kV AC".Ministry of energy and electrification, 1987.
No. 2768-III dated 25.10.2001. Land Code of Ukraine.
No. 45/95-ВР dated 02.09.1995. Law of Ukraine "On ecological expertise".
No. 858-IV dated 22.05.2003. Law of Ukraine "On land management".
No. 1264-XII dated 25.06.1991. Law of Ukraine "On environment protection".
Decree of the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine dated 17.11.1997, No. 1279 "On amounts andProcedure of identification of losses of agricultural and forest production, to be compensated"and "Procedure of identification of losses of agricultural and forest production, to becompensated".
Decree of the Cabinet of Ministers dated 11.04.2001, No. 483 "On procedure of approval ofinvestment programs and construction projects, and their complex state expertise".
No. 1378 dated 11.12.2003. Law of Ukraine "On evaluation of land".
No. 554 dated 27.07.1995. Decree of the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine "On the list of types ofactivities and sites representing high environmental danger".
No. 461 dated 13.04.2011. Decree of the Cabinet of Ministers of Ukraine "On commissioning ofcompleted facilities".
State sanitary norms and rules of protection of people against electromagnetic radiation, orderof the Ministry of Health Protection of Ukraine No. 239 dated 1.08.1996.
Convention on Access to Information, Public Participation in Decision-making and Access toJustice in Environmental Matters (Aarhus Convention), 1999.
Operating manual for SF6 switchgears (GND 34.47.503-2004).
SOU 40.1 -32385941 -38:2011 "General technical requirements to design and operation of rigidbus arrangement 110-750 kV"СОУ 40.1-32385941-38:2011 “Загальні технічні вимоги до проектування та експлуатації жорсткої ошиновки 110-750кВ”.
Technical requirements for the construction of "integrated security system of technological facilities of NEC Ukrenergo" of 17.04.2012.
Alternative standards of IEC for main high-voltage equipment, which have recommending nature inUkraine:
IEC 62271 -100:2001 "High-voltage switchgear and control gear. Part 100: High voltagealternating-current circuit-breakers";
IEC 606694:1996 «Common specification for high-voltage switchgear and controlgear standards»;
IEC 60044-1:2003 «Instrument transformers – Part 1: Current transformers»;
IEC 60044-2:2003 «Instrument transformers – Part 2: Inductive voltage transformers»;
IEC 62271-102:2001 «High-voltage switchgear and controlgear - Part 102: Alternating current disconnectors and earthing switches».
IEC 60099 «Surge arresters».
EN 50081–2 Electromagnetic compatibility – Generic emission standard – Industrial environment.
EN 60255–6 Electric relays – Measuring relays and protection equipment Safety.
IEC 60 947-1 Ed/ 4.0 b: 2004 Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear.

SECTION II. SPECIFIC TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS PRIMERY EQUIPMENTGeneral information on the projectCurrently, the 330 kV Substation "Zhovtneva" there are two three-phase autotransform capacity of 200 MVA, 330/110/35 kV voltage transformer capacity and four 3x40 + 1h60 MVA 110/35/10 kV voltage.
330 kV air isolated switchgear operates on a "block line - two autotransformer" and has three connection:
- АТ1 – autotransformer – 200000/330;
- АТ2 – autotransformer – 200000/330;
- WL- 330 kV “Novokievskaya”
Existing equipment AIS-330 kV has fulfilled certain resource time, morally and physically obsolete and should be replaced. Panels of relay-boards and management of AIS 330 kV are in the income statement.
AIS - 110 kV operates on a "two working and bypass busbars" has 14 accessions:
- Т1 – transformer – 40000/110;
- Т2 – transformer – 40000/110;
- Т3 – transformer – 63000/110;
- Т4 – transformer – 40000/110;
- CWL-110 кВ «Politeknic – 1»;
- CWL-110 кВ «Politeknic – 2»;
- CWL-110 кВ «Motocikletnaya – 1»;
- CWL-110 кВ «Моtocikletnaya – 2»;
- WL-110 кВ «Severnaya – 1»;
- WL-110 кВ «Severnaya – 2»;
- CWL-110 кВ «Svitoshino – 1»;
- CWL-110 кВ «Svitoshino – 2»;
- АТ1 – аutotransformer – 200000/330;
- АТ2 – autotransformer – 200000/330;
In the future, the SS has no possibility to expand the territory under the exception, new accessions, which are planned to make the substation until 2020, in the above privacy joining AT-3, CL-330 kV "Zapadnaya - Zhovtneva" 110 kV
.
Natural and climatic conditions in the facilityWind load in accordance with the DBN V.1.2-2: 2006 "Loads and effects" - 400 Pa;
Snow load - 1600 Pa;
The depth of soil freezing - 1,05 m;
Seismic activity - up to 6 points (according to DBN V.1.1-12: 2006).
Land improvementFor the purpose of improvement, the former AIS-330 kV, 110 kV arranged a protective coating of fractional crushed stone thickness of 0.15 m. On the territory of the construction and installation work is carried out landscaping by seeding grass and planting of shrubs.
Requirements for the electrical parameters of the networkSystem 330 kVHigh-voltage equipment, supplies and installs at the substations for the 330 kV voltage class, should provide reliable operation of the electricity substation in the system, with the following main characteristics:
Parameter Value
а) Rated voltage 330 kV
b) Maximum operating voltage 363 kV
c) rated frequency 50 Hz
d) rated current 3-phase short-circuit tires SS (perspective - to 2025year.) 25 кА
e) single-phase short-circuit current tires SS (perspective - to 2025year.) 24 кА
System 110 kVHigh-voltage equipment, supplies and installs at the substations for the 110 kV voltage class, should provide reliable operation of the electricity substation in the system, with the following main characteristics:
Parameter Value
а) Rated voltage 110 кВ
b) Maximum operating voltage 126 кВ
c) rated frequency 50 Гц
d) rated current 3-phase short-circuit tires SS (perspective - to 2025year.) 37 кА
e) single-phase short-circuit current tires SS (perspective - to 2025year.) 38 кА
The scope of works and servicesGeneral ProvisionsList of works
Design work to be performed by the Contractor under this Lot include the development, coordination and approval of the project (P) and working documents (WD) on the reconstruction of Substation.
The complex preparation, construction, installation and commissioning work under the terms of the construction contract "turnkey" to be performed by the Contractor includes the:
reconstruction of switchgear-330 kV with the dismantling of all the equipment of the existing AIS 330 kV outdoor switchgear and construction of a new building for the installation of 330 kV switchgear and general station control point (AIS);
installation GIS-330 kV and insulating gas SF6 conductors with bushings «isolating gas- wind» for AT and WL;
construction of new roads to new buildings switchgear 330 kV, 110 kV gas-insulated switchgear, substation control;
Update existing pavement intra roads after construction (including utilities);
implementation of a new coating of asphalt concrete adjacent the existing highways;
connecting АТ-1, АТ-2 to GIS-330 кV;
connecting АТ-1, АТ-2 to GIS -110 кV;
connecting WL-330 кV to GIS -330 кВ; (1 line);
connecting CWL-110 кV to GIS -110 кВ (6 line`s);
connecting WL-110 кV to GIS - 110 кВ (2 line`s);
connecting Т1 – Т4 to GIS -110 кВ (4 tract);
Prefabricated drainage trays. Construction of road crossings through trays;
Reconstruction of the fire AEAO system in terms of new buildings;
execution of works for the future connection of AT-3, CL-330 kV, 110 kV.
Reconstruction of 110 kV with the dismantling of all the equipment of the existing 110 kV and construction of a new building for the installation of 110 kV gas-insulated switchgear;
installation of 110 kV switchgear and cable inserts for connecting AT and overhead line;
installation of new portals and the charging of 110 kV new portals (with the installation of new equipment, interconnection and processing of HF channels of communication);
dismantling of the existing inner mesh fence and equipping of a new substation at the end of construction and installation works ;
overvoltage protection (construction of lightning);
arrangement of ground newly constructed buildings and structures. The accession of new ground loops to the existing substation earthing;
improvement of the potential equalization in the switchgear-330 kV, 110 kV gas-insulated switchgear, substation control;
laying of power and control cables through the territory of the SS (in surface and underground cable trays);
organization of the territory lighting SS in accordance with the requirements of regulatory documents;
landscaping;
delivery of the completed project into operation;
staff training..
The volume of the mounted high-voltage equipmentThe equipment is mounted in such basic units and structures:
Grounds autotransformers330 kV surge arresters;
110 kV surge arresters;
110 kV power cables with cable end sleeves;
Linear portals overhead 330 kV330 kV surge arresters;
Linear portals 110 kV110 kV surge arresters;
110 kV power cables with cable end sleeves;
GIS room-330 kVInstallation of equipment for gas-insulated switchgear complete.
GIS room-110 kVInstallation of equipment for gas-insulated switchgear complete.
List and the number of high voltage equipmentTable 1. Total number of high-voltage electrical equipment supply and installation
№ Name of equipment Units. measurement. Amount
Terminator overvoltage 330 kV (2 AT, 1 WL) Things 9
Terminator overvoltage 110 kV ( 2 АТ, 2 WL, 6 CL) Things 12
The design of a flexible busbar 330 kV for АТ Set 2
The design of a flexible busbar 110 kV for АТ Set 2
GIS 330 kV gas-insulated electrical conductors and with bushings type "isolated gas - air" Set 1
GIS 110kV Set 1
110 kV power cable with cable terminals for flexible bus set 1
All high-voltage equipment is supplied with the reference metal racks, rack dimensions are determined by the Contractor in the performance of design works. The volume and scope of supply, the characteristics and parameters of high-voltage equipment are given in "Table of technical requirements"
For all installed gas-insulated equipment of 330 kV and 110 kV Contractor delivers a set of service equipment for filling the insulating gas equipment and tools for maintenance.
Note: Scope of delivery, performance and parameters of materials, devices, other SS systems are given in the relevant tables of data requirements.
The scope of work for the substationBuildings primary purposeIn this project, in the amount provided for the construction of Lot of buildings and structures of the main destination:
Building substation control room ( SCR);
Building GIS -330 kV;
Building GIS -110 kV;
Installation of portals busbar 330 kV АТ-1, АТ-2, (АТ-3 in the run up to 2020year);
Installation of portals busbar 110 kV АТ-1, АТ-2, (АТ-3 in the run up to 2020year);
Install line portals WL-330 kV:
Install line portals WL-110 kV.
The design solutions for buildings main destinationThe following are the basic structural characteristics of the designed buildings and structures.
To accommodate panels of relay protection, signaling, automation and control panels of alternating current, batteries, chargers with their shields DC, communications equipment, etc. The Contractor shall build substation control room with switching RP.
SCR building should be completely equipped with all necessary systems, facilities and equipment for normal functioning, including: power supply, water supply, lighting, heating and air conditioning, a bathroom. node communications (phone, fax, internet), etc.
Buildings switchgear 330 kV, 110 kV gas-insulated switchgear, substation control frame type, single-storey. The frame of reinforced concrete columns. The walls are made of concrete blocks. Waterproofing of roofs - membrane.
Facades of buildings - made of composite aluminum panels of different colors, which is determined by the customer. Foundations of buildings ribbon of concrete blocks.
Support for equipment - metal rack on w / b foundation supporting structures. Cabling in the territory of the SS - in semi-subterranean w / w channels covered with removable plates.
The bases under the equipment rack designed w / w, monolithic small burial. Foundations under the portals of switchgear-330 kV and 110 kV are provided in the form of prefabricated w / b stands.
The final designs of such buildings are made according to the number and layout of cabinets of relay protection devices and automation, communications, defined by the project.
Requirements for the switchgear arrangement 330 kV and 110 kVBasic design-layout solutionsSwitchgears of 330 kV, 110 kV accepted the closure of gas-insulated switchgear. The relative position of the new substation facilities determined by the project based on the availability of existing utilities and software approaches power lines to the substation. At the stage of development and coordination of the project may change the location of linear portals overhead 330 kV and 110 kV, as well as facilities for the optimization of connection nodes corresponding to the GIS switchgear.
GIS 330 kV performed on a "queen", 5 modules switch) connecting two autotransformers and one overhead power lines of 330 kV (only 3 attachment). Additionally, provide a place for a reserve field at 3 switch.
The electrical circuit diagram of the switchgear 330 kV with the prospect of AT-3, CL-330 kV is shown in Figure (see. Section "Drawings and paintings").
GIS 110 kV performed under the scheme "two working sectioned bus system switches with two section switch without the bypass bus system" (total 18 modules switch) connecting the two antibodies, the four transformers, two 110 kV overhead lines and six KVL 110 kV. Additionally, to provide back-up space for 5 connections.
The electrical circuit diagram of the switchgear 110 kV with the prospect of AT-3, CL-1100 kV is shown in Figure (see. Section "Drawings and paintings"»).

Electrical connection GIS 330 kV gas-insulated switchgear with autotransformers performed gas-insulated electrical conductors and further via the bushing "sulfur hexafluoride-air" transition to flexible bus AT.
Electrical connection GIS 110 kV gas-insulated switchgear with autotransformers power cables is performed with the transition to flexible bus AT.
Connection GIS-330 with taps of 330 kV electrical conductors carried by gas-insulated bushings "isolated gas - air ".
Connecting GIS-110, with overhangs of 110 kV overhead power cables is carried out with end sleeves.
After the construction of the building of 330 kV GIS substation control and will need to reload the overhead line 330 kV of new portals.
A possible variant of the building of 330 kV gas-insulated switchgear and substation control is shown in Figure (see. Section "Drawings and paintings").
Buildings GIS-330 kV substation control and GIS 110 kV single-storey frame type with monolithic plates, rigidly fixed to the supporting pillars, are built on the solid foundation of tape with a polymer waterproofing. Walls of buildings designed from concrete blocks for aerated concrete adhesive. Roof without attic, made of monolithic slabs and roof steam, heat and waterproofing materials.

Cabling in the territory of the SS to be executed in semi-subterranean w / w channels, covered with removable plates. Cabling must be done to meet the requirements of Chapter 2.3 of the SAE: 2009.
At the intersections of intra-roads with underground cable installations should be equipped crossings. Switchgear must be equipped with monitoring subsystem.
Monitoring subsystem GIS 330/110Purpose and functionsThe monitoring subsystem is designed for continuous measurement, recording and display of technical condition and the basic parameters of the switchgear in normal, pre-emergency and emergency modes, including:
- monitoring density sulfur hexafluoride gas-insulated compartments in cells;
- monitoring of partial discharge in GIS;
- accounting circuit switching resources;
- resource accounting mechanical switches;
- collection, display and archiving of monitored parameters;
- selfdiagnostic system;
- collection, storage and archiving of monitored parameters.
- transmission of information in the process control system;
The system should be continuous monitoring of the partial time-series in the GIS by UHF.
To do this in the compartments of cells switchgear manufacturer shall establish primary-WIDE microwave sensors.
The signals from these sensors must come through the blocks of the primary signal conversion and intermediate routers cabinets in price-tral server data processing system, which must be carried out analysis of the FA, display and archiving, as well as the issuance of warn-tive or alarm in the event of the intensity of the FA specified by the manufacturer switchgear installations.
The system should carry out the type of the detected signal interpretation of the FA in real time (at least 5 types of defects) through the built-fuzzy logic algorithms, etc..
GIS system should fix the mechanical wear of the resource (number of starts) drive circuit. The number of starts of the drive mechanism must be fixed, but in a special programmable counter. Forming a team to increase the counter should be on the block contact with the water.
Auxiliaries substationShields own needsTwo-piece board of own needs (auxiliaries) AC 0.4 kV is powered by two auxiliary transformers.
The shield of alternating current switchgear installed in a building 330, 110 kV and comprises:
Input Panel - 2 things;
panel sectional connection - 1 things;
panel feeders – 2 things.
Number of outgoing lines specified project.
Redundant power supply is performed on the side of 0.4 kV auxiliaries. From SON 0.4 kV consumers eat 330 kV gas-insulated switchgear, the switchgear 110 kV substation control. Power drive circuit 330 kV, 110 kV AC accepted.
The configuration of alternating current of 0.4 kV is finally determined in the design process.
Operational current on SS- DC 220.
In accordance with the "Norms of technological design SS AC higher voltage 6-750 kV" for the supply of primary and backup protections RU-330 kV, 110 kV, autotransformers provides installation in the substation control building in separate rooms of two sealed batteries 220, each of which is attached to his shield DC. to recharge aggregates. The type and capacity of the batteries should be specified at the design stage.
Shield the DC (direct-current board) 220 is installed in the building of the switchgear 330, 110 kV. The composition of the current board includes chargers. From the current board feed consumers switchgear 330 kV, 110 kV gas-insulated switchgear. Number of outgoing lines specified project.
The final configuration of their own needs DC 220 is determined in the design process.
Power supply consumers during constructionPurchasing power of consumers object to the construction period of the construction, installation and commissioning works performed by the existing network of their own needs Substation.
Monitoring of existing ATThe project of reconstruction of the SS does not provide for the replacement of the AT. It is necessary to lay down a system of pre-monitringa AT provides the following functions:
- generation of signals and warning syngaling for all monitored parameters;
- formation of expert estimates and projections of a technical condition of the transformer on the basis of settlement patterns in real time;
- computation resource waste and predicting the life of the transformer in real time;
- mathematical and software support for data analysis;
- visualization in the display device characterizing the state of the transformer;
- creating and storing a database of technical condition of transformers, emergency response and sygnaling, the results of calculation models and the issuance of recommendations;
- Data Visualization;
- transmission of information in ACS;
- mode control of cooling.
It is necessary to ensure control of the following options::
- control the aging of the winding insulation;
- oil gas content control;
- Control moisture content of oil;
- temperature control of the upper and lower layers of oil;
- temperature control the most heated point of the winding;
- Checking the oil level in the conservator;
- control over the termination of the oil circulation;
- control bit activity within the tank;
- control of explosive bushings (tangent capacity).
31 Requirements to works, services, materials,
structures and main electrical equipment Overvoltage protection , external insulation, grounding system, lighting system , beacons mounted on top of high structures, biological protectionLightning protection systemProtection from direct lightning strokes shall be provided by lightning rods located on the structures of the Switchgear 330 kV, Switchgear 110 kV and individual lightning rods. Protection from lightning is designed according to the requirements of DSTU B V.2.5-38: 2008 "Arrangement of lightning protection of buildings and structures" and chapter 4.2 of PUE: 2008.
The protection of the equipment from surge waves incoming from OHL 330 and 110 kV and internal overvoltages shall be provided by non-linear surge arresters (SURS). The quantity and locations of the SURS have been selected on the basis of the number of lines, to be connected when the SS is put into operation, as well as on the basis of the distance between the SURS and the equipment under protection.
External insulationIn a direct closeness to substation of sources contaminating an isolation it is not. Taking into account DSTU (GOST) 9929-89, external isolation for an equipment, accepted the suspended and supporting isolation 2-ouch categories with a specific pathlength currents of loss for tensions 110 and 330 kV no less than 2,25 sm/kV.
Requirements grounding system implementationGrounding of constructions and buildings of SS must be executed taking into account the requirements of «Rules of devices of elektroustanovok» - PUE-2006 (chapter 1.7 «Grounding and protective measures of safety»). The new contour of grounding must be added to the existent general contour of grounding of SS. All metallic parts of electrical equipment, which can appear under tension in the case of damage of isolation, must be earthed.
Every element of electrical installation, which is subject grounding, must be added to the earthing connector or main earthing point a separate earthing or zero protective explorer. Successive connection of a few metallically unrelated elements of setting earthings or zero explorers is forbidden.
Tacking of earthings explorers to ground-wire and to the constructions which are earthed, it is necessary to execute by lap-welding, and to the corps of vehicles - by screw-bolt connection.
Near every earthing clamp there must be a sign of grounding, GOST executed taking into account requirements 21130-75.
The earthings lowerings from an equipment with tacking to the contour of grounding must be executed a steel bar by a section 40x4 mm, executed from flatiron for GOST 103-76.
Horizontal ground must be laid along the axes of electrical equipment from the side of service on a depth no less than a 0,7 m from a terrene in the distance 0,8-1,0 m from foundation of equipment.
An external protection does not join in with the general contour of grounding. Internal fence joins in with an earthing contour. In the places of joining of internal fence to the external protection the isolated insertions are executed.
The horizontal contour of grounding must be executed a steel bar by a section 50x5 mm, laid on a depth 0,7 m from a terrene. Vertical ground are steel electrodes by a diameter 16,0 mm, long for 5,0 m.
Calculation resistance of spreading of earthing contour of substation must not exceed 0,5 Ohm. The calculation of earthing device must be executed on the criterion of requirements to his resistance of spreading (concordantly PUE-2006 gl.1.7 "Grounding and protective measures of electrical safety ").
A contractor must execute the gasket of network of grounding around and into buildings of GIS-330 kV with SCH and GIS-110 kV, which must be connected with the general contour of grounding of substation. An earthing contour, laid into building, must be added no less what in two places to the external earthing contour, to laid round building. After editing before backfilling soil Contractor must check earthings devices for their conforming to the requirements of project with drafting of act of verification.
Metallic inconductor parts of equipment, and also the armature of foundations must be connected (during building) with the earthing contour of substation.
Feed of electrical installation of SS by tension to 1 kV foreseen with the use of the system of grounding of TN-CS. On tension 0,4 kV on the shields of SCHSN combination of protective and neutral explorers is foreseen. On distributive corymbs on territory of settings 0.4 kV protective and neutral explorers part. The basic system of equalization of potentials must be executed in buildings (concordantly DBN V.2.5-27-2006).
On the objects of SS it is necessary to provide protecting of hardwares of telecommunication and electronic systems from direct electromagnetic influence, and also harmful effect of tension and current, which arise up in the linear devices of telecommunication and informative networks and can cause the damages of telecommunication equipment and electronic systems, linear buildings and to threaten life and health of operating personnel.
Handing over in exploitation of the earth system
During handing over in exploitation of the system of grounding Contractor must give Customer the followings documents:
a)executive charts of earthings devices;
b)information of elements of earthings devices;
c)acts on implementation of the hidden works;
d)including protocols of acceptance tests measurings of foot-pace tension and tension touches which must be executed during starting-up and adjustment works.
All metallic parts of electric equipment and power settings which can appear under tension in the case of damage of isolation must be earthed in accordance with the requirements of national standards and IEEE 80 - 2000/din-vde 0101.
Lighting system
The lighting system of the outdoor part of the substation shall be implemented using floodlights with halogen bulbs. The floodlights shall be installed on floodlight platforms of individual lightning rods.
The quantity of the floodlights is based on the requirement of necessary minimum illumination for the disconnectors and power transformers (10 lux), for the circuit-breakers, current and voltage transformers (5 lux). The minimum illumination level in the horizontal plane for the main passage is 1 lux, for other passages 0.5 lux.
Into buildings the working and emergency system of illumination is assumed with switching on the system of direct-current at disappearance of supply pressure. Illumination of apartments of buildings is assumed lamps with economic lamps. Tension of working network of illumination 380/220 In alternating current, by an emergency - 220 In direct-current, evacuation - 220 In direct-current. Illumination of apartments is executed concordantly DBN V.2.5-28-2006.
Biological protectionAs per the "Engineering design standards of AC SS with highest voltage of 6-750 kV" GKD 341.004.001-94, item 8.14, and GOST 12.4.154-85 "Screening devices for protection against electrical fields of industrial frequency", the system of biological protection of the substation's personnel against impact of electromagnetic field at the Switchgear 330 kV and Switchgear 110 kV. Asper GOST 12.4.154-85, the screens shall be installed near the work stations (work places), if the electrical field intensity exceeds 5 kV/m, and canopy-type screens shall be installed over pedestrianpaths if the electrical field intensity exceeds 15 kV/m.
Requirements to works and structural materialsConcrete and reinforced-concrete structuresThe supports of the gantries shall be made of concrete similar to concrete of В40 class (strength) and F100 class (frost resistance), in accordance with SNiP 2.03.01-84 "Concrete and reinforced-concrete structures".
The following materials shall be used for reinforcement of supports of the gantries:
а)rod-type hot-rolled reinforcing steel,with parameters similar to:
Steel of AV class, grade 23X2G2T as per DSTU 3760-98;
Reinforcement bars of A800S class as pr DSTU 3760-98;
б)standard reinforcing wire, with parameters similar to wire of Вр-I class as per GOST 6727-80.
The supports under the equipment shall be made of concrete similar to concrete of В15 class(strength) and F100 class (frost resistance), in accordance with SNiP 2.03.01-84 "Concrete and reinforced-concrete structures".
The following materials shall be used for reinforcement of supports:
Rod-type hot-rolled reinforcing steel, with parameters similar to steel of AI class as per GOST 5781-82. The chemical composition of reinforcing carbon steel shall correspond to the chemical composition of steel of St3 grade as per GOST 380-94, reinforcement class is A240S as per DSTU 3760-98.
Rod-type hot-rolled reinforcing steel,with parameters similar to steel of 25G2S grade as per GOST 380-94,class Alll as per GOST 5781-82, reinforcement class A400S as per DSTU 3760-98.
The elements of cable trays shall be made of concrete similar to concrete of В15 class (strength) and F100 class (frost resistance), in accordance with SNiP 2.03.01-84 "Concrete and reinforced-concrete structures".
The following materials shall be used for reinforcement:
Rod-type hot-rolled reinforcing steel,with parameters similar of steel of Al class as per GOST 5781-82. The chemical composition of reinforcing carbon steel shall correspond to the chemical composition of steel of St3 grade as per GOST 380-94, reinforcement class is A240S as per DSTU 3760-98.
Standard reinforcing wire , with parameters similar to wire of Bp-l class as per GOST 6727-80.
Metallic structuresThe steel structures shall meet the requirements of GOST 27751-88 (ST SEV384-87) "Reliability of building structures and foundations. Basic provisions for calculation".
The basic requirements to the materials shall meet GOST 27772-88.
The rolled metal items shall be made of carbon steel that meets the requirements of DSTU 2651-94 (DSTU 2651:2005 (GOST 380-2005)).
The structural shapes shall be made of steel of grades similar to S235, S245, S255, S345 as per GOST 27772-88.
The shape, dimensions, limit values of the rolled metal items shall meet the following requirements:
GOST 8509-93: for angle bars with equal flanges;
GOST 8510-86: for angle bars with unequal flanges;
GOST 8239-89 for I-beams;
GOST 26020-83 for I-beams with parallel faces of flanges;
GOST 8240-97: for channel bars;
GOST 19903-74: for rolled sheets;
GOST 2590-88: for round steel.
Corrosion protectionAll supporting metallic parts of the equipment to be supplied shall be hot-dip galvanized; all cabinets supplied along with the equipment shall be made of corrosion-resistant material.
All metal structures shall be hot-dip galvanized to provide corrosion protection. Zinc consumption shall be not less than 600 g per 1 m² of surface.
The thickness of zinc coating of fasteners, including threaded bolts shall be not less than 45 microns.Threads of nuts shall not be galvanized. Fasteners of gantries shall be hot-dip galvanized.
Drilling, punching, cutting and bending of all steel structures manufactured at the factory, shall not result in any deviations, which could complicate installation of the gantries at the site. Protecting slings shall be used for off-loading and erection. Galvanized steel work, stored at the works or on site shall be stacked to provide adequate ventilation of all surfaces to avoid wet storage staining (white rust).
Except where specified to the contrary, all cast iron and steel materials used in construction shall be galvanized. Galvanizing shall be applied by hot dip process, not less than 610 g/m² for all parts except steel wire or bolts where zinc coating may be 300 g/m2. The zinc coating shall be smooth, clean and of uniform thickness and free of defects. The preparation for galvanizing and the galvanizing itself shall not adversely affect the mechanical properties of the coated materials.
The preparation for galvanizing and the galvanizing itself shall not adversely affect the mechanical properties of the coated materials. All drilling, punching, cutting and bending of parts shall be completed, and all burrs shall be removed before the galvanizing process is applied.
Painting
The Contractor shall deliver necessary paint and varnish materials, which will be, if necessary, used for painting of all electrical equipment damaged during transportation or installation.
For the metal structures of the Outdoor Switchgear, which will be welded at site, the corresponding temporary corrosive protection, performed at factory for transportation and installation shall be applied.
The Contractor shall provide sufficient measures for surface treatment and painting, including full information about primer materials and painting procedure.
The Contractor shall guarantee that materials, methods and procedures, which he suggests to use, are in accordance with the safety regulations and do not pollute the environment.
The Contractor shall submit the complete list of materials, including information about volatile content, type of remover, quantity of components, coating type, intervals between coating and amount of coating, toxic properties of materials, expiration date and service life time.
Before applying any coating, all surfaces shall be prepared. Such preparation includes cleaning, drying and other processing to guarantee that the coating is applied to the corresponding base. Stainless steel parts are not subject to painting or galvanizing.
Deviation tolerances of building structures
The allowable tolerances of deviations of the building structures shall not exceed those in the table below:
№ Name of structures Deviations Deviation value
1 Bases Shortage to designed level with mechanized ground development 5-7 cm
2 Foundations a)offset of foundation axis relative to layout axes +10mm -10 mm
b)displacement of planes and crossing lines from vertical +20mm -20 mm
c)displacement of horizontal planes over the plane of adjusted area +20mm -20 mm
d)local deviations in dimensions of cross-section +6 mm -3 mm
3 Stands a) ultimate vertical deviation +15mm -15 mm
b) inclination over ground surface Max. 10 mm per 1 m of length
c)level difference of tops of adjacent stands 3 mm
4 Metallic structures a)clearance between plate and metal ruler 1,5 mm
b)deviation of edge line of sheet articles when welding: In butt joint 2 mm
lapped 5 mm
c)deviation in bending. A gap between template and rolled: cold 2 mm
hot 3 mm
d)displacement of rod layout axes in lattice structural items 3 mm
5 Masonry works а)deviation from design values on:
thickness +15 mm
cutting marks 15 mm
partition wall width -20 mm
opening width +20 mm
displacement of axes of adjacent window openings 20 mm
b)deviation of brickword rows from horizontal per 10 m of length 20 mm
c)irregularities on the vertical surface of brickwork revealed by placing a 2-meter plank 10 mm
Shipment and transportationDuring transportation of construction-purpose cargos, the Contractor shall meet the requirements of SNiP III-4-80, Part III "Rules of performance and acceptance of works", Chapter 4 "Safety precautions in construction", DBN A.3.1-5-96 "Organization of construction production". Transportation, storage and warehousing of materials, structures and equipment are organized as per DBN G.1-4-95 "Rules of transportation, storage and warehousing of materials, products, structures and equipment in construction".
Transportation of inflammable cargos shall be performed by the means of transportation equipped as per the rules and instructions for such cargo category.
Transportation and temporary storage of structures, products and equipment in the erection area shall be carried out according to the requirements of specifications for such structures (products), while for the non-standardized structures (products) it is necessary to meet the following requirements:
Structures shall be placed in a position corresponding to their design, and if this condition cannot be met, structures shall be placed in the position convenient for transportation to erection site, taking into account that thei strength and durability shall be maintained;
Outstanding pieces of reinforcement bars and outstanding parts shall be protected against damage;
Small parts for installation joints shall be attached to the shipped elements or sent simultaneously with structures in the container with labels, identifying parts names and their quantity. These parts shall be stored under canopy ;
Fastening parts shall be stored indoor , sorted by types and makes ; bolts and nuts shall be sorted by classes of durability and diameters.
The Contractor shall provide transportation, unloading and safe storage of all structures, equipment and materials necessary for construction of the substation. At the same time:
a)transportation of heavy, long and large-sized cargos shall be provided using specialized means of transportation. To avoid rolling or falling over during vehicle movement, the cargos shall be placed and fixed on vehicles according to specifications of loading and fastening of the given type of cargo;
b)insulators shall be transported packed in boxes or on grates. Transportation of insulators in bulk is for Tenderden;
в)in necessary cases, dump trucks shall be equipped with special stoppers in order to support the tipper body in the lifted position.
During storage, the structures shall be sorted by types, and stacked taking into account the sequence of installation.
Marking of cargo containers shall meet the requirements of GOST 14192-96.
Handling of dust-like materials (cement, lime, plaster) shall be carried out in a mechanized way. As an exception, cement unloading handworks are allowed at its own temperature not exceeding 40°С.
Before loading or unloading of precast reinforced-concrete structures, the installation ears shall be examined, cleared from grout solution or concrete and, if necessary, corrected without damage to the structure.
The Contractor shall independently perform inspection of road sections and bridges, along which the equipment and building structures will be transported.
Load-lifting mechanisms and accessoriesThe Contractor shall own or have guaranteed access (by means of rent, leasing, sales contract, availability of production facilities or otherwise) in the Employer's country to all load-lifting mechanisms and accessories, to perform load-lifting works during transportation of the equipment and structures to their storage area and/or the construction site.
The Contractor shall guarantee that this equipment is in fully operable condition, meets the technical requirements and the Contractor shall also prove that this equipment will be available for him during the entire period of the Contract's implementation.
Availability of the equipment shall be confirmed by ownership certificate or letter of commitment from the owner.
Strapping of cargos shall be performed by inventory slings. Strapping methods shall exclude possibility of falling or sliding of strapped cargo.
Strapping of installation components shall be performed in the points specified in the detailed drawings. Strapping method of the integrated flat and spatial blocks shall provide durability, stability and invariability of geometrical forms during their lifting. Strapping of structures at random points, as well as by outstanding armature parts is for Tenderden.
Placement of cargo on vehicles shall ensure steady position of cargo during transportation and unloading.
Before lifting of each assembly element, it is necessary to check the following:
element's conformity to the design type;
condition of embedded parts,absence of dirt and damages on finished surfaces, integrity of primer coating and painting;
presence of necessary fasteners and auxiliary materials at workplace;
correct and reliable fastening of load-gripping devices.
During installation of assembly elements , the following shall be ensured:
stable and fixed position at all erection stages;
safety of work performance;
accuracy of their position (by means of permanent geodesic control);
strength of assembly joints.
The installation assembly elements shall be reliably fixed before removal of slings.
WarrantyThe Contractor shall guarantee reliable operation of all delivered and Contractor-installed equipment for at least during the period required by the Employer for each type of the equipment as per the Technical Requirements (see Technical Data Sheets).
Warranty period must be:
for the terminators of overstrain 330 kV, 110 kV - no less than 5-ti years from the day of putting into an operation or 5,5 years from the date of receipt on storage of Customer;
for bus supports 330 kV, 110 kV - no less 3th from the day of putting into an operation or 3,5 years from the date of receipt on storage of Customer;
for GIS-330 kV, GIS-110 kV – no less 2th from the day of putting into an operation or 3 years from the date of receipt on storage of Customer;

A guarantee period for works must be no less than 10 years.
During this warranty period, the Contractor at its own expense shall eliminate all defects and repair any part of the equipment, which has been properly installed and has been in operation, but has failed due to structural defects or production defect.
During the warranty period, defects shall be eliminated by the Contractor within not more than 1.5 months from the date of receipt of written notification from the Employer.
The Contractor shall bear all direct responsibility for equipment defects, the Contractor shall provide all necessary measures in order to provide commissioning and full operability of the site, according to the Contract's terms and conditions. The warranty period for works shall be not less than 10 years.
The Contractor shall provide integrity of the entire complex, even if some necessary equipment or services had not been particularly described in these technical requirements.
General layout and transportation system ; Access roads at the siteExistent SS-330/110 kV «October» is located in town Kiev in the street Stecenka 1a. Dwelling building is from every quarter located substation. SS has a long term of exploitation, as a result of which the set equipment is moral and physically outdated and requires replacement.
Placing of new buildings is determined the terms of existent SS and technological connections with OSS. Version of reconstruction does not require expansion of territory of substation.
From a north side to the ground of substation an entrance motorway calls with concrete coverage. Reconstruction existing OSS(Outdoor switching substation) -330 kV, OSS-110 kV planned within the limits of existent ground of SS.
Relief of ground is in the places of implementation of works – quiet. Absolute marks hesitate within the limits of 173,5 – 177m.
In connection with building of new buildings dismantling of part of existent protection of SS and building of new is foreseen.
Inspection and testsAll equipment and materials used for contractual works shall be factory-inspected and factory-tested, according to the requirements of the codes and standards.
The Employer's representatives may witness the inspection and tests of the equipment and materials. The Contractor shall notify the Employer on the time of inspection and tests of the equipment as per the procedure stipulated in the Contract.
Factory tests and factory test reportsThe factory-build structures and equipment shall be completely assembled, adjusted and inspected at manufacturer's factory.
Simultaneously with delivery of the equipment, the Contractor shall submit to the Employer the factory test reports, which confirm the quality and technical characteristics of the equipment.
The Contractor shall ensure compliance of factory test reports, certificates and other necessary documentation delivered with equipment, with the requirements of the current Ukrainian codes and standards.
The Contractor shall bear all cost of the FAT.
Site testsAfter installation of the equipment, the Contractor shall perform setting-up, checking, tests and commissioning of the equipment according to the programs agreed with the Employer.
The Contractor shall prepare test programs on the basis of manufacturer's instructions, considering the requirements of SOU-N ЕЕ 20.302: 2007 and shall be submitted to the Employer for approval, three months prior to the tests.
The Contractor shall carry out tests of the assembled and installed equipment according to the requirements of SNiP III-4-80, part III "Rules of manufacture and acceptance of works", SOU-N ЕЕ 20.302:2007 "Electrical equipment test standards", rules and instructions confirmed by government supervision authorities, as well as according to manufacturer's operational instructions on this equipment.
Prior to equipment individual tests, the Contractor shall ensure health and safety rules by performing the following preparatory works:
a)work supervisor shall instruct the test personnel on the procedure of work execution and on necessary actions for their safe performance;
b)visual inspection, using instrumentations if necessary, of equipment fastening, condition of insulation and grounding of electrical elements, presence and operability of fittings, starting and stopping devices, test-instrumentation and plugs;
c)protection of test area with its marking using corresponding signs;
d)provision of emergency shutdown of the equipment being tested;
e)checking for absence of foreign objects inside and outside of the equipment;
f)assignment points and conditions of safe presence of persons involved in the tests;
g)bringing into the state of readiness of fire-extinguishing means and personnel capable to eliminate possible fire;
h)provision of lighting of workplaces, not less than 50 lux;
i)assignment of persons responsible for safe work performance, in accordance with the test program.
It is allowed to start equipment test only after timely notification of nearby standing persons and receiving the permission from the test supervisor.
During the equipment tests, the following actions are not allowed:
а)removal of safety barriers;
б)cleaning and greasing the equipment, touching its moving parts;
в)inspection and correction of electric circuits, electric equipment and automation devices.
Elimination of defects/malfunctions on the equipment, if found out during tests, shall be made after its disconnection from mains and at full stop. If any test result at the installation site does not meet the technical requirements, or if the equipment does not comply with guaranteed performance parameters, the Employer has the right to reject from acceptance of the equipment and request its replacement.
Fire safetyGIS 330 kV and 110 kV on SS projected for the I degrees of fire-resistance. Gis 330 kV and 110 kV concordantly NAPB 06.015-2006, category on explosive and fire hazard of apartments - "D". For every building there must be no less than two outputs. Width of passage-ways for the ways of evacuation is accepted no less than a 1,0 m, width of doors - no less than 0,8 m.
In the apartment of storage batteries SCR , the pressurized accumulators, selecting the very negligible quantity of hydrogen in the mode of subcharge and boosting battery, are set. Taking into account permanent operating system of natural reveal-drawing ventilation and dissolution of concentration of hydrogen, this concentration can not attain explosive indexes. The apartment of storage batteries is subsumed «D».
External fire-fighting system is provided from existing on SS of the circular plumbing with fire-cocks.
Internal fire-fighting system from fire faucets is not used. For apartments foreseen only primary facilities of fire-fighting.
The gasket of cable is executed taking into account the requirements of gl.2.3 PUE. Concordantly NAPB 05.031-2010 in cable trays through 50 m, and also in the places of branches fire-prevention belts are foreseen from sand.
Fireproof cable passage-ways are foreseen through build constructions with the limit of fire-resistance no less EI60, compression of openings round pipes, cables - with the limit of fire-resistance no less EI60 concordantly p.3.16 SNiP 3.05.06.-85, p.10.5 NAPB V.01.056-2005/iii.
Sanitary Engineering SolutionsSanitary engineering apartments
Sanitary engineering apartments for workers, инженерно, auxiliary personnel of existent SS suffice and answer the requirements of SNiP II 92 -76 part 11.
To provide for a project gasket of plumbing in the sanitary-domestic apartments of (PPM - ОПУ перевод ?) .
CanalizationThe use of existent cleansing buildings of sullage flows is foreseen. Sewer water must pass the complete cycle of bioscrubbing, frequent airing and interfusion.
To foresee the gasket of the sewage system in the sanitary-domestic apartments of (PPM- ОПУ перевод?).
Heating, ventilation and conditioningThe project of heating, ventilation and conditioning must be executed in obedience to the requirements of SNiP a 2.04.05-91 "Heating, ventilation and climatization".
Heating of apartments of SS is foreseen from electric (конвекторов перевод?).
In buildings of (КРУЭ перевод ?) heating for maintenance of temperature is foreseen not below plus 8 °С, during finding of personnel plus 22 °С.
Requirements to materials, equipment, structures, systems, conductors and cables
Special requirementsAll equipment supplied by the Contractor, materials, structures, systems and cables used for work implementation, as well as special accessories, tools and instruments necessary for operation and maintenance of the newly installed equipment at the SS , shall be certified in Ukraine according to Ukrainian national requirements.
The measuring instruments shall be registered in the State Register of measuring devices approved for use in Ukraine.
All supplied equipment, structures, fittings, measuring instruments and materials shall be new, unused, have standard manufacturer's design. They shall be designed taking into account the latest the codes and standards, and manufactured using state-of-the-art technologies.
The Contractor shall confirm quality and origin of the goods by the corresponding type test certificates.
During construction, transportation, storage at the Employer's warehouse, as well as during assembly, installation, acceptance testing, commissioning and trial operation, the Contractor shall comply with all requirements specified in the latest editions of Ukrainian normative documents regarding the following aspects:
а)labour protection ;
b)fire safety;
c)environment protection safety.
The Contractor shall own or have guaranteed access (by means of rent, leasing, sales contract, availability of production facilities or otherwise) in the Employer's country to all load-lifting mechanisms and accessories), machines, mechanisms, equipment and accessories, which shall be fully functional and capable of performing all kinds of works.
The Contractor shall have all the tools, materials and equipment needed for temporary operations, such as de-energization, dismantling, disconnection, connection, transfer, which may be required during installation.
All equipment supplied by the Contractor shall:
a)be designed in such a way, in order to ensure reliable and continuous operation in the climatic conditions of the substation`s location;
b)guarantee reliable operation;
c)have the required insulation level;
d)withstand possible mechanical impacts (load and voltage variations) that may occur during this substation`s operation.
The Contractor shall provide sufficient amount of operation and maintenance instructions or manuals in Russian or Ukrainian language for the supplied equipment, as-built drawings, supply of all mandatory spare parts, special tools and repair equipment.
All supplied high-voltage equipment, AC and DC auxiliary equipment shall have possibility of integration into the APCS of the substation.
The detailed technical characteristics of the supplied equipment are given in the corresponding Sheets of Volume III "Technical Data Sheets"
GIS – 330 кВ и GIS – 110 кВGIS must be supplied with all necessary terminal boxes, priming of insulating gas, power wiring and management, grounding, device of monitoring of closeness of insulating gas and support structure. Size of supplied with the preliminary collected sections must be so large, as far as it is practical possibly for transporting.
A capacity, tests and estimation of GIS, must correspond the versions of next editions of IEC:
Description Norms and standards
General descriptions for switchgears and switching substation of high tension. IEC 62271-1
GIS of nominal tension of 52kV and higher IEC 62271-203
High-voltage switches of alternating current IEC 62271-100
Isolating switch and ground-wire of alternating current IEC 62271-102
High-voltage isolating switch of alternating current IEC 62271-108
Current transformers IEC 61869-1 / -2
Inductive transformers of tension IEC 61869-1 / -3
Metal-oxide terminators of overstrain without spark intervals for the systems of alternating current IEC 60099-4
Isolated input`s for variable tensions higher 1000V IEC 60137
Insulating gas SF6 IEC60376
Partial charge IEC 60270
Direct connection of transformers of high tension IEC/TR2 61639
High-voltage cable connection IEC 62271-209
Carcass under constraint CENELEC EN50052 und EN 50064
Nominal parameters of completed GIS must be in accordance with Table of technical requirements.
All current-conduction components of equipment must be expected for the protracted work at nominal currents without exceeding of maximal temperature, marked in the proper standards of IEC.
GIS supplier must have at least 20 years of experience in planning, production, setting and putting into the operation of insulating gas equipment for the use in networks 110 kV and higher.
A period of free technical service for any external component GIS must be no less than 5 years. For internal components, including the gas refuelling, this term must be no less than 10 years. A supplier must offer the recommended period of service.
REQUIREMENTS TO GIS
A distributive device must be a free-standing, free-standing construction with all high-voltage equipment, set inwardly GIS, in the metallic earthed corps it parts on separate gas compartments, at least for:
- sections of tires with proper isolating switch;
- switch;
- line isolating switch.
Location of separate cells of distributive devices must be executed so that to attain the optimum economy of place, exact and logical location.
Every extreme area of tires must be projected taking into account future expansion of distributive device. Bus end connectors must be accordingly projected.
All blocking, potentially preventing wrong operations, must be constructed so that they can not it was be easily gone round.
Access to any component must be possible enough. Real position of isolating switch and ground knives must be expressly represented facilities of reliable indication.
All components of identical face values and constructions which will demand replacement possibly must be interchangeable.
The supplied with components, tested at the plant, must be united in place of setting only through screw-bolt impermeable connection. Welding of components is in place shut out.
A distributive device must have separate gas compartments, with gas dense barriers between every compartment. A gas compartment must be projected:
– to minimize the operating disconnecting, when pressure of gas goes down in investigation of loss or operating reasons;
– to minimize a gas amount which it is needed to pump out and recharge after maintenance of any part of equipment.
Every gas compartment must be equipped necessary valves, to provide pumping and gas refuelling without pumping from any other compartment. To reduce possibility of loss, connection pipes between gas compartments is shut out.
Every gas compartment must be equipped a static filter. These filters must be in a position to absorb any aquatic steam which can penetrate into a construction, and must be effective on an extent at least between basic conclusions in repair.
Transformers of current preferably must be with mandrels, located outside insulating gas shells.
Every gas area must be equipped the system of monitoring of insulating gas, consisting of device of the permanent monitoring of closeness of insulating gas.
Gas-proof barriers and supporting insulators must be projected so that to keep a high reserve after durability of construction and electric dielectric properties.
Gas-proof barriers must be projected so that to maintain the maximal overfall of pressure, which can arise up on all barrier, I.e. maximal working pressure from one side and vacuum with other.
INSULATING GAS
Insulating gas, necessary for the first priming, must be put together with a distributive device, together with a connecting tube and accessories.
Insulatig gas, tucked in GIS, must conform to the proper requirements of IEC.
At handing over in exploitation of GIS, the point of dew of insulating gas must be measured and documented.
For transporting components can be filled nitrogen and serviced insulating gas in place.
All gas seals must be projected so that a norm of loss of IG (insulating gas) was on an absolute minimum. The possible loss of IG must not exceed 0.5% in a year for mounted GIS.
All gas seals must be with protecting of seals from dirt and corrosion and must be central type.
The device of monitoring of closeness of IG with temperature indemnification must be set on every IG component. Any connection of pipes between different gas compartments and centralized measuring device is shut out.
A device must provide the permanent and automatic monitoring of closeness of IG.
The system of monitoring of IG must have two emergency setpoints: -before warning, when the closeness of IG approaches a low level;-level of alarm, when the closeness of IG arrives at the minimum level of isolation and blocking of wearing-out of switch is initiated.
The device of automatic depressurization must be set on every IG component as a preventive measure against the break of construction.
The devices of automatic depressurization must be placed so that to guarantee safety of personnel in the case of unexpected depressurization gas.
SHELL AND TIRES
Every shell filled under constraint must be projected and made in accordance with a standard and must be based on a project temperature and project pressure as it is certain in IEC 62271-203.
For shells the alloy of aluminium must be exceptionally used, to prevent external and internal corrosion, and also necessity of the periodic cleaning and painting.
Shells must be projected so that to eliminate, as far as it is possible, all influences are the fields, created normal and by the current of s.g. The losses of energy in the system must be taken to to minimum and pointed tensions on shells must not exceed the possible redistribution of safety. A supplier must give accompanying calculations on the pointed tension and losses.
Project calculations or reports of verification tests, demonstrating durability of shell at project pressure and project temperature must be given.
Increase of temperature of current wire parts must be limited values, marked in IEC 62271-1, at a nominal current and climatic terms on a ground.
The explorers of tires must be made from a copper or alloy of aluminium.
The proper measures must be undertaken for indemnification of temperature expansion of explorers and differential temperature expansion between explorers and shells.
Where it is necessary, the metallic scrapes of silphon type must be well-to-do with the managed pull.
Compensating joints, flexible connections and managed fastenings, must be foreseen, to compensate possible production and construction admittances in the proper equipment, which GIS it can be connected to.
All entablature, necessary for setting of equipment of GIS, must be put, including concomitant parts.
To all equipment GIS must be carefully thought out access. To all valves of priming access must be well-to-do through a light cart.
After a production, all metallic parts of construction must be treated the hot zincking. All assembling connections must be bolted. Welding in place of setting is shut out.
For screw-bolts and nuts must be used not corrosion metal.
For editing of cells to the floor it is recommended to use wall screws. Organization of grounding of GIS must guarantee that foot-pace tension and tension of touch will be in safe values. The shells of GIS must be earthed so that there was an earthing contour round all feeding parts.
The wires of grounding must be counted on damages with the current of short circuit. Wires can be done from a copper or aluminum. The closets of local government and distributive boxes must be earthed a separate wire.
All troughings and shells of management cables must be connected to the tires of grounding of closet of management or distributive box. All metallic parts must be earthed.
CONTROL CLOSET
Every module of cell of distributive device must be supplied a management closet set either on the floor or mounted on a distributive device. A closet must be with the locked doors.
A closet must provide next basic functions:
- symbolic circuit;
- functions of management of distributive device;
- mode of local/remote management;
- local reflection and management;
- indication of position;
- notification about the decline of pressure of IG;
- built-in blocking of cell;
All chains managements and conclusions, connecting a distributive device with the closet of management of module cell, must be given a producer.
All cables of management must be screened.
All cables of management must be set and backfilled so that to limit the effect of the pointed tension at possible level.
A producer must give the special devices, necessary for normal exploitation of distributive device, such as:
- handle for a hand management isolating switch and ground knives;
- handle for the mechanism of switch;
- portable system of refuelling IG with accessories for priming.
Any special instruments, necessary only on the period of setting and putting into an operation must be delivered a producer and must remain the propert of producer after completion of setting and putting into an operation.
A producer is under an obligation to put the list of the recommended spare parts, on a term at least five years for normal exploitation.
SWITCHES
Every switch must contain one compression arc extinguishing chamber. It must use IG both for an isolation and for extinguishing of arc.
A mechanism of switch must be modern standard and reliable technology, without the use of some hydraulic mixtures or symbolic system.
A switch must have stocked energies, necessary for implementation of duty cycle about at losses of feed of the basic systems of energy supply.
A switch must be with the mechanism of the free unlinking and have protecting from discrepancy of phases.
Every switch must be supplied the local mechanical indicator of position of the closed type, together with the remote indicator of position on the module cell of management closet. Coloring and description of mechanical indicator must be following:
-there must be a meter of amount of operations on every switch;
-shells of switches must be the cast type.
ISOLATING SWITCH
Isolating switch must be three-pole type, set in a distributive device, serving for an isolation switch from a transformer, tires and PLC. Isolating switch must be managed an electric engine and must be supplied hand control unit for the use in emergency cases.
Isolating switch on the side of tire must have next possibilities of disconnecting:
- ability of breaking of chains between the tires of GIS;
- ability of breaking of capacity current of tires of GIS.
Contact coverage must be projected so that to prevent restrikes and high local loadings, caused transitional evocative tension in case of setting off foregoing currents.
The working mechanism of isolating switch must be supplied all by necessary connections, clamps, connections, push rod, supporting brackets and ground`s. All bearings must be smeared or must be such type, that greasing or service was not required.
Including and disconnecting of isolating switch must be executed either at the place or remotely.
Isolating Switch must be electric blocked the proper switch so that a management Isolating Switch was impossible, if a switch is included.
Activating of emergency hand management must block an electric management.
Isolating switch and contiguous service ground knives must have the electric blocking,
Isolating switch must be supplied a device with a lock for locking in the included, power-off position.
Every switch must have the expressly determined mechanical indicator of position, together with the remote indicator of position on the closet of management of module cell.
Isolating switch with joinings high-speed ground knives must be blocked so that high-speed contactor was included the first, to discharge the charge current of line.
Every contactor must be supplied 4 normally opened and 4 by the normally closed auxiliary contacts, besides those which are used for the aims of blocking of distributive device.
GROUNDED KNIVES
Projects the given for isolating switch, combined with official grounded knives, it admits for application on 145 kV.
Grounded knives must be three-pole, with a group management. Grounded knives must be managed an electric engine and must be supplied hand control unit for the use in emergency cases.
In order that to provide the test of equipment, certain grounded knives must be isolated from a shell and to have the easily taken off ground connection.
Every ground knife must be electric blocked with proper isolating switch and switch so that he could be included, only if a switch and isolating switch power-offs.
An ground knife must be managed remotely or locally from the closet of management of module cell.
Every ground knife must have the expressly determined local mechanical indicator of position, together with the remote indicator of position on the closet of management of module cell.
Every ground knife must be supplied 4 normally opened and 4 by the normally closed auxiliary switches, necessary for using for the local blocking and indication of position.
A lock must be foreseen for locking of ground knife in broken a secret or in the included position.
HIGH-SPEED GROUNDED KNIVES
Grounded knives, located on tires at the beginning VL, must be high-speed type and must be used for the digit of the proper charge currents, in adding to their function of grounding.
Every group of three-pole high-speed grounded knives must have one electric engine. There must be possibility of hand management in emergency cases.
A management a high-speed ground knife must executed locally from the closet of management of module cell or remotely.
Grounded knives must be electric blocked the proper switch, so that grounded knives could not be included, if a switch is included.
To disperse charges at the conclusion of line in repair, it is necessary that grounded knives were included before disconnecting of insulating switch.
Blocking must be well-to-do so that activating of hand control units blocked the electric chain of management.
Every high-speed knife must be supplied 4 normally opened and 4 by the normally closed switches, necessary for using for local blocking and for the aims of indication of position.
A lock must be foreseen for locking of grouned knife in the broken a secret, or included position.
TRANSFORMERS OF CURRENT
The transformers of current, computer-integrated in GIS, must be used for RP and measuring and must be ring-type, external setting. Transformers of current must be multiple-windings with a multicoefficient which it is possible to change through taking on the second puttee. The second conclusions must be shown out in the second distributive box.
The transformers of current must correspond the last standards of IEC.
Basic values must correspond such as in the «Technical requirements».
TRANSFORMERS OF TENSION
The transformers of tension must be disposed how it is indicated on an unilinear chart and must be used for defence, measurings and synchronization.
Basic values must be such as in the «Technical requirements».
Transformers of tension must be inductive type and must effectively protected from electromagnetic high-frequency jumps.
The transformers of tension must correspond the last standards of IEC.
Measures must be accepted for protecting of transformers of tension from shorting and overloads.
The transformers of tension must be equipped hand insulating switch with possibility of disconnecting from a basic chain at service and tests of SS.
INPUTS are «INSULATING GAS-AIR»
The opened inputs of «insulating gas- air» for connection between GIS and VL (or AT) or typical equipment with an air isolation must be equipped in obedience to the enclosed chart.
Inputs must correspond the proper standards of IEC.
Inputs can be with composite insulators or with porcelain insulators.
The level of isolation is applicable to normal the atmospheric terms of placing of SS. Pathlength loss of external isolation of the opened inputs it must be not less than 25 mm/kV.
Insulating switch a busway and his fastenings must be part of supplying with GIS.
Flanec and connection of wires between an input and construction of GIS must correspond the standard of supplier GIS.
CONNECTING OF POWER CABLES
Connection of cable with GIS and proper cables are part of supplying with GIS.
An end cable muff and cable accessories are part of supplying with a producer GIS.
The cable connecting must assume the separation of cable and GIS during the lead through of high-voltage tests.
An interface specification between a supplier GIS and producer of cable must correspond recommendations of IEC.
TESTS
All equipment is offered in accordance with this specification must pass model tests in accordance with last with standards IEC. A producer must give Customer of confirmation of lead through of model tests.
Next model tests must be executed:
protracted possible current and exceeding of temperature;
measuring of resistance a current chain;
tests of circuit-opening and locking ability;
test a brief current and maximal current;
tests on dielectric firmness:
tests of pressure.
All main parts of equipment must pass factory tests on a production.
The planned tests must be conducted, following recommendations of IEC 62271-203.
A producer must give a customer on assertion chart of lead through of the program of certain factory tests.
A producer must send the customer of copy of reports, describing the completed factory tests.
After editing and before starting in exploitation, the tests of isolation of GIS and rightness of work of equipment must be conducted.
Tests must be conducted, following recommendations of IEC 62271-203. Dielectric tests must be conducted, following the point of 10.2.101.1.3 Procedury V. Definition of partial digit it must be executed concordantly IEC 60270.
MARKING, PACKING
Every module cell of GIS must have a tablet with nominal information and information, required IEC 62271-203.
Every measuring transformer must be supplied the tablet with information, required IEC. This tablet of information must be fastened on the second terminal box of every measuring transformer. Inwardly or next to every box there must be a chart of chains of measuring transformer, with all marking of device.
A size of load must be so large, as far as it is practical possibly and must reduce the amount of expenses on works on setting. The cells of switches must be supplied fully mounted, ready for setting in GIS in place. Management closets also must be supplied collected, tested and shipped together with the cell of switch.
The type of the in-use packing must correspond popular facilities of delivery and transporting from a factory-manufacturer to the erection site. The in-use methods of delivery and packing must be given Customer on assertion.
The in-use methods of packing must befit for the protracted storage on working place under a cover, at external climatic terms, prevailing on working place. Into packing GIS must be there is enough absorbent material, to absorb possible surpluses of moisture.
Flange`s of connections of every cell must be protected, to prevent damages and hits of contamination in gas compartments.
Insulating gas for the primary priming of all switching substation must be supplied separately in bulbs, promarked in accordance with international norms. Additional gas must be put, to produce refueling at possible decompression at the primary priming. The packing list of every unit of equipment must represent every detail. Description must identify every detail.
GUIDANCES For implementation of assembling works and subsequent works by a personnel on service and management, a producer must give next guidance’s:
1.Section of service;
2.Section of tests in place of setting;
3.Section on service and exploitation.
Guidance’s must include the complete list of all drafts, geared-up a producer, list of spare parts and list of parts of every component or part of equipment.
Terminators of overstrain
Terminators of overstrains (TOO) 330 kV, 110 kV - single-phase, outward setting, with a polymeric isolation.
TOO must be set on isolatings supports, and also must be supplied screening rings for protecting from koronirovaniya and providing of equitability tension on all length of terminator from top to bottom.
The terminators of overstrains must be manned the system of monitoring of the state with integration of it in ACS substations.
Every terminator of overstrains must have a meter of number of wearing-outs and sensor of current of loss, which is fastened directly on support.

The basic requirements to to TOO must be certain concordantly GOST 52725-2007 «Terminators of overstrains nonlinear for electrical installation of alternating current tension from 3 to 750 kV».
Device for monitoring of the state TOO must be completed transceivers (by the receivers of information from touch-controls). Technical descriptions can be specified at signing of agreement of supplying to the products.
System of monitoring of the state must have TOO, but unreserved, by next functions:
registration of wearing-outs is TOO;
fixing of time of wearing-out;
fixing of value of impulse of current of passing through TOO.
measuring of current of loss.
Other parameters, required Customer, are indicated in "Table of technical requirements".
Shield of own needs 0,4 kVThe shield of own needs must have two inputs with circuit breakers, sectional switch. Every section must have no less one closet of outgoing lines. Outgoing lines are on the defensive circuit breakers.
The circuit breakers of inputs and sectional switch must have remote and local control.
The circuit breakers of outgoing lines can also have remote and local control.
Climatic execution and category of placing of UKHl4 for GOST 15150-89 and GOST 15543.1-89. Degrees of defence of Ip40 on IEC 529 (GOST 14254-80).
Electric descriptions of closets must correspond GOST 22789-94.
A shield must be equipped all wiring, terminals, alarm relays, by lamps et al needed by accessories.
The electric editing must not hinder access to the removable and managed elements for examination, verification and their replacement.
All wires and apparatus must have marking, proper indicated on an of principle chart and chart of connections.
Contacts and all belongings of tokoveduschikh chains must be protected from a casual touch in obedience to the standard of safety.
The construction of terminals must eliminate possibility of casual shorting of nearby clamps.
On the inputs of feed 0,4 kV shield to foresee setting of electricity supply meter of class of exactness of «1», with two interfaces of RS 232 and RS 485 and additional feed for ASCB.
A shield must be equipped the elements of the controlled from distance control and management, and also inspector of management introductory and sectional automats, control of electric parameters with possibility of reception and delivery of signals in the system to ACS.
Possibility of delivery of signals must be foreseen about the state of automats (included, power-off) and position of the management (local and distance) key, and also signal about work of ALT in the system to ACS.
In the complete set of supplying with a shield must enter:
closets with the internal editing of all necessary elements.
standard complete set of spare parts, recommended a factory-manufacturer;
operating document on Ukrainian/Russian language.
Other parameters, required Customer, are indicated in "Table of technical requirements".
Shield of direct-current 220 VA shield of direct-current (SDC) must be twosectional.
In the normal mode the feed of SDC must be carried out from rectifier charge– subcharge device. On every section it must be it charge is a subcharge device.
In malfunction the feed of SDC must be carried out from a storage battery (SB). Nominal tension of battery 220 V. Tip and capacity of SB will be certain a project. For the subcharge of end elements of SB there must be a separate subcharge device.
An input of feed from a storage battery must be with a circuit protective breaker.
Feed from charge – subcharge device executed through a circuit protective breaker.
Every section of SDC must have closets of outgoing lines. Outgoing lines are on the defensive circuit breakers.
Circuit breakers of input of SB and input charge – subcharge device must have remote and local control.
The circuit breakers of outgoing lines can also have remote and local control.
Climatic execution and category of placing of UKHl4 for GOST 15150-89 and GOST of 15543.1-89.Stepeni defence of Ip40 on IEC 529 (GOST 14254-80).
A shield must be equipped all wiring, terminals, alarm relays, by lamps et al needed by accessories.
The electric editing must not hinder access to the removable and managed elements for examination, verification and their replacement.
All wires and apparatus must have marking, proper indicated on an of principle chart and chart of connections.
Contacts and all belongings of current-carrying chains must be protected from a casual touch in obedience to the standard of safety.
A shield must be equipped the elements of the controlled from distance control and management, and also inspector for a management circuit breakers, for control of electric parameters of shield with possibility of reception and delivery of discrete signals and information in the system to ACS.
A shield must be equipped the device of control of isolation of chains and determination of the damaged area.
Possibility of delivery of signals must be foreseen about the state of circuit breakers in the system to ACS.
In the complete set of supplying with a shield must enter:
closets with the internal editing of all necessary elements.
standard complete set of spare parts, recommended a factory-manufacturer;
operating document on Ukrainian / Russian.
Other parameters, required Customer, are indicated in "Table of technical requirements".
Cables and cable traysGasket of power and control cables (on territory of substation executed in the cable ducting’s and partly on routes with the two-bit of cables - in cable concrete trays. For the exception of influence of the electromagnetic fields on control cables from power cables, it is necessary to execute the gasket of power and control cables on separate routes in the distance one from another. For the gasket of control and power cables between panels the cable ducting s are projected in building of SCH and further comfortable exploitation . Control and power cables must be noncombustible.
To execute the gasket of cables taking into account the requirements of gl.2.3 PUE: 2009.
The volume of delivery, piling and connecting of cables must include, but to be not limited following:
all necessary cables and wires for providing, measuring transformers, management, measuring, signaling and t.p electric power.
all necessary containing a number tallies for determination of cable (numeration will be certain in a project);
all necessary timber wares;
all necessary fire-protective materials for the isolation of the cable openings;
all necessary materials for the gasket of cables in earth;
all necessary cable connections, including cable tips, timber and clamping materials and t.p.;
all necessary impermeable end muffs and cable connecting muffs, including dunnages;
all necessary pressed connections;
all necessary cable stuffing-boxes.
Power cablesPower cables, applied for editing, must conform to the requirements GOST 16442-80, GOST 18410-73 and IEC 60227-1:2002. Current the conducting tendons of cables must be isolated a polyvinylchloride plasticate.
Cables must be expected for exploitation at the temperature of environment from minus of 40°С to plus 40 °С
An isolation and shell must be proof to deformation at a temperature 80 °С.
The isolated tendons of multicore cables must have the distinctive colouring.
The isolation of tendons of grounding must have the yellow-green colouring.
Cables must be tested in accordance with the requirements of SOU-N EE 20.302:2009 "Norms of test of cable lines of force tension to 500 kV".
Values of possible currents of short circuit for tendons, temperatures of heating lived, to durability on tension, relative lengthening at a break must be presented Customer on a concordance.
Term of service of cables, no less - 30 years.
Control cables
Control cables, laid on territory of substation must be with copper tendons by a section no less than 1,5 mm2, are if necessary screened, not comburent, and also must keep a reserve reserve on exploitation.
Cables control must correspond GOST 1508-78 "Cables control with a rubber and plastic isolation. Technical requirements", and also GOST 26411-85 "Cables control. General Technical requirements" and to the technological document, to ratified in accordance with established procedure.
For verification of conforming to of cables the requirements of standards, Technical requirements on the cables of concrete brands acceptance, periodic and model tests are set.
Packing, marking, portage and storage of cables must correspond GOST 18690-82.
Technical requirements to the construction of control cable:
copper solid conductor of cables must be one wire and to correspond a class 1 for GOST 22483-77;
the isolated tendons must be twisted up;
the colour marking must be continuous or as longitudinal bars breadthways no less than 1 mm;
marking numbers or bar must be non-erasible and distinct;
on-the-spot isolation lived and a shell must not be dents, destroying the thickness of isolation or shell for a lower maximum rejection. Repair of isolation and shell is assumed by those materials, what were applied for their making;
cables must not diffuse burning at the test of one standard of cable;
cables must be bars to the assembling bends;
the protective covers of cables must correspond GOST 7006-72.
A manufacturer must guarantee conforming to of cables the requirements of standards at the observance of external, storage and portage environments. Guarantee term of exploitation - three years from the day of putting of cables into an operation.
Term of service of cables on condition of observance of rules of editing, ratified in accordance with established procedure an user, external and storage environments must be no less than 15 years, and at a gasket in apartments, tunnels, ductings - 25 years.
Requirements to the equipment HF treatments for organization HF ducting’s on WL (HF minelayer, condensers of connection)Requirements to high-frequency minelayer`s:
High-frequency (HF) minelayer must consist of reactor and element of tuning. For defense of element of tuning in a complete set HF minelayer the terminator of overstrain must enter.
The element of tuning must provide tuning or re-erecting HF minelayer on a widely bar sub range in the working bar of frequencies (to the bar of barrage).
Construction HF minelayer must provide his setting on insulating supports or his pendant on the portal of substation (to high-voltage support).
HF minelayer must be made for exploitation in climatic terms in accordance with the variant of execution of U1 for GOST 15150-69 and to have the natural air cooling.
HF minelayer must have a degree of defense of Ip20 for GOST 14254-80.
Elements of construction HF minelayer must be proof to the sun radiation on all period of exploitation.
On a corps HF minelayer marking must be inflicted. Marking must be steady to external climatic influences.
Requirement to the condensers of connection:
The condensers of connection must have a corps, possessing high mechanical durability.
The condensers of connection must be made for exploitation in climatic terms in accordance with the variant of execution of U1 for GOST 15150-69.
The construction of condenser of connection must provide his setting on insulating supports.
The general capacity of condenser of connection (set of condensers of connection) must provide the concerted work with the connected filter of joining.
On the condensers of connection marking must be inflicted. Marking must be steady to external climatic influences.
TECHNICAL DATA SHEETS FOR PRIMARY EQUIPMENT AND INFRASTRUCTURE
Assortment and quantity
Technical Data Schedules Description
In the tables resulted below there is information about a nomenclature and amount of the equipment, devices, materials and cable wares, required Customer. These tables must be fully filled Participant of auctions and presented together with the tender offering to Customer.
The participants of auctions must understand that the unfilled cells of tables mean disparity the requirements of Customer (to the requirements of Contract), and the result of it can be a waiver of Customer of such tender suggestions.
The participant of auctions carries responsibility for any errors, disparity or omission in the tables filled them of technical information.
37 Information about a nomenclature and amount of the required equipment, materials, wares Information about a nomenclature and amount of the required high-voltage equipment and equipment of own needs.№ Name Units of measurings Amount:
Required Customer Guaranteed Participant
1. GIS - 330 kV complete set 1 2. Terminator overstrain 330 kV things 9 3. HF minelayer WL - 330 kV complete set 3 4. Condenser of connection - 330 kV things 3 5. GIS - 110 кВ complete set 1 6. Terminator overstrain 110 kV things 12 7. Autotransformer lead-330/110 kV, Т-110/35 kV complete set 2 + 4 HF minelayer WL - 110 kV things 3 Condenser of connection - 110 kV complete set 12 shield of own needs 0,4 kV complete set 2 Shield of direct-current 220 V complete set 2 Information about a nomenclature and amount of the required materials (wires, cables and terminal closets)№ Name Units of measuring Amount:
Required Customer Guaranteed Participant
1. Switching substation 330 kV
1.1 Linear armature and hollow wires 330 kV complete set A type and amount is determined Contractor on the stage of development of project document.
2. Switching substation 110 kV
2.1 Linear armature and hollow wires 110 kV complete set A type and amount is determined Contractor on the stage of development of project document.
3. Cables (power, control)
3.1 A cable is power 1 kV m Types and amount are determined Contractor on the stage of development of project document.
3.2 A cable is power 110 kV m 3.3 Cable control m 4. Terminal closets
4.1 Terminal closets of the different setting things. Types and amount are determined Contractor on the stage of development of project document.
5. Materials
5.1 Insulating gas (mixture of gases) for refueling of gas filled equipment, bulb things An amount is offered Contractor from a calculation a 1 bulb on 10 units of every type of equipment
Note: foregoing information behave to the detailed list of cables which must be put on the certain stage of realization of project, however subject a price is a change. All prices on cables in the Price table must be indicated as the Single sum.
Insulating gas for GIS in the indicated amount not included.
Information about a nomenclature and amount of the required devices of instruments and adaptations№ Name Units of measurings Amount:
Required Customer Guaranteed Participant of auctions
1. Complete set of service equipment for filling and pumping of insulating gas complete set 1 2. Detector (determinant) of flow of insulating gas things 1 3. Device for measuring of percentage of insulating gas, humidity, point of dew things 1 4. Mini fluidizer treatment of insulating gas complete set 1 5. Vacuum pump things 1 6. Service light cart for maintenance of insulating gas equipment things 1 Note: In the complete set of supplying with positions 1 - 6 this table necessarily there must be operating documents: passports, guidances for exploitations or technical description and instructions on exploitation, and also assembly instruction on the Russian or Ukrainian languages.
Tables of technical informationExpls to the tablesThe tables of technical requirements presented below must be fully filled Participant of auctions and presented together with the tender offering to Customer.
Descriptions and guarantees, plugged in these tables, must become part of Contract and to be obligatory for implementation. Without a writing concordance with Customer of deviation from requirements shut out.
The participant of auctions must present all necessary catalogues and information for complete description of the offered equipment, mechanisms, adaptations, devices and materials.
The participant of auctions carries responsibility for any errors, disparities or omissions in the descriptions offered to them in the tables of technical requirements.
The participants of auctions must understand that incomplete answers for put question mean disparity the requirements of Customer (to the requirements of Contract), and the result of it can be a waiver of Customer of such tender suggestions.
The participants of auctions must confirm in the tender suggestion, whether their offering to the requirements of Customer corresponds, in (without some rejections) general or not.
The supplied with all equipment must be manned necessary ZIP and list on ZIP.
The deviations or differences, if any, shall be described and explained for each item of the sheets in the column "Note" or on a separate sheet.
All deviations from technical requirements of the Employer shall be marked, clearly highlighted and given in the separate appendix, otherwise during Tender evaluation stage the Employer will consider such Tender as non-complying and will reject this Tender.
The deviations shall be coordinated with the Employer before the Contract signing.
Technical requirements to GIS - 330 kV№ Description Information Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. General technical requirements 1.1 Type of making of shell Single-phase 1.2 Fitting inside 1.3 Nominal tension, kV 330 1.4 Most working tension, kV 363 1.5 Nominal frequency, Hertzs 50 1.6 Nominal current of collapsible tires, A 3150 1.7 Nominal current of taking, А 2000 1.8 Nominal current of thermal firmness, кА 40 1.9 Possible height of setting above a level exterminating, m 1000 1.10 Seismic stability, marks on the scale of MsK-64 6 1.11 High working value of temperature of surrounding air, °С +40 1.12 Lower working value of temperature of surrounding air during exploitation, °С - 5 1.13 Legitimate value of heating of corps, accessible for a touch, no more, °С +50 1.14 Proof-of-concept tension of a storm impulse 1.2/50 mks, kV 1175 1.15 Brief (oneminute) proof-of-concept tension of industrial frequency, kV 450 2. Switches
2.1 Nominal current, А 2000 2.2 Nominal current of disconnecting, кА, 40 2.3 Most peak of current of including, кА, 102 2.4 Initial operating value periodic sos-tavlyayuschey current of including, kA 30 2.5 Possible maintenance of aperiodic cabbage make-soup, %, 62 2.6 Rationed current of disconnecting in the conditions of rassoglaso-vaniya phases, кА 10 2.7 By a capacity current of the loaded lines, disconnected without restrikes,, А, 31,5 2.8 Rationed interconnect cycles in accordance with requirements IEC 62271-100 2.9 Marketability the rationed interconnect cycles during work with AUTORECLOSING О-0,3-ВО- 180с –ВО 2.10 No-current condition at a fast-acting autoreclosing, sec 0,3 2.11 Own time of disconnecting, sec 0,05 2.12 Complete time of disconnecting, sec 0,07 2.13 Make-time, sec 0,1 2.14 Different make-time poles, sec 0,01 2.15 Different time of disconnecting of poles, sec 0,01 2.16 Type of drive (spring, hydraulic) spring 2.17 Range of workings tensions of management electromagnets from a basic value, %
2.17.1 - including electromagnets 85 – 110 2.17.2 - disconnecting electromagnets 70 – 110 2.18 Necessity of pofaznogo management Yes 2.19 Time of factory of including springs, sec 10 2.20 Nominal tension of engine of factory of springs, V 220
(variable) 2.21 Amount of electromagnets of disconnecting, things 2 2.22 Amount of electromagnets of including, things 1 2.23 Resource on mechanical firmness, number of cycles B-about, no less 10000 2.24 Meters of number of wearing-outs of switch, yes 2.25 Mechanical pointer of position of switch (on-off) off. – green
on. – red 2.26 Presence of device of hand factory of springs of drive yes 2.27 Amount of auxiliary block-contacts of drive 2.27.1 - normally opened (NO) 7 2.27.2 - normal-closed (NC) 7 3. Disconector – earth swtichgear
3.1 Type of drive of isolating switch 3.1.1 - for a main chain El. motive 3.1.2 - for the chain of grounding El. motive 3.2 Nominal tension of feed of electromechanic, V = 220 3.3 Possibility of hand operation isolating switch yes 3.4 Resource on mechanical firmness, number of cycles of B–O, no less 5000 3.5 Amount of drives on 3 poles 1 3.6 Mechanical blocking of isolating switch and grounding (yes/no) Yes (three-position) 3.7 Presence of observational windows Yes 3.8 Isolated ground(yes, not) Yes 3.9 Device of hand operation isolating switch and ground Yes 3.10 Amount of auxiliary block-contacts of drive 3.10.1 - normally opened (NO) 5 3.10.2 - normal-closed (NC) 5 4. Fast-acting ground
4.1 Rapid including (spring), slow breaking Yes 5. Drive
5.1 Type of drive`s El.motive 5.2 Amount of drives on 3 poles 1 5.3 Amount of auxiliary block-contacts of drive 5.3.1 - normally opened (NO) 5 5.3.2 - normal-closed (NC) 5 6. Built-in transformers of current
6.1 Nominal primary current, А 2000* 6.2 Nominal primary current , А 1 6.3 Amount of second armature winding 5* 6.4 Puttee 1 (account). Class of exactness, second loading, VA 0,2
20 6.5 Puttee 2-5 (REEMULSIFICATION) for defence. Class of exactness, second loading, VA 10Р
30 6.6 Possible overload on a primary current, at which the declared class of exactness is saved for measurings armature winding 1.2 6.7 Nominal maximum multipleness of second armature winding для защиты 20 7. Transformers of tension
7.1 Type (capacity, inductive) inductive 7.2 Nominal tension, kV 330/√3 7.3 Amount of second armature winding 3 7.4 Puttee of N1 (Instrumentation). Second tension. Class of exactness. Second loading, VA 100/√3; 0,2; 100 7.5 Puttee of N2 (relay defence). Second tension. Class of exactness. Second loading, VA 100/√3; 10Р; 100 7.6 Puttee of N2 (relay defence). Second tension. Class of exactness. Second loading, VA 100; 10Р; 100 7.7 Possibility of decatenation from main chains for the leadthrough of high-voltage tests and service Yes 8. Terminators of overstrains in composition GIS
8.1 Amount no 9. Cable end muff
9.1 A construction of inputs is a composite, dry input with a graded isolation (yes, it is not) yes 9.2 Type of end cable muff * 9.3 Presence of cable socket for possibility of leadthrough of high-voltage tests Yes 9.4 Input “wind-isolating switch” Yes 9.5 Type of execution of input (outward application) * 9.6 Material of insulator polymer 9.7 Contact clamp for GOST 10434-82 and GOST 21242-75 Yes 9.8 Surplus pressure of elegaza at a temperature +20 °С, Pa * 9.9 In the volume of switch, Pa * 9.10 In the volume of collapsible tires, Pa * 9.11 In the volume of taking, Pa * 9.12 Expense on losses from mass of isolating switch in a year,%, 0.5% 10. Reliability requirements
10.1 Warranty period, months, As per contract 10.2 The service life before overhaul, years 10 10.3 Service life, years 40 10.4 Coupling with check valves to connect the equipment gas techn. have convenient location and design of the. Yes 10.5 Leakage flow from sulfur hexafluoride mass per year,% 0.5% 11. Specifications for the design, construction and materials
11.1 The number and location stripping of gas insulators provide maximum reliability switchgear without repayment in the event output to repair its components and maximum isolation volume (circuit breakers, disconnectors, earthing, TN, TT) in the event of damage. Yes 11.2 Compensators mechanical displacements and extensions to provide mechanical flexibility of GIS Yes 11.3 The weight of each volume of sulfur hexafluoride gas-insulated switchgear: 11.3.1 - gas switch; * 11.3.2 - ТН; * 11.3.3 - cells of GIS; * 11.3.4 -all GIS. * 11.4 Painting of casings of GIS Yes (light – grey)* 11.5 Welding of components of GIS and entablatures in place of editing is shut out, (yes, it is not) Yes 11.6 Tension of alternating current of chains of heating, В 220 11.7 A device of emergency depressurization insulating gas is in every compartment Yes 11.8 Editing of cells to the floor with the use of wall screws Yes 12. Completeness of delivery
12.1 GIS in accordance with an unilinear chart and arrangement Yes 12.2 Sensors Yes 12.3 Insulating gas for the primary priming Yes 12.4 technological service trolley Yes 12.5 Operational documentation yes 12.6 Control cabinet Yes 12.7 Density with auxiliary contacts and with the possibility of visual inspection of the density level of sulfur hexafluoride yes 13. Marking, packing, transportation, storage
13.1 Marking, packing and conservation In accordance with IEC 13.2 Terms of transport In accordance with IEC 13.3 Shelf life of the circuit breaker in the manufacturer. packaging, separately stored components, assembly units, spare parts, one year, no more than no more than 1 year 14. Acceptance into operation
14.1 High voltage test high voltage switchgear with control PD yes 14.2 The acceptable level of partial discharge pC not more 10 (*) - Parameters should be provided by the manufacturer
Technical requirements to GIS – 110 kV№ Description Information Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contactor 1. General technical requirements 1.1 Type of making of shell three-phase 1.2 Fitting internal 1.3 Nominal tension, kV 110 1.4 Most working tension, kV 126 1.5 Nominal frequency, Hertzs 50 1.6 Nominal current of collapsible tires, A 3150 1.7 Nominal current of taking, A 2000 1.8 Nominal current of thermal firmness, kA 50 1.9 Possible height of setting above a level exterminating, m 1000 1.10 Seismic stability, marks on the scale of MsK-64 6 1.11 High working value of temperature of surrounding air, °С + 40 1.12 Lower working value of temperature of surrounding air during exploitation, °С + 5 1.13 Legitimate value of heating of corps, accessible for a touch, no more, °С + 50 1.14 Proof-of-concept tension of a storm impulse 1.2/50 microsec., kV 650 1.15 Brief (oneminute) proof-of-concept na-pryazhenie of industrial frequency, kV 275 2. Switches
2.1 Nominal current, A 2000 2.2 Nominal current of disconnecting, kA, 50 2.3 Most peak of current of including, kA, 108 2.4 Initial operating value of periodic constituent of current of including, kA 50 2.5 Possible maintenance of aperiodic cabbage make-soup, % 62* 2.6 Rationed current of disconnecting in the conditions of misalignment of phases, kA 12.5 2.7 By a capacity current of the loaded lines, disconnected without restrikes, A 31,5 2.8 Rationed interconnect cycles in accordance with requirements IEC 62271-100 2.9 Marketability the rationed interconnect cycles during work with AUTORECLOSING О-0, 3-ВО- 180с –ВО 2.10 No-current condition at a fast-acting autoreclosing, sec 0,3 2.11 Own time of disconnecting, sec 0,05 2.12 Complete time of disconnecting, sec 0,07 2.13 Make-time, sec 0,10 2.14 Different make-time poles, sec 0,01 2.15 Different time of disconnecting of poles, sek 0,01 2.16 Type of drive (spring, hydraulic) spring 2.17 Range of workings tensions of management electromagnets from a basic value, % 2.17.1 - including electromagnets 85 – 110 2.17.2 - disconnecting electromagnets 70 – 110 2.18 Necessity of phase management No 2.19 Time of factory of including springs, sec 10 2.20 Nominal tension of engine of factory of springs, V 220 2.21 Amount of electromagnets of disconnecting, things 2 2.22 Amount of electromagnets of including, things 1 2.23 Resource on mechanical firmness, number of cycles B-about, no less 10000 2.24 Meters of number of wearing-outs of switch, Yes 2.25 Mechanical pointer of position of switch (on-off) Off-green
On-red 2.26 Presence of device of hand factory of springs of drive Yes 2.27 Amount of auxiliary block-contacts of drive 2.27.1 - normally opened (NO) 7 2.27.2 - normal-closed (NC) 7 3. Disconector – earth switchgear
3.1 Type of drive of disconector (electro-motive, hand) 3.1.1 - for a main chain El. motive 3.1.2 - for the chain of grounding El. motive 3.2 Nominal tension is a feed of electromechanic, V, (variable or permanent) Permanent 220 3.3 Current, consumed the drive of pole, A * 3.4 Possibility of hand operation disconector Yes 3.5 Resource on mechanical firmness, number of cycles of B–O, no less 5000 3.6 Amount of drives on 3 poles 1 3.7 Mechanical blocking of disconector and earth switchgear (yes/no) Yes (three-position) 3.8 Presence of observational windows Yes 3.9 Isolated earth switchgear (yes, no) Yes 3.10 Device of hand operation disconector and ground switchgear Yes 3.11 Amount of auxiliary block-contacts of drive 3.11.1 - normally opened (NO) 5 3.11.2 - normal-closed (NC) 5 4. Fast-acting disconectors
4.1 Rapid including (spring), slow breaking Yes 4.2 Drive El.motive 4.3 Amount of drives on 3 poles 1 4.4 Amount of auxiliary block-contacts of drive 4.4.1 - normally opened (NO) 5 4.4.2 - normal-closed (NC) 5 5. Built-in transformers of current
5.1 Cell * 5.2 Amount of second puttee 5 5.3 Puttee 1 (account). Class of exactness, second loading, VA 0,2
20 5.4 Puttee 2-5 (RP) for defense. Class of exactness, second loading, VA 10Р
30 5.5 Nominal primary current, A * 5.6 Nominal second current, A 1 5.7 Possible overload on a primary current, at which the declared class of exactness is saved for measurings puttee 1,5* 5.8 Nominal maximum multipleness of second puttee for defense 20 6. Transformers of tension
6.1 Type (capacity, inductive) inductive 6.2 Nominal tension, kV 110/√3 6.3 Amount of second puttee 3 6.4 Puttee of N1 (Instrumentation). Second tension. Class of exactness. Second loading, VA 100/√3; 0,2; 100 6.5 Puttee of N2 (relay defence). Second tension. Class of exactness. Second loading, VA 100/√3; 10Р; 100 6.6 Puttee of N2 (relay defence). Second tension. Class of exactness. Second loading, VA 100; 10Р; 100 6.7 Possibility of decatenation from main chains for the leadthrough of high-voltage tests and service Yes 7. Terminators of overstrains in composition GIS
7.1 Amount * 7.2 Nominal tension, kV 120 7.3 The most is protracted possible working tension, no less, kV 96 7.4 Remaining tension at the interconnect impulse of current 30/70 mks with amplitude: 7.4.1 - 1000 A, no more, kV * 7.4.2 - 2000 A, no more, kV * 7.5 Remaining tension at the impulse of current 8/20 mks with amplitude 7.5.1 - 10000 A, no more, kV * 7.5.2 - 20000 A, no more, kV * 7.6 Amplitude of current of carrying capacity 2000 mks, But not less 800 8. Cable end muff
8.1 A construction of inputs is a composite, dry input with a graded isolation (yes, it is not) Yes 8.2 Type of end cable muff * 8.3 Possibility of leadthrough of high-voltage tests of cables, suitable to GIS (presence of cable socket) Yes 9. An input is «air - SF6 gas» (for the transformer joinings)
9.1 Type of execution of input (outward application) * 9.3 Material of insulator polymer 9.3 Contact clamp for GOST 10434-82 and GOST 21242-75 Yes 9.4 Surplus pressure of SF6 gas at a temperature +20°С, Pa * 9.5 In the volume of switch, Pa * 9.6 In the volume of collapsible tires, Pa * 9.7 In the volume of taking, Pa * 9.8 Expense on losses from mass of SF6 gas in a year, %, no more 0.5% 10. Requirements on reliability
10.1 Guarantee term of exploitation, months, no less In obedience to a contract 10.2 Term of service to repair, years no less 10 10.3 Term of service, years, no less 40 10.4 Expense on losses from mass of SF6 gas in a year, %, no more 0.5% 11. Technical requirements to the construction, making and materials
11.1 Amount and location of barriers from gas, insulators provides maximal reliability of GIS without his redemption in the case of conclusion in repair of his separate components and maximal insulativity of volumes (switch, disconector, earth switchgear, TN, TT, ARF) in the case of their damage Yes 11.2 Scraies of mechanical displacements and expansions for providing of mechanical flexibility of GIS Yes 11.3 Weight of SF6 gas is in every volume of GIS: 11.3.1 - SF6 gas switch * 11.3.2 - TN * 11.3.3 - cells of GiS * 11.3.4 - all GIS * 11.4 Painting of casings ofGIS Yes, light-grey * 11.5 Welding of components of GIS and entablatures in place of editing is shut out, (yes, it is not) No 11.6 Tension of alternating current of chains of heating, In 230 11.7 A device of emergency depressurization SF6 gas is in a every compartment Yes 11.8 Editing of cells to the floor with the use of wall screws Yes 12. Completeness of delivery
12.1 GIS in accordance with an unilinear chart and arrangement Yes 12.2 Sensors Yes 12.3 SF6 gas for the primary priming Yes 12.4 technological service trolley (yes,no) Yes 12.5 Operating document Yes 12.6 Control closet Yes 12.7 Densimeters with block-contacts and with possibility of visual examination of level of closeness of SF6 gas (yes, not) Yes 13. Marking, packing, transporting, storage
13.1 Marking, packing and preservation In accordance with IEC 13.2 Terms of transporting In accordance with a contract 13.3 Shelf-life switch is in packing of manufacturer, separately kept details, frame-clamping units, ZIP, year, no more no more than 1 year 14. Formal acceptance in exploitation
14.1 High-voltage tests of GIS by an overvoltage with control of partial digits. Yes 14.2 Possible level of partial digits, pCl 10 (*) - parameters must be given a producer
Technical requirements to the terminator of overstrain 330 kV№ Technical descriptions Requirements of Customer Offered Participant
1. General technical descriptions 1.1 Standard GOST 52725-2007, operating standards of IEC 1.2 Manufacturer * 1.3 Conditional denotation (brand) * 1.4 Most working tension is in an electric network, kV 363 1.5 Nominal tension kV 288 1.6 Most possible protracted working tension,kV 230 1.7 Nominal bit current, kA 20 1.8 Class of digit of line on IEC 4 1.9 Specific power-hungryness, kDzh/Kv 7 2. Value of climatic factors of external environment:
2.1 Category of placing (GOST 15150-69) 1 2.2 Range of workings temperatures, С from -32 to +40 2.3 Thickness of wall of ice-storm, mm 18 2.4 Possible speed of wind in the conditions of ice-storm, m/s 22 2.5 Possible speed of wind in the conditions of absence of ice-storm, m/s 28 2.6 Height above a level exterminating, m 1000 2.7 Seismic stability, marks on the scale of MsK-64 6 2.8 Level of contamination of atmosphere in the district of placing of substation on the standard of MEK 60815-2008: "С" 2.9 Specific pathlength loss of external isolation, "phase-earth" measured at tension, mm/kV 35 3. Requirement to electric durability of isolation:
3.1 Remaining tension, kV, no more: 3.1.1 at the impulse of current (1/2 mcsec) of 10 kA 746 3.1.2 at the interconnect impulse of current (30/60 mks) of 1 kA 587 3.1.3 at the interconnect impulse of current (30/60 mks) of 2 kA 601 3.1.4 at a thunderstorm impulse of current (8/20 mks) of 5 kA 656 3.1.5 at a thunderstorm impulse of current (8/20 mks) of 10 kA 691 3.1.6 at a thunderstorm impulse of current (8/20 mks) of 20 kA 746 3.2 Through current of shorting circuit, kA: 3.2.1 Firmness to the currents of shorting circuit, kA 100 3.2.2 Duration of short circuit on earth, sec 10 4. Requirements to the construction, making and materials:
4.1 Type of grounding neutrally Deafly grounding 4.2 A possible pull of wires is in horizontal direction, 1000 4.3 External isolation (material/color of coverage) polymer (preferably white) 4.4 Power contact conclusion Aluminium 4.5 Presence of impulsive meter with possibility of measuring of current of loss Yes 4.6 Isolated basis for setting of meter of wearing-outs Yes 4.7 Structural implementation Explosion fire safely 4.8 Connecting possibility to ACS (to the subsystem of monitoring of power equipment) with control of the followings parameters: 4.8.1 Registration of wearing-outs is TOO; Yes 4.8.2 Fixing of time of wearing-out; Yes 4.8.3 Fixing of value of impulse of current of passing through TOO Yes 5. Requirements on reliability:
5.1 Term of service, years, 30 5.2 Guarantee term: 5.2.1 from the moment of putting into an operation, years 5 5.2.2 from the moment of reception-transmission on storage of Customer, years 5,5 6. Completeness of terminators of overstrains
6.1 Terminator of overstrain in assembling in obedience to the list of acquisition Yes 6.2 Screening rings for protecting from corona effect and providing of equitability tension on length Yes 6.3 System of monitoring of the state TOO with possibility of remote read-out Yes 6.4 Operating document in Russian or Ukrainian language.: Yes 6.5 Technical passport On every TOO 6.6 Assembly instruction and drafts and to exploitation 1 part on TOO 6.7 List of acquisition On every TOO 6.8 Protocols of test on a factory-producer On every TOO (*) - parameters must be given a producer
Technical requirements to the terminator of overstrain 110 kV№ Technical descriptions Requirements of Customer Offered Participant
General technical requirements Standart GOST 52725-2007, operating standards of IEC Manufacturer * Conditional denotation (brand) * Type of grounding of neutrality Deafly earthed Nominal tension of network, kV 110 Most working tension is in an electric network, kV 126 Nominal tension is TOO, kV 102 Most possible protracted working tension, kV 83 Nominal bit current 8/20 mcsec, kA 10 Class of digit of line concordantly IEC 2 Specific power-hungryness, kDzh/kV 2,5 Firmness at the current of shorting circuit (0,2 with), kA 40 2. Requirement to electric durability of isolation:
2.1 Remaining tension, kV, no more: 2.1.1 at the impulse of current (1/2 mcsec) of 10 kA 172 2.1.2 at the interconnect impulse of current (30/60 mcsec) of 1 kA 228 2.1.3 at the interconnect impulse of current (30/60 mcsec) of 2 kA 237 2.1.4 at a thunderstorm impulse of current (8/20 mcsec) of 5 kA 257 2.1.5 at a thunderstorm impulse of current (8/20 mcsec) of 10 kA 270 2.1.6 at a thunderstorm impulse of current (8/20 mcsec) of 20 kA 297 3. Value of climatic factors of external environment:
3.1 Category of placing (GOST 15150-69) 1 3.2 Range of workings temperatures, С from -32 to +40 3.3 Thickness of wall of ice-storm, mm 19 3.4 Possible speed of wind in the conditions of ice-storm, m/sec 22 3.5 Possible speed of wind in the conditions of absence of ice-storm, m/sec 28 3.6 Height above a level exterminating, m 1000 3.7 Seismic stability of district, marks on the scale of MsK-64, not less than 6 3.8 Level of contamination of atmosphere in the district of placing of substation on the standard of MEK 60815-2008: "С" 3.9 Specific pathlength loss of external isolation, "phase-earth" measured at tension, mm/kV 35 4. Requirements to the construction, making and materials:
4.1 A possible pull of wires is in horizontal direction, 500 4.2 External isolation (material/color of coverage) polymer 4.3 Presence of electric meter with possibility of measuring of current of loss Yes 4.4 Isolated basis for setting of meter of wearing-outs yes 4.5 Power contact conclusion Aluminium under a clamp 4.6 Structural implementation Explosion fire safely 4.7 Connecting possibility to ACS (to the subsystem of monitoring of power equipment) with control of next parameters: 4.7.1 Registration of wearing-outs is TOO; Yes 4.7.2 Fixing of time of wearing-out; yes 4.7.3 Fixing of value of impulse of current of passing through TOO yes 5. Requirements on reliability::
5.1 Term of service, years, not 30 5.2 Guarantee term: 5.2.1 from the moment of putting into an operation, years, not less than 5 5.2.2 from the moment of reception-transmission on storage of Customer, years, not less than 5,5 6. Completeness of terminators of overstrains
6.1 Terminator of overstrains in collection in obedience to the list of acquisition Yes 6.2 Screening rings for protecting from koronirovaniya and providing of equitability tension on length Yes 6.3 System of monitoring of the state TOO with possibility of remote read-out yes 6.4 Operating document in Russian or Ukrainian language.: Yes 6.5 Technical passport On every TOO 6.6 Assembly instruction and drafts and to exploitation 1 part on TOO 6.7 List of acquisition On every TOO 6.8 Protocols of test on a factory-producer On every TOO (*) - parameters must be given a producer
Technical requirements to the shield of own needs 0,4 kV№ Technical descriptions Requirements of Customer Offered Participant
Standart GOST 52725-2007, operating standards of IEC Manufacturer * Power Nominal tension, kV 0,4 Nominal working current of tires, kA * Climatic execution ? Closet of input 0,4 kV 2 things Requirements of exploitation Two-sided Presence of rolling out elements With the pulled out elements Sectional closet 0,4 kV 1 things Closet of outgoing lines 0,4 kV No less than 2 things Type of joinings Cable Amount of the outgoing cable joinings In accordance with an of principle chart Charts of main chains In accordance with an of principle chart Presence of comptroller with the capacity of connecting for ACS Yes Operating document in Russian or Ukrainian language. Yes Technical passport Yes Assembly instructions and drafts and to exploitation Yes List of acquisition Yes Protocols of test on a factory-producer Yes Certificate of accordance Yes •List of SIB yes (*) - Parameters must be given a producer.
В Technical requirements to the shield of direct-current 220 V№ Technical descriptions Requirements of Customer Offered Participant
Standart GOST 52725-2007, operating standards of IEC Manufacturer * Nominal tension,V 220 Nominal working current of tires, kA * Current of electrodynamic firmness, kA * Current of thermal firmness, kA * Climatic execution MD Closet of input of AB 1 things Closet charge subcharge devices 2 thins Closet of outgoing lines No less than 2 things Type of joinings Cable Amount of the outgoing cable joinings In accordance with an of principle chart Chart of main chains In accordance with an of principle chart Presence of comptroller with the capacity of connecting for ACS Yes Operating document on Russian or Ukrainian языке. Yes Technical passport Yes Assembly instructions and drafts and to exploitation Yes List of acquisition Yes Protocols of test on a factory-producer Yes Certificate of accordance Yes List of SIB Yes (*) - parameters must be given a producer.
Technical information of high-frequency minelayer for WL 330 kV№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standard’s GOST 15150-69; GOST 14254-80 4. Technical descriptions:
4.1 Working bar of frequencies, kHz 36-1000 4.2 An active constituent of impedor is in all range of workings frequencies, no less, Ohm 470 4.3 Assumed amount of wideband subranges of tuning (retuning) in the working bar of frequencies, things 6 4.4 Amount of wideband subranges of tuning (retuning) in the working bar of frequencies, things 1 4.5 Resistance an isolation between the entrance terminals of element of tuning, no less, MOhm 100 4.6 Nominal inductance on frequency 50 Hertzs, mGn 0,5 4.7 Admittance on the value of inductance, % from minus 5,0 to plus 10,0 4.8 Nominal current, kA 2 4.9 Brief current of short circuit for HF treatments, no more, kA 40,0 4.10 Shock current of short circuit for HF treatments, no more, kA 102 4.11 Own capacity, pF 86 Technical information of condensers of connection for WL 330 kV№ Description Information: Notе
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards 4. Technical descriptions:
4.1 Nominal tension of condenser connection or set of condensers connection, kV 330/√3 4.2 Capacity of condenser connection or successive set of condensers connection, pF 3000 pF on a phase or more Technical information of high-frequency minelayer for WL 110 kV№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards GOST 15150-69; GOST 14254-80 4. Technical descriptions :
4.1 Working bar of frequencies, kHz 36 - 1000 4.2 An active constituent of impedor is in all range of workings frequencies, no less, Ohm 470 4.3 Assumed amount of wideband subranges of tuning (retuning) in the working bar of frequencies, things 6 4.4 Amount of wideband subranges of tuning (retuning) in the working bar of frequencies, things 1 4.5 Resistance an isolation between the entrance terminals of element of tuning, no less, MOhm 100 4.6 Nominal inductance on frequency 50 Hertzs, mGn 0,5 4.7 Admittance on the value of inductance, % from minus 5,0 to plus 10,0 4.8 Nominal current, kA 2 4.9 Brief current of short circuit for HF treatments, no more, kA 40,0 4.10 Shock current of short circuit for HF treatments, no more, kA 102 4.11 Own capacity, pF 86 Technical information of condensers of connection for WL 110 kV№ Disruption Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards 4. Technical descriptions:
4.1 Nominal tension of condenser connection or set of condensers connection, kV 110/√3 4.2 Capacity of condenser connection or successive set of condensers connection, pF 3000 pF on a phase or more III. SPECIAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS TO RELAY PROTECTION AND AUTOMATION SYSTEM GeneralScope of Work OverviewThe scope of work according to the construction contract SS 330 kV «October » shall include:
The complete complex of design, supply, civil, installation, erection and commissioning work (including equipment supply, dismantling, installation, erection, restoration/laying of cable paths, adjustment and commissioning) on implementation of protective relaying and automation systems;
Working documentation development;
Methodology guidelines regarding selection of setting for relay protection an special automatics development;
employer` personnel training;
Contractor`s Duties
The contractor shall provide all logistics, supervision, labor, equipment, material, documents, temporary works and associated services whether of a temporary or permanent nature, whether specifically mentioned or not, necessary to complete , test and remedy any defects of the Relay Protection and Automation system for SS 330 kV.
The Contractor shall use state-of-the-art equipment proven reliable in similar environmental
conditions.

The Contractor shall provide the following services:
Management and coordination of all steps of the contract.
Working documentation, that shall include:
First technical overhaul on a ground and capture of basic data;
Calculation of sizes, parameters and placing of equipment;
Working document in which, including, it is necessary:
Considering main approaches on relay protection and automation equipment installation on NPC Ukrenergo objects.
Detailed layout of relay protection and automation equipment.
Internal configuration of relay protection and automation devices.
Verification of documents , data, parameters supplied by the Employer.
Supply of the corresponding design drawings and documents.
Elaboration of methodical guidance on calculation of protection settings.
Supply of the optimized implementation schedule.
Providing safe performance of works in operating electrical plants.
Supply, programming and manufacturing of the equipment.
Packaging, transport and delivery of the equipment to each site.
Temporary storage and preservation of the equipment on the site (if necessary).
Installation, electrical connection and commissioning.
Factory and On Site Tests.
On site training and complete O&M documentation,
Employer`s personnel training at the factories or at special training centers of the microprocessor-based terminals manufacturers.
Spare parts and specialized tools.
The Relay Protection and Automation system (s) shall be supplied in every substation as a turn-key installation within the scope defined in these specifications / document.
Furthermore, any indications provided in the Technical Specifications shall in no way release the Contractor from his obligation to ensure co-ordination with the other suppliers. The Contractor shall ensure the continuity and the coherence between his Supply and Installation Services and that of the other contractors.
The Employer has reserved the right to review and comment on the work undertaken by the
Contractor during the course of the contract.
This will include but may not be limited to:
Design reviews by the Employer;
The witnessing of factory testing by the Employer or his technical representative;
The approval of site testing procedures, operation and maintenance documentation and site delivery methods.
The Special Technical Specifications for each Substation provide additional requirements and detailed information concerning the scope.
Dismantling
A contractor must execute dismantling of existent former equipment of the system of electric defense of substation 330 kV «October». It touches:
Closets and assembling of the modernized system of electric defense;
Proper cables.
A contractor is under an obligation to pass all dismantled equipment on storage of Customer.
At the end of the stage of working-out of project and minimum 2 (two) months prior to beginning of dismantling Contractor gives Customer for consideration and assertion list of equipment which Contractor must dismantle on SS-330 kV «October».
TrainingTendered shall submit detailed and explicated information concerning training place, and how many Employers trainees shall study specific type of equipment supplied in his Tendering proposal
The Contractor shall schedule completion of the training program to coincide with completion of Factory Acceptance Test of the Relay Protection and Automation system so that the Employer’s trained personnel may take benefit of it during commissioning on site.
The Contractor shall include in his proposal for the training program, international and inland travel expenses for the Employer’s personnel, full board (including weekends) and
accommodation expenses as well as per diem at the flat rate of thirty (30) Euros per day and per trainee at the training facility location. The training program shall be subject to the Employer’s approval
The number of Employer’s trainees shall be 12.
Employer’s trainees shall receive certificates empowering to perform independent equipment maintenance at the end of training.
Operational ConditionsAll equipment supplied by the Contractor shall provide operating efficiency in the following climatic conditions:
ambient room temperature: from minus 5°С to plus 50°С;
open air temperature: from minus 35°С to plus 40 °С;
relative humidity: from 5% to 95%.
The equipment mounted indoor shall have:
climatic version of UHL (УХЛ) type (for microclimatic areas with mild and cold climate) according to GOST 15150-69 “Machines, devices and other facilities. Modifications for different climatic areas. Categories, operational conditions, storing and shipping concerning the influence of environmental climatic factors”;
natural air cooling.
The equipment shall withstand seismic impacts as per IEC 60255-21-3, class 3.
General Design RequirementsRelay protection and special automatics devices shall be installed in relay cubicles and panels.
The equipment shall be designed so that it wouldn’t be able to cause danger to workers while erection, operating repair and maintenance as well as electrical network damage or malfunction of some other equipment connected to it.
The equipment shall comply with international electromagnetic compatibility standards and conform to the requirements that are demanded from hardware to be used in automatic generation, transmission and distribution systems.
The Relay protection and special automatics system of the OHL and substation's elements shall be implemented:
with use of microprocessor-based digital devices;
as stand-alone devices with short circuit response in the specified zones;
in accordance with the existing Ukrainian rules and technical requirements of technological design, “ Rules of Technical Operation” (PTE) and “Rules of electrical Equipment Arrangement” (PUE).
Requirements to Microprocessor Devices Regarding External Interface
Relay protection and special automatics devices shall have front side serial port with interface either RS232 or RS484 and Ethernet port for device configuration by means of a PC with appropriate communications protocol, as well as back side serial port with serial fiber optic or Ethernet interface for communication with substation`s automatic control system.
Devices shall have a port for precise time synchronization from GPS if necessary (synchronization error shall be less than 1ms).
Devices shall have a possibility of settings transmission, configuration, disturbance and event files reading through both front side and system serial ports.
Devices shall be able to support transmission of settings, configuration, disturbance files, oscillograms and sequence of events stored in the device, current measurements through the port for communication with substation's automatic control system as well as receiving the commands for internal time synchronization. Transmission of all the information indicated above shall be provided via IEC 61850 and one of the following communication protocols: IEC 870-5-103; IEC 870-5-101 (SPA, MODBUS, MODBUS TCP).
Software RequirementsThe supplied software shall be licensed.
All software (including microprocessor-based protection and automatics firmware) shall be of the final edition (at the time of delivery).
Service software supplied with microprocessor-based protection and automatics devices shall have the ability of settings changing, configuration, disturbances and events reading through the front side serial port and automatic saving of oscillograms in COMTRADE format.
All software (including microprocessor-based protection and automatics firmware) shall have an unauthorized access protection concerning the changes of settings, configuration and parameters.
The software for calibration and testing systems shall have full extended software packages, which provide automatic test of protection and special automatics devices.
Requirements to Control CablesControl cables, that are installed on a substation territory, should have copper, with a cross-section of at least 2,5 mm, shielded if required , self-extinguishing, with a spare cores.
Control cables should comply to GOST 1508-78 “Control cables with rubber and plastic insulation. Technical regulation”, GOST 26411-85 “Control cables. General specifications” and working documentation, approved in established order.
Acceptance tests, periodical tests, and standard testing should take place for conformance inspection of specific types of cables.
Packaging, labeling, transportation and storage of cables should conform to GOST 18690-82.
Copper current-carrying conductors should be solid stranded and conform to class 1 of GOST 22483-77.
Operating life of cables in case Employer implements all installation regulations, operating conditions and storage conditions should be at least 15 years, and if cables are to be installed in buildings, cable galleries, cable ways – 25 years.
Spare Parts and Special ToolsThe Contractor shall deliver the regular kits of spare parts (mandatory spare parts) along with equipment, as well as materials and accessories required for the employer`s personnel to be able to eliminate, by its own efforts, any possible faults during operation.
For each relay protection type to be supplied, the kit of spare parts shall include at least the following:
processor unit: 1 piece,
power supply module: 1 piece,
current analog input module: 1 piece,
voltage analog input module: 1 piece,
digital input module: 1 peace,
digital output module: 1 piece.
The delivery set of every microprocessor-based protection device shall contain complete service software (settings changing, reading of oscillograms and sequence of events, archived in the device) on CDs in three copies (three licenses).
The delivery set of every microprocessor-based protection to be supplied shall contain accessories needed for device configuration by means of PC, as well as power and control cables for power supply arrangement, control, automatics, relay protection and alarm wiring.
The common substation information system delivery set shall include:
cable systems (including fiber-optic) for communication with microprocessor-based protection and special automatics protection devices;
devices and components necessary for system operation;
complete software on CDs (three copies).
In its Tender the Contractor shall propose the lists of spare parts for each type of equipment with indication of per item price, which are recommended by equipment manufacturers considering 10 years operation and maintenance period after warranty expiration date. A cost of such indicated spare parts will not be taken into account by the Employer when evaluating the Tenders.
Warranty MaintenanceUpon completion of the equipment erection and testing , the Contractor shall provide its warranty maintenance.
Warranty maintenance shall be provided by the Contractor during warranty operation period, which shall be at least 24 months from the equipment commissioning date.
Within the warranty operation period, the Contractor shall remove all revealed defects and/or failures within not more than 72 hours.
The Contractor shall provide guarantee certificates from the devices manufacturers about the repair possibilities (including factory repair) of the supplied devices against separate contracts within 10 years of operation after warranty expiration.
Requirements to Methodology Buidelines Regarding Selection of Setting for Relay Protection and Special AutomaticsThe methodology guidelines regarding selection of settings for relay protection and special automatics shall be provided in Ukrainian (or Russian) language.
The methodology guidelines regarding selection of settings for relay protection and special automatics shall cover all range of functions of protection and automatics (including emergency automatics)provided by the Contractor and approved for application by the Employer.
The methodology guidelines regarding selection of settings for relay protection and special automatics shall comply with the requirements of current Ukrainian technical rules and regulations, technological design requirements (PUE, PTE) and shall contain recommendations referring to settings calculating and protection relay and special automatic device parameters adjustment (including technological) for all functional parts included in the supplied protection and special automatics devices.
The methodology guidelines regarding selection of settings for relay protection and special automatics shall comply with the certain device type supplied for the given site. Before developing the methodology guidelines, the Contractor shall approve with the Employer which namely methodology guidelines shall be provided in the scope of this project. If the Employer has the methodology of settings selection for certain equipment type, these methodology guidelines shall not be supplied in the scope of this project.
The methodology guidelines regarding selection of settings for relay protection and special automatics shall take into account the following requirements:
sensitivity to all types of short circuits shall be checked , taking into account transient resistances and power flow in forward and reverse direction;
selectivity of different protection stages shall be checked both for protections performed on one principle and on different principles (for example – overcurrent and distance protection). For distance protections the recommendations for compliance with different types of characteristics ( for example – circular and polygonal) shall be provided as well as for reverse directed stages ;
recommendations for healthy phase instrument movement offset at single-phase short circuits, with emergency power flows, in a single phase auto reclosing cycle with the process dynamic, as well as at circuit-breaker phase power-up diversity;
recommendations for load dependency adjustment, which is also for reverse directed stages;
recommendations for swing interlocking settings calculations.
Triggering element characteristics, which are responding on changing of resistance , current, power and angular correlations;
Blocking parameters setting ( by unbalance , impedance rate of angle between monitored vectors of currents, sliding value voltages, etc);
time parameters settings.
General Functional Requirements to Elements of Relay Protection and Special Automatics SystemDevices of Protection of Automatic Transformers 330 kV for AT with Phase Shifting TransformerThe protection module based on the differential principle shall meet the following requirements and implement the functions listed below:
Differential protection of 3-winding AT (2 functional blocks);
Zero-sequence differential protection (3 functional blocks);
Thermal overload protection (3 functional blocks);
Zero-sequence current protection of the 4th stage (2 functional blocks)
Overcurrent protection (3 functional blocks);
Wide-purpose protection of the 2nd stage (12 functional blocks);
Distance protection, polygonal characteristic, five zones;
выявление неисправности токовых цепей;
блокировка при неисправности цепей напряжения;
блокировка при качании мощности;
Power swing detection;
Freely programmable logic;
Current and voltage circuits monitoring.
Have front-side Ethernet port, with corresponding data exchange protocol, and two rear-side ports with fiber-optic Ethernet interface and IEC 61850 protocol for communication with the substations APCS;
High-frequency transceivers for basic differential-phase defense of line on a microelectronic element baseModule of high-frequency part of device of defense, must correspond followings requirements and to realize functions:
transmission and reception of the manipulated hf-signals in a duplex one by one to the high-frequency channel "phase-earth" for differential-phase defense of WL-330 kV;
periodic automatic control of good condition and presence of supply on fading of communication channel, good condition of transceiver.
Supplying with the module is assumed HF connections as a separate device on microelectronic, or to the digital element base. The association of the module is shut out HF transceiver with the apparatus of transmission and reception of commands RP(relay protection) and SA(special automatic) to on HF to the channel.
The association of differential-phase defense is shut out and HF parts are in one device.
Module HF must part be collected from components, produced not early than 2013
Complete set of reserve defense of WL-330 kV (on the controlled from distance and current principle) with the function of ARI ( automatically the repeated including) , DBRS ( device of backuping at the refuse of switches)The complete set of defense can consist of one or a few microprocessor devices and must realize next functions:
step controlled from distance protecting from all kinds between phase contactors and contactors to earth;
presence of separate function for rebuilding from loading;
four step current protecting from contactors to earth, with the organ of direction power of a zero sequence;
reserve current defense;
determination of swinging of power;
acceleration of defense at including on a damage;
phase selective organs on the controlled from distance principle;
logic of one-phase / three-phase disconnecting;
logic of tele-acceleration of reserve defense;
exposure of disrepair of current chains;
blocking at the disrepair of chains of tension;
freely programmable logic;
presence of one and three-phase DBRS (for two switches);
presence of one and three-phase ARI (for two switches);
function control of synchronize (for two switches);
internal recorder of events;
oscillograph;
energy independent memory;
measurings: currents, tensions, frequency, power;
self-diagnostic of device;
liquid-crystal screen on a front panel;
user-programmable light-emitting-diode indicators for signaling;
signaling about the state and functioning of device;
location damage on a line (LD);
groups of setpoints: no less 4th;
synchronization from the outsourcing of exact time;
support of protocol of MEK 61850, and presence of standard international protocols of exchange by information for integration in ACS;
front port of Ethernet (Rs232) for connection with a device;
back port with optical fiber ethernet-interface for connection with ACS substations;
Complete set of automation of management a switch 330 kV with the functions of DBRS, ARIThe complete set of management automation can consist of one or a few microprocessor devices and must realize next functions:
Control of switching device (on - off));
realization of the one / three phase disconnecting of switch with starting DBRS;
control of good condition of current chains;
control of good condition chains of tension (circuit-disconnection fault);
freely programmable logic;
free configuration of entrances/outputs of device;
determination and reflection of current parameters of object;
synchronization from the outsourcing of exact time;
amount of groups of setpoints: no less 4;
operative blocking for an one-and-a-half chart;
control of synchronization and presence of tension;
autoreclosing ;
internal recorder of events;
oscillograph working;
energyindependent memory;
measurings of current parameters;
self-diagnostic of device;
signaling about the state and functioning of device;
support of protocol of IEC 61850, and also presence of standard international protocols of exchange by information for integration in ACS;
Requirements to software part:
liquid-crystal screen on a front panel;
user-programmable light-emitting-diode indicators for signaling;
front port of Ethernet (Rs232) for connection with a device;
two back ports with an optical fibre ethernet-interface for connection with ACS substations;
Complete set by a basic differential-phase HF defense of WL-110 kV with the functions of reserve defenseThe complete set of defense can consist of one or a few microprocessor devices and must realize next functions:
differential-phase defence with the transmission of signals to on HF to the channel;
controlled from distance protecting from all kinds between phase contactors and contactors to earth;
rebuilding from loading;
four step current protecting from contactors with the organ of direction of power a zero sequence;
possibility of starting DPD (different phase defense) from reserve defense;
operating on the three-phase disconnecting;
exposure of disrepair of current chains;
blocking at the disrepair of chains of tension;
blocking at swinging of power;
protecting from the incompletely phase mode (PIP);
autoreclosing ;
amount of groups setpoints – not less than 4th;
distance-finding to the site of damage;
real-time clocks with synchronization from an outsourcing;
free-programmable logic;
logic of teleacceleration of reserve defense;
internal recorder of events;
oscillographic testing;
energyindependent memory;
measurings: currents, tensions, frequency, power;
self-diagnostic of device;
liquid-crystal screen on a front panel;
user-programmable light-emitting-diode indicators for signaling;
signaling about the state and functioning of device;
support of protocol of MEK 61850, and presence of standard international protocols of exchange by information for integration in ACS;
front port of Ethernet (Rs232) for connection with a device;
back port with an optical fibre ethernet-interface for connection with ACS substations;
Complete set of basic differential defense of WL-110 kV (transmission of signal on fibre-optic communication line) with the functions of reserve defenseThe complete set of defense can consist of one or a few microprocessor devices and must realize next functions:
differential defense with the transmission of signals on FCL (fibre-optic communication line);
controlled from distance protecting from all kinds between phase contactors and contactors to earth;
four step current protecting from contactors with the organ of direction of power a zero sequence;
logic of the three-phase disconnecting;
logic of teleacceleration of reserve defense;
exposure of disrepair of current chains;
blocking at the disrepair of chains of tension;
protecting from the incompletely phase mode;
autoreclosing;
amount of groups of setpoints – not less than 4th;;
distance-finding to the site of damage;
real-time clocks with synchronization from an outsourcing;
free-programmable logic;
internal recorder of events;
oscillographic testing;
energyindependent memory;
measurings: currents, tensions, frequency, power;
self-diagnostic of device;
liquid-crystal screen on a front panel;
user-programmable light-emitting-diode indicators for signaling;
signaling about the state and functioning of device;
support of protocol of MEK 61850, and presence of standard international protocols of exchange by information for integration in ACS;
front port of Ethernet (Rs232) for connection with a device;
back port with an optical fibre ethernet-interface for connection with ACS substations;
Complete set of defense WL-110 kV (on the controlled from distance and current principle) with funk-ciey DBRS,ARIThe complete set of defense can consist of one or a few microprocessor devices and must realize next functions:
step controlled from distance protecting from all kinds between the phase shorting;
four the step current directed protecting of a zero sequence from contactors;
step controlled from distance protecting from all types of contactors;
maximal current defense (MCD);
fast-acting MCD (current pinch-off);
defense at including on a damage;
logic of the three-phase disconnecting;
logic of teleacceleration of reserve defense;
control of good condition of current chains;
control of disrepair of chains of tension;
freely programmable logic;
presence of three-phase DBRS;
presence of three-phase ARI;
internal recorder of events;
oscillographic testing;
energyindependent memory;
measurings: currents, tensions, frequency, power;
self-diagnostic of device;
liquid-crystal screen on a front panel;
user-programmable light-emitting-diode indicators for signaling;
signaling about the state and functioning of device;
location damage on a line;
groups of setpoints: no less 4th;
synchronization from the outsourcing of exact time;
support of protocol of MEK 61850, and presence of standard international protocols of exchange by information for integration in ACS;
front port of Ethernet (Rs232) for connection with a device;
back port with an optical fibre ethernet-interface for connection with ACS substations;
Complete set of defense CS(connecting switch) -110 kV, BCS(bus connecting switch )-110 kV on current principle with the function DBRSThe complete set of defense can consist of one or a few microprocessor devices and must realize next functions:
four the step current directed protecting of a zero sequence from contactors;
maximal current defense (MCD);
fast-acting MCD (current pinch-off);
defense at including on a damage;
action on the three-phase disconnecting;
freely programmable logic;
presence of three-phase DBRS;
internal recorder of events;
oscillographic testing;
energyindependent memory;
measurings of current parameters;
self-diagnostic of device;
signaling about the state and functioning of device;
groups of setpoints: no less 4th;
synchronization from the outsourcing of exact time;
support protocol of IEC 61850, and similarly presence of standard international protocols of exchange by information for integration in ACS;
Requirements to software part:
liquid-crystal screen on a front panel;
user-programmable light-emitting-diode indicators for signaling;
front port of Ethernet (Rs232) for connection with a device;
two back port`s with an optical fibre ethernet-interface for connection with ACS substations;
Complete set of automation of management a switch 110 kV with the functions DBRS, ARI, FLD (fixing of line disconnecting)The complete set of management automation can consist of one or a few microprocessor devices and must realize next functions:
Control of switching device (on - off);
realization of the three-phase disconnecting of switch with starting DBRS;
fixing of line disconnection (a function is FLD and FLI);
control of good condition of current chains;
control of good condition chains of tension (circuit-disconnection fault);
freely programmable logic;
free configuration of entrances/outputs of device;
determination and reflection of current parameters of object;
synchronization from the outsourcing of exact time;
amount of groups of setpoints - no less 4th;
operative blocking for a chart with one switch on joining;
autoreclosing;
internal recorder of events;
oscillographic testing;
energyindependent memory;
measurings of current parameters;
self-diagnostic of device;
signaling about the state and functioning of device;
support of protocol of IEC 61850, and also presence of standard international protocols of exchange by information for integration in ACS;
Requirements to software part:
liquid-crystal screen on a front panel;
user-programmable light-emitting-diode indicators for signaling;
front port of Ethernet (Rs232) for connection with a device;
two back port`s with an optical fibre ethernet-interface for connection with ACS substations;
DBRS functionreception to on phase or three-phase signals about the wearing-out of outside / inside defense in a time of existence of current in DBRS;
repeated operating on disconnecting of switch (for a phase / three-phase) without a temporal hitch ("DBRS on itself");
at starting DBRS from defense, presence of current more setpoint of wearing-out and completion of the set dwell, to form the output signals of the three-phase disconnecting of contiguous switches, prohibition ARI saying no and contiguous switches, to provide disconnecting and prohibition ARI of switches of opposite end of line or middle tension of AT-330/154 (330/110) kV.
return of elements of dwells DBRS at the successful disconnecting of switches.
Functions of ARI devicedetermination of the power-off state of line;
control of good condition of chains of tension;
control of the included or power-off position of switches;
functions of TARI, OARI, FARI depending on time of defense or type of disconnecting;
control of switch readiness to carry out a cycle to "on-off ";
to carry out the next algorithms of functioning ARI:
one phase ARI(OARI) at the action of defense;
ARI with control of absence of tension on lines and presences of tension on tires;
ARI with control of absence of tension on tires and presence of tension on a line;
ARI with control of symmetry of tension and presence of synchronism;
ARI without the presence of control;
control of synchronism for one switch, including the corner of difference of phases, differences of frequencies and control of tensions.
Device of fixing disconnecting and including line (FLD and FLI))A device must have next functions:
fixing of line disconnecting before FARI;
fixing of line disconnecting after failure FARI;
fixing of line repair on the state switches with one or on either side of line;
functioning in fact with disconnecting of both switches;
possibility of functioning at operating of defense WL on disconnecting of three phases of WL;
possibility of working in fact of reception signal on communication channel in case of setting off line from an opposite end;
possibility of confirmation of disconnecting on absence of current of line;
fixing of line including after repair at the place of setting device FLD and on either side of line;
Device must provide:
possibility of setting device and change internal configuration of automation by a programmatic method with a protection fetch;
blocking of discrete device outputs at his damage;
signaling of wearing-out, his disrepairs;
registration of emergency parameters and wearing-outs with synchronization of time on the signals of GPS;
support of protocol of MEK 61850, and presence of standard international protocols of exchange by information for integration in ACS;
Automation device of liquidation asynchronous mode (ADLA)Functional requirements ADLA:Presence of three electoral organs which work independently and operate on the separate groups of output relays:
angular;
impedance;
current.
A presence of independent groups of output chains (discrete logical outputs of type are a "dry contact") is not less than two contacts for every stage.
Possibility of input the programmatic blocking from a false wearing-out:
on possible speed of change of corner;
by maximally legitimate value of tension (currents) of reverse and zero sequence;
by maximally legitimate value of current of positive-sequence.
Presence of blocking at:
removal and serve of operative current, and also at the interruptions of feed of any duration with next renewal;
chain contactor`s of operative current.
Presence of internal recorder emergency events with energyindependent memory.
Presence of signaling and state of disrepair.
Complete set for the transmission commands RP (relay protection) and SA (special automatic )Functional requirements:
An apparatus must provide a transmission and reception commands of RP and anti emergency automation on HF channels of WL 110-330 kV.
An apparatus must provide work with an equipment HF treatments and joinings of the Ukrainian and imported production.
The feed of apparatus must produced from the chains of operative direct-current on SS, by tension 220 V.
Must be provided self diagnostic, possibility of change basic descriptions and access to the magazine of events from a stand on a facial panel, so by the personal computer.
Continuous control of parameters transmission/reception of control signal is in a channel.
Requirements to the dividing filters for organization HF ductingsDividing filter must have a corps and lid which closes all details of filter.
In the corps of dividing filter must be set terminal block for connecting HF by a cable to HF apparatus and filter of joining (making more compact openings for an input HF cable with the subsequent joining them to the chart of filter), and also a vent opening.
The corps of joining filter must have a clamp for connecting of the stationary grounding.
The construction of dividing filter must provide his setting and removal from a panel without application of the special instruments and adaptations.
Dividing filter must be marked in accordance with the requirements of operating document. Marking must be steady to external climatic influences. All inscriptions must be clear, good visible from exteriority of filter and must be executed in Russian (Ukrainian) language.
Requirement to the joining filter for organization HF channelsJoining filter must have a strong metallic corps and air-tight lid, closing all details.
In the corps of joining filter a communicating insulator must be set for joining tire of connection condenser, vent opening, and also making more compact opening for an input HF cable with the subsequent joining him to the chart of filter.
The corps of filter of joining must have a clamp for connecting of the stationary grounding.
Filter construction must provide his setting on support and removal from support by standard instruments and elevating mast.
A filter of joining must be counted on exploitation in climatic terms in accordance with the variant of implementation of U1 for GOST 15150-69.
The filter of joining must have a degree of defense of Ip20 for GOST 14254-80 (protecting from penetration of solids, dust and water), and also to be proof to the sun radiation on all period of exploitation.
On the filter of joining marking in accordance with the requirements of operating document must be inflicted. Marking must be steady to external climatic influences. All inscriptions must be clear, well visible from exteriority of filter of joining and must be executed in Russian (Ukrainian) language.
Filters of joining must be in a position of the use them in HF highway on a chart a "phase - ground " and on a chart a "phase - phase".
Characteristic resistance of filters of joining must answer characteristic resistance the open-wire of the proper class of tension.
Filters of joining must be:
counted on joining HF cable,
consonant with the chosen condenser of connection,
sufferet to application in Ukraine.
Must provide the concerted work with the condenser of connection in HF highway.
Requirements to the radio-frequency cable for joining HF apparatus to the HF highwayConstruction of radio-frequency cable must provide the requirement of his technical descriptions.
A cable must be intended for exploitation in climatic terms in accordance with the variant of implementation of U1 for GOST 15150-69 and to maintain without the change of descriptions influence of sun radiation during all period of exploitation.
On-the-spot radio-frequency cable, marking in accordance with the requirements of operating document must be inflicted. Marking must be steady to external climatic influences. All inscriptions must be clear and well visible.
Gasket cable from HF vehicles (receiver, transmitter) to the filters of joining must be carried out one assembling long (without connectors).
Requirement to the devices of determining damage location (DDL) by a wave methodSimultaneous work with lines/feeders of different class of tension of SS (110 kV and 330 kV).
Possibility of treatment to 8 connected lines/feeders (24 phases).
Frequency of discretization / selections on every connected channel must be influenced in a range 1.25 – 20 Mhz. Possibility of selection must be well-to-do with frequency of 20MGc for every connected phase without worsening of index at the increase amount of the connected lines to 8.
Exactness of location damage not worse +/-100m regardless of length line and type of damage.
Synchronization of time with GPS by means of built-in receiver not worse what 100nsec.
Two discrete entrances for every three-phase line for control of basic / reserve defense with the purpose of signaling/filtration of disconnecting a line.
Connecting must be carried out on the second current chains of TT RP through sectional linear touch-controls.
Built-in liquid display, management keys and light-emitting diodes of indication of basic indexes.
Two built-in ports of Ethernet, Rs-485, USB ports of connection.
Complete set for the transmission of command RP and SA on FCLFunctional possibilities
Architecture of the system is module, opened with possibility of configuration on the base of the programmable software.
Grant physical interfaces of user (including the dedicaded lines of communication) with completion in the signals of high capacity (SDH) and integration in the highway of Stm-1 of a transport network on a base SDH.
Presence of building in the system interfaces of communication as fibre-optical and on the base of copper cable, allowing to connect the element of network directly to a transport highway or create a transport network (with the limited carrying capacity).
Presence of functional block`s and test diagnostics.
Realization of front-end interfaces of access as plug-in assemblies.
Presence a multiplex access and cross-commutation signals of 64 kbit/s and signals 2 Mbit/s.
Presence of inbuilt channel for possibility of remote access to the network element by means of communication of management data through a network.
Presence of the defense modules and discrete signals for possibility of transmission commands of defense from devices RP and SA and transmissions of any discrete signals.
Module of remote defence must provide:
Presence of separate entrance and output charts for the independent commands of remote defense in one module (block);
Module of remote defense in part of interface to conform the requirements of IEC 60834-1;
Speed and reliability of transmission command must be in a position of optimization of transmission on speed or on reliability;
The channel of transmission command must be controlled contour tests, refuses must be reported and be in a position of conclusion on the external signaling.
All events of the module remote defense must be registered in the recorder of events with synchronization at times from the signals of GPS.
Complete set of defense autotransformers 330 kV on differential, controlled from distance and current principle (basic and dublicate)The complete set of defense can consist of one or a few microprocessor devices and must realize next functions:
differential defense (three/two) of puttee AT;
controlled from distance defense with four independent areas and rebuilding from loading;
protecting from a thermal overload;
differential current defense of a zero sequence;
maximal current defense (on complete currents and currents of a zero sequence);
current pinch-off (on complete currents and currents of a zero sequence);
automatic control tension of transformer;
control of the second chains of tension;
control of the second current chains;
amount groups of setpoints – not less than 4th;
synchronization of time-signals;
free-programmable logic;
internal recorder of events;
oscillographic testing;
energyindependent memory;
measurings: currents, tensions, frequency, power;
self-diagnostic of device;
liquid-crystal screen on a front panel;
user-programmable light-emitting-diode indicators for signaling;
signaling about the state and functioning of device;
support of protocol of MEK 61850, and presence of standard international protocols of exchange by information for integration in ACS;
front port of Ethernet (Rs232) for connection with a device;
back port with an optical fibre ethernet-interface for connection with ACS substations;
Complete set of defense transformers 110 kV on differential, controlled from distance and current principleThe complete set of defense can consist of one or a few microprocessor devices and must realize next functions:
differential defense of transformer;
controlled from distance defense with independent areas and rebuilding from loading;
protecting from a thermal overload;
differential current defense of a zero sequence;
maximal current defense (on complete currents and currents of a zero sequence);
current pinch-off (on complete currents and currents of a zero sequence);
automatic control tension of transformer;
control of the second chains of tension;
control of the second current chains;
amount groups of setpoints – not less than 4th;
synchronization of time-signals;;
free-programmable logic;
internal recorder of events;
oscillographic testing;
energyindependent memory;
measurings: currents, tensions, frequency, power;
self-diagnostic of device;
liquid-crystal screen on a front panel;
user-programmable light-emitting-diode indicators for signaling;
signaling about the state and functioning of device;
support of protocol of MEK 61850, and presence of standard international protocols of exchange by information for integration in ACS;
front port of Ethernet (Rs232) for connection with a device;
back port with an optical fibre ethernet-interface for connection with ACS substations;
Complete set of differential defense of tires 330 kV and 110 kVFunctional requirements:differential current protection with braking;
three-phase created with two-zone differential protection;
choice of the protection zone based on the position of the auxiliary contacts high-voltage apparatus;
sensitive organ differential protection;
control algorithm protection zones;
two options to monitor the situation isolator / switch;
fixing algorithm incorporating the measured current connection to the zone A (B);
merger of the two areas into one in the "fixing broken" connection or, if necessary, (regardless of the position of disconnectors);
selective disconnection of the differential busbar protection switches related area;
functional testing circuits TT incoming connections;
Blocking protection with fault circuits;
Reserve non-directional overcurrent protection;
Three-phase and phase-segregated breaker failure start, the control current position of the auxiliary contacts switch or adaptive combination of the two signs;
free-programmable logic;
amount groups of setpoints – not less than 4th;
signaling about the state and functioning of device;
self-diagnostic of device;
internal recorder of events;
oscillographic testing;
energyindependent memory;
liquid-crystal screen on a front panel;
displayed on the screen information about the status of switching devices connection;
user-programmable light-emitting-diode indicators for signaling;
support of protocol of MEK 61850, and presence of standard international protocols of exchange by information for integration in ACS;
front port of Ethernet (Rs232) for connection with a device;
back port with an optical fibre ethernet-interface for connection with ACS substations;
Complete set of differential defense bus arrangement 330 kV and 110 kVFunctional requirements:
differential current defense with braking;
three-phase execution with two areas of differential defense;
choice of area of defense on the basis of position of block-contacts of high-voltage vehicles;
sensible organ of differential defense;
algorithm of control area defense;
two variants of monitoring position of disconnector/switch;
algorithm of fixing of including of the measured current of joining in an area A (B);
association of two areas in one, in the mode of the «broken fixing» of joining or in the case of necessity (regardless of position disconnector);
selective disconnecting from differential defense of tires switches, connected with damage area;
control of good condition chains of TC ( transformer of current ) of the incoming joinings;
blocking of defense at the disrepair of chains of current;
reserve nondirectional maximal current defense;
Phase and three-phase starting DBRS, with control of current, positions of block-contacts of switch or adaptive combination of these two signs;
free-programmable logic;
amount groups of setpoints – not less than 4th;
synchronization from the outsourcing of exact time;
self-diagnostic of device;
internal recorder of events;
oscillographic testing;
energyindependent memory;
liquid-crystal screen on a front panel;
state information represented on the screen of device interconnect vehicles of joining;
user-programmable light-emitting-diode indicators for signaling;
support of protocol of MEK 61850, and presence of standard international protocols of exchange by information for integration in ACS;
front port of Ethernet (Rs232) for connection with a device;
back port with an optical fibre ethernet-interface for connection with ACS substations;
Complete set for adjusting and verification equipment of relay protection and special automaticMicroprocessor device for verification equipment RP and SA must provide possibility and target at implementation of technical service and editing-adjusting works of all microproc and electro mechanics devices of RPA (relay protection automatic) on SS-330 kV.
Configuring and tuning settings of microprocessor devices RP and SA must be carried out by a notebook with the special software (given Contractor in the complete set of delivery). The required parameters of notebook are resulted in the table of technical information.
Verification of devices RP and SA
For providing verification of capacity equipment, implementations of adjustings works and further technical maintenance of all microprocessor and electromechanics devices RP and SA on SS-330 kV in the process of exploitation, Contractor must give Customer a complete verification device.
A verification complete set must consist of:
microprocessor device of verification of equipment RP and SA;
managing device on the base of notebook with the special software.
Microprocessor device verification equipment RP and SA must have a complete package of the specialized software, necessary for verification of all types devices, and also necessary for this purpose accessories.
A management a verification device must be carried out from the personal computer (notebook), manned for this purpose necessary software and by accessories. Must be provided:
Possibility of work with primary sizes for verification basic and reserved protection;
possibility of work on verification functions of DPD (different phase defense) ,MCD ( maximal current defense ) , DD ( distance defense );
possibility to work with RIO by files;
support of format СОMTRADE.
Proof-of-concept complex for verification HF apparatuses
Trier for a generation test HF signals of tensions, analogical to those which act on an entrance HF defense and HF automations.
In retrograde through a device computer information must enter about a reaction HF devices on these test influences.
A complex must allow automatically to take off descriptions, design protocols of tests.
A proof-of-concept complex must execute generator and sensory functions for co-operating with checked up HF by an equipment.
HF generator (frequency 24 . 2500 kHz), R out = 0; 75; 150 Ohm;
LF generator (frequency is 20 Hertzs . 24 khz);
Source of control current (0 . 250 V=, 10 W);
HF and LF generators change frequency (in relation to set) both by (through virtual devices with a necessary step) hand and automatically.
The results of measurings must be designed as charts and tables, in form standard protocols and at pleasure to be accessible for unsealing on a printer.
Software must function in the environment of MICROSOFT WINDOWS XP / 7 or higher software providing must function in the environment of MICROSOFT WINDOWS XP / 7 or higher.
Low-voltage complete devices (LCD). Closets with the microprocessor terminals of defenseRequirements to execution
Climatic execution and category of placing of UKHl4 for GOST 15150-89 and GOST 15543.1-89. Degrees of defense of Ip40 on MEK 529 (GOST 14254-80).
LCD must be protected from electromagnetic hindrances, conditioned an origin s.c (shorting circuit ) .The corps of closets must be grounded..
Requirements on safety
Requirement to technique safety must correspond GOST 12.2.007.0-75, GOST 12.1.004-91 and to the requirements of RSEI ( rules of setting electrical installation ).
Structural requirements
A closet with a transparent front and steel postern must have sizes 2200x800x800 (HxWxD).
A closet must be equipped all wiring, terminals, relay, by lamps et al needed by accessories, subject approval by Customer.
Electric descriptions
Electric descriptions of closets must correspond GOST 22789-94.
Thus nominal parameters must have next values:
operative current - permanent;
nominal tension of chains control current - 220 V;
working turn-down tension of chains control current - from 0,8 to 1,1 U of nohm;
nominal tension of the second chains variable tension - 100 V, (50 Hertz’s);
nominal current of the second chains of alternating current – 1A or 5 A in depending on the transformer of current (50 Hertz’s);
nominal tension of auxiliary chains - 380/220 V, 50 Hertz’s.
Requirements to electric connections
Contact connections of wires in a low-voltage equipment must conform to the requirements GOST 10434-82.
Editing of wires - buildings.
For editing a copper, solid wire must be used, except for connections with mobile elements for which a wire must be flexible.
Section of wires concordantly RSEI p.3. 4.12, but no less:
for current chains and chains of tension are 2,5 mm;
for other chains are 1,5 mm.
Wires must not have a pull.
The electric editing must not hinder access to the removable and managed elements for examination, verification and their replacement.
The ends of free wires must be isolated.
All wires and apparatus must have marking, proper indicated on an of principle chart and chart of connections.
Contact connections of wires in LCD must correspond GOST 10434-82.

Requirement to the rows of clamps
These requirements do not spread on power clamps.
The rows of clamps must be set apeak on the assembling side of closet and disposed on the left and right side-frames.
Placing of clamps and apparatus on panels must provide comfortable access to the clamp of the second chains on any terminal.
Clamps must have connection "screw-screw" for the nominal section of explorers to 4 mm with a maximal loading current no less than 16 A and by nominal tension no less than 400 V.
Clamps must take from measurings clamp with release, communicating terminals and terminals with slide-type disconnectors.
Communicating clamps must be set in the chains of permanent and variable tension, operations in which will be executed an operative personnel with the use of separate make-and-break devices (switches, proof-of-concept blocks, sockets etc.). Number them determined a project for every panel concretely.
Communicating clamps with dis-connector must be set in the chains of direct-current, operations in which will be executed a relay personnel (chains of signaling, chains to the recorder of emergency events, chains of starting of commands of teleacceleration, prohibition ARI etc.). Number them determined a project for every panel concretely.
Clamps with slide-type release must be set in the measuring chains of TC (transformator of current) and TT (transformator of tension).
Contacts and all belongings of current-carrying chains must be protected from a casual touch in obedience to the standard of safety.
The construction of terminals must eliminate possibility of casual shorting nearby clamps.
In a complete set deliveries must be bridges, foreseen a chart (by a working document).
Class of inflammability for all types clamps V0 on the standard of Ul94.
Basic descriptions of clamps must conform to the requirements of standard of IEC 7-7.
Requirements to the make-and-break switchgears
The switches set in closets must provide reliable commutation of currents from 2 to 1000 mA at nominal tension 220 V.
Transitional resistance of contacts make-and-break devices must be no more than 0,002 Ohm.
The wearproofness is more than 25000 cycles.
Durability of isolation - 1000 V, during 1 minute.
Requirement to editing of apparatus
All make-and-break devices, proof-of-concept blocks, relays must be disposed on the external facial surface of closet.
Microprocessor devices of defense in a closet it is necessary to place at level, comfortable for service (height 1,4 - 1,7 m from the level of floor).
For fastening apparatuses must be used assembling laths.
Resistors, diodes, condensers must take place from the back (editing) side of plane for setting of apparatus.
Every vehicle must have marking in accordance with denotation of vehicle on an of principle chart.
Inscriptions of make-and-break devices, alarm apparatus etc. must be disposed under a device in a scope for inscription. Inscription must include marking and setting of vehicle.
Requirements to reliability
Reliability of low-voltage complete equipment indexes must correspond GOST 27.003-90, GOST 20.39.312-85.
Requirements to fire safety
The construction of closet must correspond the terms of fire safety in accordance with GOST 12.1.004-91.
Kitting
In the complete set of delivery LCD must enter:
closet with the internal editing of all necessary elements, including microprocessor device;
standard complete set of spare parts, recommended a factory-manufacturer;
operating document on ukraine /russian language.
Nomenclature and amount supplied with the equipment of the systems electric defense and automation of substation 330 kV «Zhovtneva»№ Name (technical descriptions)
Units of measurings Amount Note
1 Complete set of basic differential-phase defense WL-330 kV with the functions of reserve defense and HF by a transceiver Complete set 1 To foresee replacement from an opposite side (project)
2 Complete set of reserve defense WL-330 kV on the controlled from distance and current principle with the function of ARI,DBRS Complete set 1 Reserve complete set of defense WL-330 kV
3 Complete set of defense autotransformer AT-330/110 kV on differential, controlled from distance and current principle Complete set 2 Basic complete set of defense AT-330/110 kV
4 Complete set of defense autotransformer of AT-330/110 kV on differential, controlled from distance and current principle Complete set 2 Dublicate complete set of defense AT-330/110 kV
5 Complete set of differential defense of bus arrangement autotransformer DDB-330 kV Complete set 2 DDB(differential defense of bus arrangement) –330 kV executed without duplicatio
6 Complete set of automation management a switch 330 kV with the functions of DBRS, ARI Complete set 5 7 Complete set of differential defense of tires of DDT-330 kV (basic and dublicate) Complete set 2 DDT ( differential defense of tires) –330 kV executed with duplication
8 Complete set for the reception of commands RP and SA on HF channel (Receiver) Complete set 1 General amount for WL-330 and 110 kV
9 Complete set for the transmission of commands RP and SA on HF channel (Transmitter) Complete set 1 General amount for WL-330 and 110 kV
10 Microprocessor device of fixing disconnecting and including line (FLD/FLI) Complete set 0 Not used
11 Microprocessor device of automation liquidation of the asynchronous mode (ALAM) Complete set 0 Not used
12 Complete set of basic differential-phase defence WL-110 kV with the functions of reserve defense and HF by a transceiver Complete set 2 To foresee replacement from an opposite side (project)
13 Complete set reserve step distance and current defense WL-110 kV with the function of ARI,DBRS Complete set 8 Reserve complete set of defense WL-110 kV
14 Complete set of defense for bus connecting (BSC-110 kV), sectional (CS-110 kV) switches 110 kV Complete set 4 General amount for a side 110 kV
15 Complete set of differential defense transformer of AT-110/35 kV with the functions of reserve defense Complete set 4 16 Complete set of differential defense bus arrangement of DDB-110 kV for AT-1, 2 and T-1, 2, 3, 4 Complete set 6 DDB–110 kV executed without duplication
17 Complete set of automation management a switch 110 kV with the functions of DBRS, ARI, FLD (FLI) Complete Set 18 18 Complete set of differential defense tires DDB-110 kV (basic and dublicate) Complete set 2 DDT–110 kV executed with duplication
19 Laptop computer (notebook) with set SOFTWARE things 1 For connecting to RPA
20 Complete set for the leadthrough of adjusting and verification equipment RP and SA Complete set 1 21 Proof-of-concept complex for verification HF apparatuses Complete set 1 22 Cable products and complete set Complete set determined a project 23 Spare parts and adaptations (SPA) Complete set determined a project 24 Low-voltage complete devices (LCD). Closets with the microprocessor terminals of defense things determined a project Tables of technical information for the system of relay protection and automationGeneralsThe tables of technical requirements presented below must be fully filled Participant of auctions and presented together with the tender offering to Customer.
Descriptions and guarantees, plugged in these tables, must become part of Contract and to be obligatory for implementation. Without a writing concordance with Customer of deviation from requirements shut out.
The participant of auctions must present all necessary catalogues and information for complete description of the offered equipment, mechanisms, adaptations, devices and materials which will be used by him for implementation build of assembling and starting-up and adjustment works.
The participant of auctions carries responsibility for any errors, disparities or omissions in the descriptions offered to them in the tables of technical requirements.
The participants of auctions must understand that incomplete answers for put question mean disparity the requirements of Customer (to the requirements of Contract), and the result of it can be a waiver of Customer of such tender suggestions.
The participants of auctions must confirm in the tender suggestion, whether their offering to the requirements of Customer corresponds in (without some rejections) general or not.
If there are rejections or differences, they must be described and explained for every position of tables in a column «Note» or on a separate sheet.
TerminologyNext terminology is used in this document (list not exhaustive):
ACS Automated Control System for Technological Processes;
ATPAR Accelerate Three-phase autoreclosing;
AR Automation Reclosing;
CD Compact Disc;
CBFP CB Failure Protection Device;
FOCL Fibre-optical Communication Line;
GPS Global Positioning System;
HF High-frequency;
NTP Network Time Protocol;
OLTC On-load tap changer;
PC Personal Computer;
PTE Rules of Technical Operation;
RSEI Rules of Electrical Equipment Installation;
RP and SA Relay protection and special automation;
PST Phase-shifting Transformer;
SS Substation;
WS Workstation;
TL Transmission Line;
TC Transformer of current;
TT Transformer of tension;
TPAR Three-phase Autoreclosing;
SCMS Substation Control and Monitoring System;
UPS Uninterruptible power supply;
SPAR Single-phase autoreclosing;
VIA Voltage increase Automation;
DBRS Device of backuping at the refuse switches;
ARI Automatically the repeated including;
DDT Differential defense of tires;
DDB Differential defense of bus arrangement;
ROC Regulation on current;
DD Distance defense ;
MCD Maximal current defense;
AIR Air isolated switchgear;
SG switchgear;
SIAB
SDC
FLD
FLI
R.u
CS
BCS
AEAO
UAEAO
AIS
SON
ACSEE
WMEE
AWM
RECS
LECS
UPS
Spare instruments and belongings;
Shield of direct current;
Fixing of line disconnecting;
Fixing of line including.
Relative Unit
Connecting switch
Bus connecting switch
Automatic elimination of asynchronous operation
Unbalance automatic elimination of asynchronous operation
Air isolated switchgear
Shield of own needs
Automated control system electrical equipment
Wholesale Market of Electrical Energy
Automation work place
Regional electrical control system
Local electrical control system
Uninterruptable power source
Table of these technical devices, equipment, systems, subject delivery on substation 330 kV «Zhovtneva» in accordance with a nomenclature and amount of supplied with an equipment (see is the special technical requirements)Technical information of complete set of basic differential-phase defence WL-330 kV№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor Complete set of basic differential-phase defense line 330 kV with the transmission of signals on HF channel
1. Type 2. Customer 3. Standards IEC 61850 4. Technical descriptions:
4.1 Amount of groups setpoints, no less 4 4.2 Amount of alarm light-emitting diodes, things, no less 12 5. Chains of alternating current of terminals:
5.1 Nominal measuring current, A 1.0 or 5.0 5.2 Amount of alarm light-emitting diodes, things, no less 6 5.3 Current of thermal firmness (long) 3 х Iн 5.4 Current of the onesecond firmness 100 х Iн 5.5 Consumption on a phase at Iн, ВА No less 0,25 6. Chains of variable tension terminals:
6.1 Nominal second tension, В Un = 100 6.2 Amount of entrances chains of variable tension (100 V) no less, things.: 6 6.3 Variable tension of thermal stability (long) 1,5 x Uн 6.4 Variable tension of the onesecond stability 2,5 x Uн 6.5 Control of good condition chains of tension yes 7. Working frequency of chains of alternating current and tension of terminals
7.1 Nominal frequency, Hertzs fn= 50 7.2 Working range of frequencies 50 ± 5% 8. Operative direct current
8.1 Nominal tension of operative direct-current, V Un = 220 8.2 Working range of tension operative direct-current (0,8 – 1,1) x Un 8.3 Pulsations are in tension of direct-current No more than 6% from a mean value 8.4 The normal functioning of terminals must not be violated at disappearance or decline of U of the below put limit for a time, sec 0,04 8.5 There must not be false wearing-outs or violations of the normal functioning of terminals at a removal or serve of U feed Yes 8.6 The serve tension of feed reverse polarity must not cause the damage of terminal yes 9. Binary entrances of terminals
9.1 Permanent nominal tension of every entrance, V Uent. n = 220 9.2 Working range of every entrance (0,8 – 1,1)xUent.n 9.3 Tension of the "unassured wearing-out" of every entrance, V (0.65 – 0.8)xUent.n 9.4 Discrete entrances must provide:
9.4.1 unwearing-out at appearance contactors on any of poles; Yes 9.4.2 unwearing-out during work devices of auto search "ground" at determinations of shorting on any of poles yes 9.5 Rate of return К ≥ 0,95 9.6 Freely programmable binary entrances Yes 10. Contact outputs of terminals
10.1 Connected tension of direct-current, V 220 10.2 Eliminate galvanic connection with elements, located into a terminal yes 10.3 Including ability at the inductive loading with L/r>10 msec 10 А, for a time, sec 1.0 30 А, for a time, sec 0.2 10.4 Protracted flowing of current, А 5 10.5 Disconnecting ability of current 1/0,4/0,2 A at tension 48/110/220 V and permanent time of chain of L/r ≤ 40 msec Yes 10.6 Freely programmable output relays yes 11. Differential-phase defense
11.1 Corner of displacement of the mixed signal: 0 to 360° 11.2 Setting of asymmetry signal, msec –5.0 to 5.0 11.3 Setting of delay channel, msec 0.00 to 30.00 11.4 Timer of 2nd coincidence, msec 10 to 200 11.5 Extended corner of blocking, hail.deg 40 to 180° 11.6 Setpoint on a rate to the combined filter of currents must be regulated scope 6…10 11.7 Setpoint of organ comparison of phases on a corner at which operating of defense is blocked on disconnecting must be regulated scope, from ± 40° to ± 70° 11.8 An error must not exceed (without the account of phase changes in HF channel) on the corner of blocking, deg° ± 5° 11.9 Exactness of wearing-out starting organ the relay of current of a zero sequence, % ± 5 11.10 Exactness of wearing-out of starting organ the relay tension of reverse sequence, % ± 5 12. Controlled from distance defense (21)
12.1 Amount of areas 4 12.2 Characteristics quadrangular 12.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0.05 to 500.00 12.4 Error setting resistance ±5% 12.5 Remote characteristic angle 30 to 90° with a step 1 Control orientation:
12.6 Characteristic angle 30 до 90°with a step 1 12.7 The maximum angle 30 до 90°with a step 1 12.8 Exposure time with 0.000 to 10.000 13. Ground distance protection (21N)
13.1 Amount of areas 4 13.2 Characteristics quadrangular 13.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0.02 до 500.00 13.4 Remote characteristic angle 30 до 90°with a step 1 Control orientation:
13.5 Characteristic angle 30 до 90°with a step 1 13.6 The maximum angle 30 до 90°with a step 1 Compensation for residual:
13.7 Amplitude Z0/Z1 0.00 to 10.00 13.8 Angle Z0/Z1 –90 tо 90°in step of 1 Compensation of mutual zero sequence:
13.9 Amplitude Z0M / Z1 0.00 tо 7.00 12.10 Angle Z0M / Z1 –90 до 90°in step of 1 13.11 Exposure time, sec 0.000 to 10.000 14. Load Encroachment
14.1 Positive sequence voltage (Umin) 0 – 0.7 r.u 14.2 Resistance to direct sequence, Ohm 0.1 – 250.00 14.3 Angle impedance load zone (15– 65)0 15. Power swing detection
15.1 Full coverage of internal resistance characteristics "line";, Ohm 0.10 - 500.00 15.2 Full coverage of internal resistance characteristics "to tires; Ohm 0.10 - 500.00 15.3 External blocking characteristic wobble, degrees (20 – 90)° 15.3 Timers ,sec 0.00-10.00 16. Function breaker failure protection (DBRS)
16.1 Select the type of breaker failure: 3-phase / 1-phase Yes 16.2 Using the current supervision Yes 16.3 Receive triggers protection switching and catch on the lifetime of the current in the breaker failure protection Yes 16.4 Phase current operation 0.02 – 3.0 r.u 16.5 The current operation of the residual 0.001 – 0.8 r.u 16.6 Repeat the action on the circuit breaker without delay (action "over") Yes 16.7 Return breaker failure timers if successful disconnecting switch yes 16.8 Timers ,sec 0.000 – 10.000 17. Automatic reclosing (AR) for a three-quarter circuits (1,5-breaker)
17.1 Number of reclosing attempts 1, 2, 3, 4 17.2 Program restart 3ph; 1/2/3ph 17.3 Functions TAR,OAR,FAR with the choice of trip yes 17.4 Possibility of the prolonged dead time reclosing in case of loss of HF link line protection to enable signal Yes 17.5 Control of the circuit breaker to reclose cycle: "off-on-off" Yes 17.6 AR synchronism with the control and the presence of voltage Yes 18. Synchrocheck and energizing circuit for a three-quarter (1.5-breaker)
18.1 Selecting phase voltage reference tires Yes 18.2 Selecting phase reference voltage on the line Yes 18.3 Selection of the circuit breaker and the circuit line Yes 18.4 The maximum voltage difference, V 1 tо 120 18.5 Maximum angle difference, deg. 0 tо 90° 18.6 The maximum difference in frequency, Hz 0.005 tо 2.00 Гц 18.7 Function setting under stress Yes 19. Phase / residual / neutral
19.1 Start value 0.08 tо 30.00 r.u. 19.2 Setting the return from the start value,% ≥ 95 % 19.3 Modifier time, sec 0.00 to 100.00 20. Current cutoff phase / residual / neutral
20.1 Start value 0.08 to 30.00 r.u 20.2 Setting the return from the start value,% ≥ 95 % 20.3 Shutter response time, sec 0.00 to 100.00 21. Current cutoff reverse order
21.1 setting run 0.08 to 30.00 r.u 21.2 Setting the return from the start value,% ≥ 95 % 21.3 Shutter response time, sec 0.00 to 100.00 21.4 Reaction time <20 msec at 3th multiple increase of starting 22. Tripping logic
22.1 Action trip Three-phase,
1/2/3-phase 22.2 Logic teleuskoreniya yes 22.3 Pulse width off (timers), sec 0.00 – 50.00 23. Measurement
23.1 Frequency Yes 23.2 Voltage Yes 23.3 Current Yes 23.4 Phase angle Yes 23.5 Active power, P Yes 23.6 Reactive power, Q Yes 23.7 Full power, S Yes 23.8 The power factor, cos (φ) Yes 24. Event recorder
24.1 Capacity events 500 24.2 The maximum count rate, pulse / s 10 24.3 Start on any change in the state Yes 24.4 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory Yes 25. Disturbance recorder
25.1 The number of recordable analog channels 12 25.2 Mode of operation: continuous or launch Yes 25.3 Time resolution , msec 1 25.4 Operating parameters: the current value of any analog Yes 26. Fault location on line (FLL) 26.1 Method for determination one-sided 27. Оscillographic testing
27.1 The number of entries, at least: 10 27.2 Starts:
27.3 start-up, dropout, or operate any item; Yes 27.4 digital input change of state; Yes 27.5 change of state contact output; Yes 27.6 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory Yes Technical data post high-frequency protection (for overhead lines of 330 kV and 110 kV)№ Description Information Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type 2. Customer 3. Standards 4. Technical descriptions
4.1 Rated voltage (DC), V 220 4.2 Input power of the transmitter W
4.2.1 in the range 36 - 400 kHz 30.0 4.2.2 in the range 401 - 600 kHz 20.0 4.3 Choice receiver, dB
4.3.1 in the range 36 - 200 kHz 40 4.3.2 in the range of 200.5 - 600 kHz 30 4.4 Resistance HF highway, Ohm 75±15 4.5 Frequency range, kHz: 36 - 600 4.6 Power consumption,W 35 Technical data sets main differential protection of 330 kV overhead (with signal transmission on fiber optic)№ Description Information Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor Set the main line differential protection of 330 kV transmission on the fiber optic link
1. Type 2. Customer 3. Standards IEC 61850 4. Technical descriptions
4.1 Number of setting groups, not less 4 4.2 Number of signaling LEDs pcs., Not less 12 5. AC circuit terminals
5.1 Rated measuring current, A 1 or 5 5.2 The number of current inputs, pcs., Not less 6 5.3 Thermal current (continuous) 3 х In 5.4 The current one-second resistance 100 х In 5.5 Consumption per phase at In, VA Not less 0,25 5.6 Operating check current circuits Yes 6. Circuit AC terminals
6.1 Nominal alternating voltage, V Un = 100 6.2 The number of input circuits AC voltage (100 V) at least piece.: 6 6.3 AC voltage thermal stability (long) 1,5 x Un 6.4 One-second AC voltage stability 2,5 x Un 6.5 Operating check voltage circuits yes 7. Operating frequency alternating current circuits and voltage terminals
7.1 Rated frequency, Hz fn= 50 7.2 Operating frequency range 50 ± 5% 8. Operational DC
8.1 Rated operational voltage DC ,V Un = 220 8.2 The working voltage range of the operational DC (0,8 – 1,1) x Upn 8.3 Ripple in the DC voltage Not more than 6% of the mean 8.4 Operation terminals shall not be violated with the disappearance or reduction of lower U-set limit on the time, sec to 0,04 8.5 There should be no false positives or disrupt normal function terminals when removing or power supply U Yes 8.6 Supply voltage of reverse polarity must not cause damage to the terminal yes 9. Binary input terminal
9.1 Rated voltage of each input ,V U,n = 220 9.2 The operating range of each input (0,8 – 1,1) x Uin 9.3 Voltage of the «unassured» wearing-out of every entrance, V (0.65 – 0.8) x Uin 9.4 The digital inputs must provide:
9.4.1 failure to function when a ground fault on any of the poles; Yes 9.4.2 unwearing-out during work of devices of auto of search of "ground" at determinations of shorting of pole Yes 9.5 The dropout ratio К ≥ 0,95 9.6 Freely programmable binary inputs Yes 10. Contact outputs terminals
10.1 Commute DC voltage, V 220 10.2 Exclude galvanic connection with the elements located inside the terminal Yes 10.3 Making capacity at inductive load with L / R; 10 msec 10 A for a time, sec 1.0 30 A for a time, sec 0.2 10.4 A continuous flow of current, A 5 10.5 Breaking capacity current 1 / 0,4 / 0,2 A at a voltage of 48/110/220 V and the time constant of the circuit L / R ≤ 40 msec Yes 10.6 Freely programmable output relay yes 11. Differential protection
11.1 The trip level current 0,20 - 2,00 r.u 11.2 CT ratio mismatch from 1 to 8 11.3 Tilting braking performance №1 from 30 tо 150% 11.4 Tilting braking performance №2 from 30 tо 150% 11.5 The control point between the slopes from 1 tо 30 r.u 11.6 Response time ,sec from 0 tо 100 11.7 Line differential protection with signal transmission over fiber yes 11.8 Maximum input optical power
11.9 1300 nm LASER, single-mode -14 dBm 11.10 Losses in fiber 0.35 dB/km 12. Distance protection (21)
12.1 Number of zones 4 12.2 Characteristic quadrangular 12.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0.05 to 500.00 12.4 Error setting resistance ±5% 12.5 Remote characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Control orientation:
12.6 Characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 12.7 The maximum angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 12.8 Exposure time,sec 0.00 to 10.00 13. Ground distance protection (21N)
13.1 Number of zones 4 13.2 Characteristic quadrangular 13.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0.05 to 500.00 13.4 Remote characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Control orientation:
13.5 Characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 13.6 The maximum angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Compensation for residual:
13.7 Amplitude Z0/Z1 0.00 to 10.00 13.8 Angle Z0/Z1 –90 to 90° Compensation of mutual zero sequence:
13.9 Аmplitude Z0М/Z1 0.00 to 7.00 13.10 Angle Z0М/Z1 –90 to 90° 13.11 Exposure time,sec 0.00 to 10.00 14. Load Encroachment
14.1 Positive sequence voltage (Umin) 0.0 – 0.7 r.u 14.2 Resistance to direct sequence, Ohm 0.10 – 250.00 14.3 Angle impedance load zone (15 – 65)0 15. Power swing detection
15.1 Full coverage of internal resistance characteristics "in a line", Ohm 0.10 - 500.00 15.2 Full coverage of internal resistance characteristics "to the tires"; Ohm 0.10 - 500.00 15.3 External characteristics of the lock swing, degree. (20 – 90)° 15.3 Timers,sec 0.00-10.00 16. Function breaker failure protection
16.1 Select the type of breaker failure: 3-phase / 1-phase Yes 16.2 Using the current supervision Yes 16.3 Receive triggers protection switching and catch on the lifetime of the current in the breaker failure protection Yes 16.4 Phase current operation 0.02 tо 3.00 r.u. 16.5 The current operation of the residual 0.01 tо 0.8 r.u. 16.6 Repeat the action on the circuit breaker without delay (action "on itself") Yes 16.7 Return breaker failure timers if successful disconnecting switch Yes 16.8 Timers,sec 0.00 – 10.00 17. Automatic reclosing (AR) for a three-quarter circuits (1,5-breaker)
17.1 Number of reclosing attempts 1, 2, 3, 4 17.2 Program restart 3ph; 1/2/3ph 17.3 Functions APA TAPV, BAPV with the choice of trip Yes 17.4 Possibility of the prolonged dead time reclosing in case of loss of link protection line enable signal Yes 17.5 Control of the circuit breaker to reclose cycle "off-on-off"; Yes 17.6 AR synchronism with the control and the presence of voltage Yes 18. Synchrocheck and energizing circuit for a three-quarter (1.5-breaker)
18.1 Selecting phase voltage reference tires Yes 18.2 Selecting phase reference voltage on the line Yes 18.3 Selection of the circuit breaker and the circuit line Yes 18.4 Maximum voltage difference, В 1 to 120 18.5 The maximum difference in angle, degrees. 0 to 90° 18.6 The maximum difference in frequency, Hz 0.005 to 2.00 Гц 18.7 Function setting under stress Yes 19. phase / residual / neutral
19.1 Pickup level 0.08 tо 30.00 r.u. 19.2 Setting the return from the start value,% ≥ 95 % 19.3 Modifier time ,sec 0.00 tо 100.00 20. Current cutoff phase / residual / neutral
20.1 Pickup level 0.08 to 30.00 r.u. 20.2 Setting the return from the start value,% ≥ 95 % 20.3 Shutter response time ,sec 0.00 tо 100.00 21. Current cutoff reverse order
21.1 Pickup level 0.08 tо 30.00 r.u. 21.2 Setting the return from the start value,% ≥ 95 % 21.3 Shutter response time , sec 0.00 tо 100.00 21.4 Reaction time <20 ms at 3-x fold. start value 22. Overcurrent protection and earth-fault time delayed
22.1 Tripping current 0,08 tо 30,00 о.е. 22.2 The current return of the pickup value,% ≥ 95 % 23. Tripping logic
23.1 Action trip 3-phase, 1/2/3-phase 23.2 Logic of teleacceleration Yes 23.3 Pulse width off (timers),sec 0.00 – 50.00 24. Measurement
24.1 Frequency Yes 24.2 Voltage Yes 24.3 Current Yes 24.4 Phase angle Yes 24.5 Active power, P Yes 24.6 Reactive power, Q Yes 24.7 Full power, S Yes 24.8 The power factor, cos (φ) Yes 25. Event recorder
25.1 Capacity events 500 25.2 The maximum count rate, pulse / s 10 25.3 Start on any change in the state Yes 25.4 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory Yes 26. Disturbance recorder
26.1 The number of recordable analog channels 12 26.2 The number of recordable analog channels Yes 26.3 Time resolution ,msec 1 26.4 Operating parameters: the current value of any analog Yes 27. Fault location on line 27.1 Method for determination one-sided 28. oscillographic testing
28.1 The number of entries, at least: 10 28.2 Starts:
28.3 start-up, dropout, or operate any item; Yes 28.4 digital input change of state; Yes 28.5 change of state contact output; Yes 28.6 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory Yes Technical data set up protection of 330 kV overhead (on the remote and current principle)№ Description Information Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor Complete back-up protection of 330 kV overhead on the remote and current principle
1. Type 2. Customer 3. Standards IEC 61850 4. Technical description
4.1 Number of setting groups, not less 4 4.2 Number of signaling LEDs pcs., Not less 12 5. AC circuit terminals
5.1 Rated measuring current, A 1.0 or 5.0 5.2 The number of current inputs, pcs., Not less 6 5.3 Thermal current (continuous) 4 х In 5.4 The current one-second resistance 100 х ln 5.5 Operating range (0,1 – 30) x In 5.6 Consumption per phase at In, VA Not less 0,25 5.7 Operating check current circuits Yes 6. Circuit AC terminals
6.1 Nominal alternating voltage, V Un = 100 6.2 The number of inputs circuits AC voltage (100 V) at least piece .: 6 6.3 AC voltage thermal stability (long) 1,5 x Un 6.4 One-second AC voltage stability 2,5 x Un 6.5 Consumption per phase Un, VA Not less 0,3 6.6 Operating check voltage circuits Yes 7. Operating frequency alternating current circuits and voltage terminals
7.1 Rated frequency, Hz fn= 50 7.2 Operating frequency range 50 ± 5% 8. Operational DC
8.1 Rated operational voltage DC ,V Un = 220 8.2 The working voltage range of the operational DC (0,8 – 1,2) x Upn 8.3 Ripple in the DC voltage Not more than 6% of the mean 8.4 Operation terminals shall not be violated with the disappearance or reduction of lower U-set limit on the time ,sec to 0,04 8.5 There should be no false positives or disrupt normal function terminals when removing or power supply U Yes 8.6 Supply voltage of reverse polarity must not cause damage to the terminal Yes 9. Binary input terminal
9.1 Rated voltage of each input ,V Uin = 220 9.2 The operating range of each input (0,8 – 1,1) x Uin.n 9.3 Voltage "unassured" triggering each input .V (0.65 – 0.8)xUin.n 9.4 The digital inputs must provide:
9.4.1 failure to function when a ground fault on any of the poles; Yes 9.4.2 Malfunction during operation auto search "ground" at fault detection at the poles Yes 9.5 The dropout ratio К ≥ 0,95 9.6 Freely programmable binary inputs Yes 10. Contact outputs terminals
10.1 DC Voltage, V 220 10.2 Exclude galvanic connection with the elements located inside the terminal Yes 10.3 Breaking capacity current 1 / 0,4 / 0,2 A at a voltage of 48/110/220 V and the time constant of the circuit L / R ≤ 40 msec Yes 10.4 Making capacity at inductive load with L / R> 10 msec 10 A for a time, sec 1,0 30 A for a time, sec 0,2 10.5 A continuous flow of current, A 5 10.6 Freely programmable output relay Yes 11. Distance protection (21)
11.1 The number of zones of all types shorting circuit 4 11.2 Characteristic Polygonal 11.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0,05 – 500,00 11.4 Error setting resistance% ± 5% 11.5 Remote characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Control orientation:
11.7 Characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 11.8 The maximum angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 11.9 Exposure time,sec 0,00 – 10,00 12. Ground distance protection (21N)
12.1 Number of zones 4 12.2 Characteristic Quadrangular 12.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0,05 to 500,00 12.4 Remote characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Control direction:
12.5 Characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 12.6 The maximum angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Compensation for residual:
12.7 Amplitude Z0/Z1 0,00 to 10,00 12.8 Angle Z0/Z1 –90 tо 90° Compensation of mutual zero sequence:
12.9 Amplitude Z0М/Z1 0,00 tо 7,00 12.10 Angle Z0М/Z1 –90 tо 90° 12.11 Exposure time,sec 0,00 tо 10,00 13. Load Encroachment
13.1 Resistance to direct sequence, Ohm (0,1 – 250) 13.2 The angle of the impedance load zone, deg (15 – 65)0 14. Power swing detection
14.1 Full coverage of internal resistance characteristics "in a line", Ohm 0,1 – 500,0 14.2 Full coverage of internal resistance characteristics "in a line", Ohm 0,1 – 500,0 14.3 External characteristics of the lock swing, degree. (20 – 90)° 14.4 Timers ,sec 0,00 – 10,00 15. Four zero-sequence overcurrent protection with a choice of direction
15.1 The minimum polarizing voltage (0,05 – 0,80) r.u 15.2 Tripping current (0,08 – 30) r.u. 15.3 Lock on the second harmonic (10 – 100) % 15.4 Relay characteristic angle -95° tо +95° 15.5 Selecting focus Yes 15.6 Timers ,sec 0,00 – 60,00 16. Instantaneous overcurrent protection from phase faults (50)
16.1 Tripping current (0,08 – 4) r.u 16.2 The dropout ratio > 95% 17. Instantaneous overcurrent earth fault (50N)
17.1 Tripping current (0,08 – 4) r.u 17.2 The dropout ratio > 95% 18. Function breaker failure protection
18.1 Controlling breaker failure overcurrent, contacts or non-diversion of current and non-diversion of contacts Yes 18.2 Receive triggers protection switching and catch on the lifetime of the current in the breaker failure protection yes 18.3 Phase current operation (0,02 – 3) r.u 18.4 The current operation of the residual (0,001 – 0,8) r.u 18.5 Repeat the action on the circuit breaker without delay (action "on itself") Yes 18.6 Return breaker failure timers if successful disconnecting switch Yes 18.7 The dropout ratio of the current body of the breaker failure protection, not less 0,9 18.8 Determining whether the current time, no more than 10 msec 18.9 Timers sec 0,00 – 10,00 19. Automatic reclosing (AR) for a three-quarter circuits (1,5-breaker)
19.1 Number of reclosing attempts 1, 2, 3, 4 19.2 Program restart 3ph; 1/2/3ph 19.3 Functions APA TAPV, BAPV with the choice of trip Yes 19.4 Possibility of the prolonged dead time reclosing in case of loss wp link line protection to enable signal Yes 19.5 Control of the circuit breaker to reclose cycle "off-on-off"; Yes 19.6 AR synchronism with the control and the presence of voltage Yes 20. Synchrocheck and energizing (RSYN, 25) for a three-quarter circuits (1,5-breaker)
20.1 Selecting phase voltage reference tires Yes 20.2 Selecting phase reference voltage on the line Yes 20.3 Selection of the circuit breaker and the circuit line Yes 20.4 The maximum voltage difference, V 1.0 – 120.0 20.5 Maximum angle difference, deg. (0 – 90)° 20.6 The maximum difference in frequency, Hz (0,005 – 2,0) 20.7 The difference in angle between the tire and the line degrees. 20.8 Function setting under stress yes 21. The control current circuit
21.1 Tripping current (0,08 – 4) о.е. 22. Fault monitoring circuit AC
22.1 The current operation, reverse the sequence (0,05 – 0,5) r.u. 22.2 The level of change in the current operation (0,08 – 30) r.u. 23. Tripping logic
23.1 Action trip 3-phase, 1/2/3-phase 23.2 Logic of teleacceleration Yes 23.3 Pulse width off (timers),sec 0,00 – 50,00 24. Measurement
24.1 Frequency Yes 24.2 Voltage Yes 24.3 Current Yes 24.4 Phase angle Yes 24.5 Active Power, P Yes 24.6 Reactive Power, Q Yes 24.7 Full power, S Yes 24.8 The power factor, cos (φ) Yes 25. Event Counter
25.1 The counter value 0 – 500 25.2 The maximum count rate, pulse / s 10 25.3 Start on any change in the state Yes 25.4 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory Yes 26. Disturbance recorder
26.1 The number of recordable analog channels 12 26.2 Time resolution msec 1 26.3 The number of events in the list, at least 10 27. Fault location on line
27.1 Setting resistance, Ohm 0.05 – 200 28. oscillographic testing
28.1 Starts: 28.2 start-up, dropout, or operate any item; Yes 28.3 change the state of the entrance; Yes 28.4 contact output state change; Yes 28.5 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory Yes Technical data sets automatic control switch with 330 kV circuit breaker failure protection, AR№ Description Information Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards IEC 61850 4. Technical description:
4.1 Number of setting groups, not less 4 4.2 Number of signaling LED units. ≥12 5. AC circuit terminals:
5.1 Rated current, A Iн = 1 or 5 5.2 The number of current inputs, things, Not less 6 5.3 Thermal current (continuous) 2 x In 5.4 The current one-second resistance 100 x In 5.5 Operating range (0,1 – 30) x In 5.6 Consumption per phase at In, VA Not less 0,5 5.7 Operating check current circuits Yes 6. Circuit AC terminals:
6.1 Rated secondary voltage,V Un = 100 6.2 The number of inputs circuits AC voltage (100 V) at least piece .: 6 6.3 AC voltage thermal stability (long) 1,5 x Un 6.4 One-second AC voltage stability 2,5 x Un 6.5 Load phase Un, VA Not less 0,5 6.6 Operating check voltage circuits Yes 7. Operating frequency alternating current circuits and voltage terminals
7.1 Rated frequency, Hz fn = 50 7.2 Operating frequency range (0,95 - 1,05) x fn 8. Operational DC:
8.1 Rated operational voltage DC ,V Un = 220 8.2 The working voltage range of the operational DC (0,8 - 1,1) x Upn 8.3 Ripple in the DC voltage Not more than 6% of the mean 8.4 Normal functioning of the terminals must not be violated in the disappearance or reduction of lower U-set limit on the time , sec to 0,04 8.5 Supply voltage of reverse polarity must not cause damage to the terminal Yes 9. Binary input terminal:
9.1 Rated voltage of each input ,V Uin.n = 220 9.2 The operating range of each input (0,8 – 1,1) x Uin.n 9.3 Voltage "unwarranted response" of each entry,V (0.65 – 0.8) x Uin.n 9.4 The digital inputs must provide:
9.4.1 failure to function when a ground fault on any of the poles; Yes 9.4.2 Malfunction during operation auto search "ground" at fault detection at the poles Yes 9.5 The dropout ratio К ≥ 0,95 9.6 Freely programmable binary inputs Yes 10. Contact outputs terminals:
10.1 Commute DC voltage, V 220 10.2 Exclude galvanic connection with the elements located inside the terminal Yes 10.3 Making capacity at inductive load with L / R> 10 msec 10 A for a time, sec 1.0 30 A for a time, sec 0.2 10.4 A continuous flow of current, A 5 10.5 Breaking capacity current 1 / 0,4 / 0,2 A at a voltage of 48/110/220 V and the time constant of the circuit L / R ≤ 40 msec Yes 10.6 Freely programmable output relay Yes 11. Function breaker failure protection (CBFP)
11.1 Function breaker failure protection (CBFP) Yes 11.2 Receiving three-phase single-phase or triggers activation of external / internal protection and catch on the lifetime of the current in the circuit breaker failure protection Yes 11.3 The range of current control operation phase of the measuring body, A (0,02 – 3) 11.4 Repeat the action on the circuit breaker without delay (action "on itself") Yes 11.5 Return breaker failure timers if successful disconnecting switch Yes 11.6 The dropout ratio of the current body of the breaker failure protection to any setting, not less 0,9 11.7 Duration tripping, no more 18 msec 11.8 Determining whether the current time, no more than 10 msec 12. Automatic reclosing (AR) for a three-quarter circuits (1,5-breaker)
12.1 Number of reclosing attempts 1 – 4 12.2 Program restart 3ph; 1/2/3ph 12.3 Options TARI, FARI, OARI with the choice of the form AR, depending on the type of trip Yes 12.4 Possibility of the prolonged dead time reclosing in case of loss wp link line protection to enable signal Yes 12.5 Control of the circuit breaker to reclose cycle "off-on-off" Yes 12.6 AR synchronism with the control and the presence of voltage Yes 13. Synchro-check function for three-quarter of the scheme (1.5-breaker)
13.1 Permissible difference module voltage,V 1 – 100 13.2 Mounting angle (for synchro-check) (0 – 90)° 13.3 Permitted slip frequency in Hz (0,005 – 2) 14. Circuit breaker condition monitoring
14.1 Determination disabled state line Yes 14.2 Control Enable or disable switch position Yes 15. Control functions accession
15.1 Circuit breaker Yes 15.2 Management isolating switch Yes 15.3 Management grounded knives Yes 16. The control current circuit
16.1 Tripping current (0.08 – 4) r.u 17. Fault monitoring circuit AC
17.1 The current operation, reverse the sequence (0,05 – 0,5) r.u. 17.2 The level of change in the current operation (0,08 – 30) r.u 18. Tripping logic
18.1 Action trip 3-фазное,
1/2/3-фазное 18.2 Pulse width off (timers) , sec 0.00 – 50.00 19. Measurement
19.1 Frequency Yes 19.2 Voltage Yes 19.3 Current Yes 19.4 Phase angle Yes 19.5 Active Power, P Yes 19.6 Reactive Power, Q Yes 19.7 Full power, S Yes 19.8 Power factor, cos (ϕ) Yes 20. Event Counter
20.1 The counter value 0 – 500 20.2 The maximum count rate, pulse / s 10 21. Disturbance recorder
21.1 The number of recordable analog channels 12 21.2 Time resolution msec 1 21.3 The number of events in the list, at least 10 Technical data sets basic differential-phase protections of 110 kV№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor Set the main differential-phase line protection 110 kV transmission signals over HF channel
1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards IEC 61850 4. Technical description
4.1 Number of setting groups, not less 4 4.2 Number of signaling LEDs pcs., Not less 12 5. AC circuit terminals
5.1 Rated measuring current, A 1.0 or 5.0 5.2 The number of current inputs, pcs., Not less 4 5.3 Thermal current (continuous) 3 х In 5.4 The current one-second resistance 100 х In 5.5 Consumption per phase at In, VA Not less 0,25 6. Circuit AC terminals
6.1 Rated secondary voltage,V Un = 100 6.2 The number of inputs circuits AC voltage (100 V) at least piece .: 4 6.3 AC voltage thermal stability (long) 1,5 x Un 6.4 One-second AC voltage stability 2,5 x Un 6.5 Operating check voltage circuits Yes 7. Operating frequency alternating current circuits and voltage terminals
7.1 Rated frequency, Hz fn= 50 7.2 Operating frequency range 50 ± 5% 8. Operational DC
8.1 Rated operational voltage DC ,V Un = 220 8.2 The working voltage range of the operational DC (0,8 – 1,1) x Upn 8.3 Ripple in the DC voltage Not more than 6% of the mean 8.4 Normal functioning of the terminals must not be violated in the disappearance or reduction of voltage drops below set limit on the time ,sec 0,04 8.5 There should be no false positives or disrupt normal function terminals when removing or power supply U Yes 8.6 Supply voltage of reverse polarity must not cause damage to the terminal Yes 9. Binary input terminal
9.1 Continuous rated voltage of each input ,V Uin. n = 220 9.2 The operating range of each input (0,8 – 1,1)xUin.n 9.3 Voltage of the "unassured wearing-out" of every entrance, V (0.65 – 0.8)xUin.n 9.4 Discrete entrances must provide:
9.4.1 failure to function when a ground fault on any of the poles; Yes 9.4.2 Malfunction during operation auto search "ground" at fault detection on any of the poles Yes 9.5 The dropout ratio K ≥ 0,95 9.6 Freely programmable binary inputs Yes 10. Contact outputs terminals
10.1 Commute DC voltage, V 220 10.2 Exclude galvanic connection with the elements located inside the terminal Yes 10.3 Making capacity at inductive load with L / R > 10 msec 10 A for a time, sec 1.0 30 A for a time, sec 0.2 10.4 A continuous flow of current, A 5 10.5 Breaking capacity current 1 / 0,4 / 0,2 A at a voltage of 48/110/220 V and the time constant of the circuit L / R ≤ 40 msec Yes 10.6 Freely programmable output relay Yes 11. Differentially phase defense
11.1 Pivoting mixed signal: 0 to 360° 11.2 Adjusting the asymmetry signal msec –5.0 tо 5.0 11.3 Adjusting the channel delay, msec 0.00 tо 30.00 11.4 Timer 2nd coincidence msec 10 tо 200 11.5 Advanced lock angle, deg. 40 tо 180° 11.6 The setting of the filter coefficient k combined currents should be regulated within 6…10 11.7 Setting Body phase comparison to the angle at which blocks the action of protection trip must be regulated within from ± 40° tо ± 70° 11.17 Angle accuracy locks are not unusual and should exceed (excluding the phase shifts in the HF channel), degrees ° ± 5° 11.18 Precision Body relay actuation trigger residual current,% ± 5 11.19 Precision Body relay actuation trigger negative sequence voltage,% ± 5 12. Distance protection (21)
12.1 Number of zones 4 12.2 Characteristic quadrangular 12.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0.05 tо 500.00 12.4 Error setting resistance ±5% 12.5 Remote characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Control orientation:
12.7 Characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 12.8 The maximum angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 12.13 Exposure time,sec 0.00 tо 10.00 13. Ground distance protection (21N)
13.1 Number of zones 4 13.2 Characteristic quadrangular 13.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0.02 tо 500.00 13.4 Remote characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Control orientation:
13.5 Characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 13.6 The maximum angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Compensation for residual:
13.7 Amplitude Z0/Z1 0.00 tо 10.00 13.8 Angle Z0/Z1 –90 tо 90° in step of 1 Compensation of mutual zero sequence:
13.9 Amplitude Z0М/Z1 0.00 tо 7.00 12.10 Angle Z0М/Z1 –90 tо 90° in step of 1 13.11 Exposure time ,sec 0.00 tо 50.00 14. Load Encroachment
14.1 Positive sequence voltage (Umin) 0,0 – 0,7 r.u. 14.2 Resistance to direct sequence, Ohm (0,1 – 250,0) 14.3 Angle impedance load zone (15 – 65)0 15. Power swing detection
15.1 Full coverage of internal resistance characteristics of the “in-line”, Ohm 0,10 – 500,00 15.2 Full coverage of internal resistance characteristics "in a line", Ohm 0,10 – 500,00 15.3 External blocking characteristic wobble degrees. (20 – 90)° 15.3 Timers,sec 0,00 – 10,00 16. Function breaker failure protection (CBFP) for the switch-drive three-phase
16.1 Select the type of circuit breaker failure protection: 3-Phase Yes 16.2 Using the current supervision Yes 16.3 Receive triggers protection switching and catch on the lifetime of the current in the breaker failure protection Yes 16.4 Phase current operation (0,02 – 3,0) r.u. 16.5 The current operation of the residual 0,001 tо 0,8 r.u. 16.6 Repeat the action on the circuit breaker without delay (action "on itself") Yes 16.7 Return breaker failure timers if successful disconnecting switch Yes 16.8 Timers ,sec 0,00 – 10,00 17. Automatic reclosing (AR)
17.1 Number of reclosing attempts 1, 2, 3, 4 17.2 Program restart 3ph 17.3 Options TARI, FARI with the choice of trip Yes 17.4 Possibility of the prolonged dead time reclosing in case of loss of VC link line protection to enable signal Yes 17.5 Control of the circuit breaker to reclose cycle "off-on-off" Yes 18. phase / residual / neutral
18.1 Pickup level 0,08 tо 30,0 r.u 18.2 Setting the return from the start value,% ≥ 95 % 18.3 Modifier time ,sec 0,00 tо 100,00 19. Current cutoff phase / residual / neutral
19.1 Pickup level 0,08 tо 30,0 r.u 19.2 Setting the return from the start value,% ≥ 95 % 19.3 Shutter response time ,sec 0,00 tо 100,00 20. Current cutoff reverse order
20.1 Pickup level 0,08 tо 30,0 о.е. 20.2 Setting the return from the start value,% ≥ 95 % 20.3 Shutter response time ,sec 0,00 tо 100,00 20.4 Reaction time <20 msec 3-x fold. start value 21. Tripping logic (for schemes with one breaker)
21.1 Action trip 3-phase 21.2 Logic of teleacceleration Yes 21.3 Pulse width off (timers) ,sec 0,00 – 50,00 22. Measurement
22.1 Frequency Yes 22.2 Voltage yes 22.3 Current Yes 22.4 Phase angle Yes 22.5 Аctive Power, P Yes 22.6 Reactive power, Q Yes 22.7 Full power, S Yes 22.8 Power factor, cos (ϕ) Yes 23. Event recorder
23.1 Capacity events 500 23.2 The maximum count rate, pulse / sec 10 23.3 Start on any change in the state Yes 23.4 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory Yes 24. Disturbance recorder
24.1 The number of recordable analog channels 8 24.2 Mode of operation: continuous or launch Yes 24.3 Time resolution msec 1 24.4 Operating parameters: the current value of any analog Yes 25. Fault location on line (FLL)
25.1 Method for determination One-side 26. oscillographic testing
26.1 The number of entries, at least: 10 26.2 Starts:
26.3 start-up, dropout, or operate any item; Yes 26.4 change the state of the entrance; Yes 26.5 contact output state change; Yes 26.6 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory Yes Technical data sets main differential protection of WL-110 kV№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor Set the main line differential protection of 110 kV
1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards IEC 61850 4. Technical description
4.1 Number of setting groups, not less 4 4.2 Number of signaling LEDs pcs., Not less 12 5. AC circuit terminals
5.1 Rated measuring current, A 1 or 5 5.2 The number of current inputs, things., Not less 4 5.3 Thermal current (continuous) 3 х In 5.4 The current one-second resistance 100 х In 5.5 Consumption per phase at In, VA Not less 0,25 5.6 Operating check current circuits Yes 6. Circuit AC terminals
6.1 Nominal alternating voltage, V Un = 100 6.2 The number of input circuits AC voltage (100 V) at least piece .: 4 6.3 AC voltage thermal stability (long) 1,5 x Un 6.4 One-second AC voltage stability 2,5 x Uн 6.5 Operating check voltage circuits yes 7. Operating frequency alternating current circuits and voltage terminals
7.1 Rated frequency, Hz fn= 50 7.2 Operating frequency range 50 ± 5% 8. Operational DC
8.1 Rated operational voltage DC ,V Un = 220 8.2 The working voltage range of the operational DC (0,8 – 1,1) x Upn 8.3 Ripple in the DC voltage Not more than 6% of the mean 8.4 Normal functioning of the terminals must not be violated in the disappearance or reduction of lower U-set limit on the time ,sec to 0,04 8.5 There should be no false positives or disrupt normal function terminals when removing or power supply U Yes 8.6 Supply voltage of reverse polarity must not cause damage to the terminal yes 9. Binary input terminal
9.1 Rated voltage of each input ,V Uin. n = 220 9.2 The operating range of each input (0,8 – 1,1) x Uin.n 9.3 Voltage "unwarranted" triggering each input ,V (0.65 – 0.8) x Uin.n 9.4 The digital inputs must provide:
9.4.1 failure to function when a ground fault on any of the poles; Yes 9.4.2 Malfunction during operation auto search "ground" at fault detection pole Yes 9.5 The dropout ratio К ≥ 0,95 9.6 Freely programmable binary inputs Yes 10. Contact outputs terminals
10.1 Commute DC voltage, V 220 10.2 Exclude galvanic connection with the elements located inside the terminal yes 10.3 Making capacity at inductive load with L / R> 10 ms 10 A for a time, sec 1.0 30 A for a time, sec 0.2 10.4 A continuous flow of current, A 5 10.5 Breaking capacity current 1 / 0,4 / 0,2 A at a voltage of 48/110/220 V and the time constant of the circuit L / R ≤ 40 msec Yes 10.6 Freely programmable output relay yes 11. Differential protection
11.1 The trip level current (0,2 – 2,0) r.u 11.2 CT ratio mismatch from 1 tо 8 11.3 Tilting braking performance №1 from 30 tо 150% 11.4 Tilting braking performance №2 from 30 tо 150% 11.5 The control point between the slopes from 1 tо 30 о.е. 11.6 Response time with from 0,00 tо 100,00 11.7 Line differential protection with signal transmission over fiber yes 11.8 Maximum input optical power
11.9 1300 nm LASER, One modal -14 dBm 11.10 Losses in fiber 0.35 dB/km 12. Distance protection (21)
12.1 Number of zones 4 12.2 Characteristic quadrangular 12.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0,05 tо 500,00 12.4 Error setting resistance ±5% 12.5 Remote characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 12.6 Control orientation:
12.7 Characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 12.8 The maximum angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 12.9 Exposure time ,sec 0,00 tо 10,00 13. Ground distance protection (21N)
13.1 Number of zones 4 13.2 Characteristic quadrangular 13.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0,05 tо 500,00 13.4 Remote characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Control orientation:
13.5 Characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 13.6 The maximum angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Compensation for residual:
13.7 Amplitude Z0/Z1 0,00 tо 10,00 13.8 Angle Z0/Z1 –90 tо 90° Compensation of mutual zero sequence:
13.9 Amplitude Z0М/Z1 0,00 tо 7,00 13.10 Angle Z0М/Z1 –90 tо 90° 13.11 Exposure time ,sec 0,00 tо 10,00 14. Load Encroachment
14.1 Positive sequence voltage (Umin) 0,00 – 0,7 r.u. 14.2 Resistance to direct sequence, Ohm 0,1 – 250,00 14.3 Angle impedance load zone (15 – 65)0 15. Power swing detection
15.1 Full coverage of internal resistance characteristics of the "in-line" Ohm 0,10 – 500,00 15.2 Full coverage of internal resistance characteristics "to the tires" Ohm 0,10 – 500,00 15.3 External blocking characteristic wobble degrees. (20 – 90)° 15.4 Timers ,sec 0,00 – 10,00 16. Function breaker failure protection
16.1 Select the type of circuit breaker failure protection: 3-Phase Yes 16.2 Using the current supervision Yes 16.3 Receive triggers protection switching and catch on the lifetime of the current in the breaker failure protection Yes 16.4 Phase current operation (0,02 tо 3) r.u. 16.5 The current operation of the residual (0,001 tо 0,8) r.u. 16.6 Repeat the action on the circuit breaker without delay (action "on itself") Yes 16.7 Return breaker failure timers if successful disconnecting switch Yes 16.8 Timers ,sec 0,00 – 10,00 17. Automatic reclosing (AR) for the circuit with one breaker
17.1 Number of reclosing attempts 1, 2, 3, 4 17.2 Program restart 3ph 17.3 Options TARI, FARI with the choice of trip Yes 17.4 Possibility of the prolonged dead time reclosing in case of loss of link protection line enable signal Yes 17.5 Control of the circuit breaker to reclose cycle "off-on-off" Yes 18. phase / residual / neutral
18.1 Pickup level 0,08 tо 30,00 r.u. 18.2 Setting the return from the start value,% ≥ 95 % 18.3 Modifier time ,sec 0,00 tо 100,00 19. Current cutoff phase / residual / neutral
19.1 Pickup level 0,08 tо 30,00 r.u. 19.2 Setting the return from the start value,% ≥ 95 % 19.3 Shutter response time ,sec 0,00 tо 100,00 20. Current cutoff reverse order
20.1 Pickup level 0,08 tо 30,00 r.u. 20.2 Setting the return from the start value,% ≥ 95 % 20.3 Shutter response time ,sec 0,00 tо 100,00 20.5 Reaction time <20 msec 3-x multiple of the starting 21. Overcurrent protection and ground-fault time delayed
21.1 Tripping current 0,08 tо 30,00 r.u. 21.2 The current return of the pickup value,% ≥ 95 % 22. Tripping logic (to switch to a three-phase drive)
22.1 Action trip 3-phase,
1/2/3-phase 22.2 Logic of teleacceleration Yes 22.3 Pulse width off (timers) ,sec 0,00 – 50,00 23. Measurement
23.1 Frequency Yes 23.2 Voltage Yes 23.3 Current Yes 23.4 Phase angle Yes 23.5 Active power, P Yes 23.6 Reactive power, Q Yes 23.7 Full power, S Yes 23.8 Power factor, cos (ϕ) yes 24. Event recorder
24.1 Capacity ,events 500 24.2 The maximum count rate, pulse / s 10 24.3 Start on any change in the state Yes 24.4 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory Yes 25. Disturbance recorder
25.1 The number of recordable analog channels 8 25.2 Mode of operation: continuous or launch Yes 25.3 Time resolution msec 1 25.4 Operating parameters: the current value of any analog Yes 26. Fault location on line
26.1 Method of determination One-side 27. oscillographic testing
27.1 The number of entries, at least: 10 27.2 Starts:
27.3 start-up, dropout, or operate any item; Yes 27.4 change the state of the entrance; Yes 27.5 contact output state change; Yes 27.6 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory yes Technical data set up protection of 110 kV (on the remote and the current principle)№ Description Information Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor Complete back-up protection of 110 kV and currents on the remote principle
1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards IEC 61850 4. Technical description
4.1 Number of setting groups, not less 4 4.2 Number of signaling LEDs things., Not less 12 5. AC circuit terminals
5.1 Rated measuring current, A 1.0 or 5.0 5.2 The number of current inputs, things., Not less 4 5.3 Thermal current (continuous) 4 х In 5.4 The current one-second resistance 100 х In 5.5 Operating range (0,1 – 30) x In 5.6 Consumption per phase at In, VA Not less 0,25 5.7 Operating check current circuits Yes 6. Circuit AC terminals
6.1 Nominal alternating voltage, V Un = 100 6.2 The number of inputs circuits AC voltage (100 V) at least piece .: 4 6.3 AC voltage thermal stability (long) 1,5 x Un 6.4 One-second AC voltage stability 2,5 x Un 6.5 Consumption per phase Un, VA Not less 0,3 6.6 Operating check voltage circuits Yes 7. Operating frequency alternating current circuits and voltage terminals
7.1 Rated frequency, Hz fn= 50 7.2 Operating frequency range 50 ± 5% 8. Operational DC
8.1 Rated operational voltage DC ,V Un = 220 8.2 The working voltage range of the operational DC (0,8 – 1,2) x Upn 8.3 Ripple in the DC voltage Not more than 6% of the mean 8.4 Operation terminals shall not be violated with the disappearance or reduction of lower U-set limit on the time ,sec 0,04 8.5 There should be no false positives or disrupt normal function terminals when removing or power supply U Yes 8.6 Supply voltage of reverse polarity must not cause damage to the terminal Yes 9. Binary input terminal
9.1 Rated voltage of each input ,V Uin.n = 220 9.2 The operating range of each entry ,V (0,8 – 1,1)xUin.n 9.3 Voltage "unwarranted" triggering each input ,V (0.65 – 0.8)xUin.n 9.4 The digital inputs must provide:
9.4.1 failure to function when a ground fault on any of the poles; Yes 9.4.2 Malfunction during operation auto search "ground" at fault detection pole Yes 9.6 The dropout ratio К ≥ 0,95 9.7 Freely programmable binary inputs Yes 10. Contact outputs terminals
10.1 DC Voltage, V 220 10.2 Exclude galvanic connection with the elements located inside the terminal Yes 10.3 Breaking capacity current 1 / 0,4 / 0,2 A at a voltage of 48/110/220 V and the time constant of the circuit L / R ≤ 40 msec
Yes 10.4 Making capacity at inductive load with L / R>10 msec 10 A for a time, sec 1,0 30 A for a time, sec 0,2 10.5 A continuous flow of current, A 5 10.6 Freely programmable output relay Yes 11. Distance protection (21)
11.1 Number of zones 4 11.2 Characteristic quadrangular 11.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0,05 tо 500,00 11.4 Error setting resistance ±5% 11.5 Remote characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Control orientation:
11.6 Characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 11.7 The maximum angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 11.8 Exposure time ,sec 0,00 tо 10,00 12. Ground distance protection (21N)
12.1 Number of zones 4 12.2 Characteristic Quadrangular 12.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0,05 tо 500,00 12.4 Remote characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Control orientation:
12.5 Characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 12.6 The maximum angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Compensation for residual:
12.7 Amplitude Z0/Z1 0,00 tо 10,00 12.8 Angle Z0/Z1 –90 tо 90° Compensation of mutual zero sequence:
12.9 Amplitude Z0М/Z1 0,00 tо 7,00 12.10 Angle Z0М/Z1 –90 tо 90° 12.11 Exposure time ,sec 0,00 tо 10,00 13. Load Encroachment
13.1 Positive sequence voltage (Umin) 0,00 – 0,7 r.u. 13.2 Resistance to direct sequence, Ohm 0,1 – 250,0 13.3 Angle impedance load zone (15 – 65)0 14. Four zero-sequence overcurrent protection with a choice of direction
14.1 The minimum polarizing voltage (0,05 – 0,8) r.u. 14.2 Tripping current (0,08 – 30) r.u. 14.3 Lock on the second harmonic (10 – 100)% 14.4 Relay characteristic angle -95° tо +95° 14.5 Selecting focus Yes 14.6 Timers ,sec 0,00 – 60,00 15. Instantaneous overcurrent protection from phase faults (50)
15.1 Tripping current (0,08 – 4) r.u. 15.2 The dropout ratio > 95% 16. Instantaneous overcurrent ground fault (50N)
16.1 Tripping current (0,08 – 4) r.u. 16.2 The dropout ratio > 95% 17. Function breaker failure protection
17.1 Controlling breaker failure overcurrent, contacts or non-diversion of current and non-diversion of contacts Yes 17.2 Receive triggers protection switching and catch on the lifetime of the current in the breaker failure protection Yes 17.3 Phase current operation (0,02 – 3) r.u. 17.4 The current operation of the residual (0,001 – 0,8) ru. 17.5 Repeat the action on the circuit breaker without delay (action "on itself") yes 17.6 Return breaker failure timers if successful disconnecting switch Yes 17.7 The dropout ratio of the current body of the breaker failure protection, not less 0,9 17.8 Determining whether the current time, no more than 10 msec 17.9 Timers ,sec 0,00 – 10,00 18. Automatic reclosing (AR) for the circuit with one breaker
18.1 Number of reclosing attempts 1 – 4 18.2 Program restart 3ph; 18.3 Options TARI, FARI with the choice of trip Yes 18.4 Possibility of the prolonged dead time reclosing in case of loss wp link line protection to enable signal Yes 18.5 Control of the circuit breaker to reclose cycle "off-on-off" Yes 19. The control current circuit
19.1 Tripping current (0,08 – 4) r.u. 20. Fault monitoring circuit AC
20.1 The current operation, reverse the sequence (0,05 – 0,5) r.u. 20.2 The level of change in the current operation (0,08 – 30) r.u. 21. Tripping logic (one drive for three phase)
21.1 Action trip 3-phase 21.2 Logic of teleacceleration Yes 21.3 Pulse width off (timers) ,sec 0,00 – 50,00 22. Measurement
22.1 Frequency Yes 22.2 Voltage Yes 22.3 Current Yes 22.4 Phase angle Yes 22.5 Active Power, P Yes 22.6 Reactive power, Q Yes 22.7 Full power, S Yes 22.8 Power factor, cos (ϕ) Yes 23. Event Counter
23.1 The counter value 500 23.2 The maximum count rate, pulse / s 10 24. Disturbance recorder
24.1 The number of recordable analog channels 8 24.2 Time resolution msec 1 24.3 The number of events in the list, at least 10 25. Fault location on line
25.1 Setting resistance (0.05 – 200) r.u. 26. oscillographic testing
26.1 Starts:
26.2 start-up, dropout, or operate any item; yes 26.3 change the state of the entrance; yes 26.4 contact output state change; Yes 26.5 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory Yes Technical Data Security Kit CS-110 kV, BCS- 110 kV bus coupler on the current printsipes the breaker failure protection№ Description Information Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor Complete backup protection CS-110 kV,BCS- 110 kV bus coupler on the current printsipes the breaker failure protection
1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards IEC 61850 4. Technical description
4.1 Number of setting groups, not less 4 4.2 Number of signaling LEDs thing., Not less 12 5. AC circuit terminals
5.1 Rated measuring current, A 1.0 or 5.0 5.2 The number of current inputs, pcs., Not less 4 5.3 Thermal current (continuous) 4 х In 5.4 The current one-second resistance 100 х In 5.5 Operating range (0,1 – 30) x In 5.6 Consumption per phase at In, VA Not less 0,25 5.7 Operating check current circuits Yes 6. Operating frequency alternating current circuits and voltage terminals
6.1 Rated frequency, Hz fn= 50 6.2 Operating frequency range 50 ± 5% 7. Operational DC
7.1 Rated operational voltage DC ,V Un = 220 7.2 The working voltage range of the operational DC (0,8 – 1,2) x Upn 7.3 Ripple in the DC voltage Not more than 6% of the mean 7.4 Operation terminals shall not be violated with the disappearance or reduction of lower U-set limit on the time,sec 0,04 7.5 There should be no false positives or disrupt normal function terminals when removing or power supply U Yes 7.6 Подача напряжения питания обратной полярности не должна вызвать повреждение терминала Yes 8. Binary input terminal
8.1 Rated voltage of each input ,V Uin.n = 220 8.2 The operating range of each entry ,V (0,8 – 1,1)xUin.n 8.3 Voltage "unwarranted" triggering each input,V (0.65 – 0.8)xUin.n 8.4 The digital inputs must provide:
8.4.1 failure to function when a ground fault on any of the poles; Yes 8.4.2 Malfunction during operation auto search "ground" at fault detection pole Yes 8.5 The dropout ratio К ≥ 0,95 8.6 Freely programmable binary inputs Yes 9. Contact outputs terminals
9.1 DC Voltage, V 220 9.2 Exclude galvanic connection with the elements located inside the terminal Yes 9.3 Breaking capacity current 1 / 0,4 / 0,2 A at a voltage of 48/110/220 V and the time constant of the circuit L / R ≤ 40 msec Yes 9.4 Making capacity at inductive load with L / R > 10 msec 10 A for a time, sec 1,0 30 A for a time, sec 0,2 9.5 A continuous flow of current, A 5 9.6 Freely programmable output relay Yes 10. Four zero-sequence overcurrent protection with a choice of direction
10.1 The minimum polarizing voltage (0,05 – 0,8) r.u. 10.2 Tripping current (0,08 – 30) r.u. 10.3 Lock on the second harmonic (10 – 100)% 10.4 Relay characteristic angle -95° tо +95° 10.5 Selecting focus Yes 10.6 Timers ,sec 0,00 – 60,00 11. Instantaneous overcurrent protection from phase faults (50)
11.1 Tripping current (0,08 – 4) r.u. 11.2 The dropout ratio > 95% 12. Instantaneous overcurrent ground fault (50N)
12.1 Tripping current (0,08 – 4) r.u. 12.2 The dropout ratio > 95% 13. Function breaker failure protection
13.1 Controlling breaker failure overcurrent, contacts or non-diversion of current and non-diversion of contacts Yes 13.2 Receive triggers protection switching and catch on the lifetime of the current in the breaker failure protection yes 13.3 Phase current operation (0,02 – 3) r.u. 13.4 The current operation of the residual (0,001 – 0,8) r.u. 13.5 Repeat the action on the circuit breaker without delay (action "on itself") Yes 13.6 Return breaker failure timers if successful disconnecting switch Yes 13.7 The dropout ratio of the current body of the breaker failure protection, not less 0,9 13.8 Determining whether the current time, no more than 10 msec 13.9 Timers ,sec 0,00 – 10,00 14. Tripping logic (one drive for three-phase)
14.1 Action trip 3-phase 14.2 Logic of teleacceleration Yes 14.3 Pulse width off (timers) ,sec 0,00 – 50,00 15. Measurement
15.1 Frequency Yes 15.2 Current Yes 16. Event recorder
16.1 The counter value 500 16.2 The maximum count rate, pulse / s 10 17. Disturbance recorder
17.1 The number of recordable analog channels 4 17.2 Time resolution msec 1 17.3 The number of events in the list, at least 10 18. oscillographic testing
18.1 Starts:
18.2 start-up, dropout, or operate any item; Yes 18.3 change the state of the entrance; Yes 18.4 contact output state change; Yes 18.5 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory Yes Technical data sets automatic control switch with 110 kV circuit breaker failure protection, AR, FLD№ Description Information Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards IEC 61850 4. Technical description
4.1 Number of setting groups, not less 4 4.2 Number of signaling LED units. ≥12 5. AC circuit terminals
5.1 Rated current, A In = 1 or 5 5.2 The number of current inputs, thing, Not less 4 5.3 Thermal current (continuous) 2 x In 5.4 The current one-second resistance 100 x In 5.5 Operating range (0,1 – 30) x In 5.6 Consumption per phase at In, VA Not less 0,5 5.7 Operating check current circuits Yes 6. Circuit AC terminals
6.1 Rated secondary voltage, Un = 100 6.2 Number of inputs AC circuits, however, pcs .: 4 6.3 AC voltage thermal stability (long) 1,5 x Un 6.4 One-second AC voltage stability 2,5 x Un 6.5 Load phase Un, VA < 0,5 6.6 Operating check voltage circuits Yes 7. Operating frequency alternating current circuits and voltage terminals
7.1 Rated frequency, Hz fn = 50 7.2 Operating frequency range (0,95 - 1,05) x fn 8. Operational DC
8.1 Rated operational voltage DC ,V Un = 220 8.2 The working voltage range of the operational DC (0,8 - 1,1) x Upn 8.3 Ripple in the DC voltage Not more than 6% of the mean 8.4 Normal functioning of the terminals must not be violated in the disappearance or reduction of voltage drops below set limit on the time,sec tо 0,04 8.5 Supply voltage of reverse polarity must not cause damage to the terminal Yes 9. Binary input terminal
9.1 Rated voltage of each input ,V Uin.n = 220 9.2 The operating range of each input (0,8 – 1,1) x Uin.n 9.3 Voltage "unwarranted response" of each entry,V (0.65 – 0.8) x Uin.n 9.4 The digital inputs must provide:
9.4.1 failure to function when a ground fault on any of the poles; Yes 9.4.2 Malfunction during operation auto search "ground" at fault detection at the poles Yes 9.5 The dropout ratio К ≥ 0,95 9.6 Freely programmable binary inputs Yes 10. Contact outputs terminals
10.1 Commute DC voltage, V 220 10.2 Exclude galvanic connection with the elements located inside the terminal Yes 10.3 Making capacity at inductive load with L / R>10 msec 10 A for a time, sec 1.0 30 A for a time, sec 0.2 10.4 A continuous flow of current, A 5 10.5 Breaking capacity current 1 / 0,4 / 0,2 A at a voltage of 48/110/220 V and the time constant of the circuit L / R ≤ 40 msec Yes 10.6 Freely programmable output relay Yes 11. Function breaker failure protection
11.1 Circuit breaker failure protection with current supervision Yes 11.2 Receiving three-phase operation triggers internal / external protection and catch on the lifetime of the current in the circuit breaker failure protection Yes 11.3 The range of current control operation phase of the measuring body, A (0,02 – 3) 11.4 Repeat the action on the circuit breaker without delay (action "on itself") Yes 11.5 Return breaker failure timers if successful disconnecting switch Yes 11.6 The dropout ratio of the current body of the breaker failure protection to any setting, not less 0,9 11.7 Duration tripping, no more 18 msec 11.8 Determining whether the current time, no more than 10 msec 12. Automatic reclosing (AR) for the circuit with one breaker
12.1 Number of reclosing attempts 1 – 4 12.2 Program restart 3ph; 12.3 Options TARI, FARI with a choice of the form AR, depending on the type of trip Yes 12.4 Possibility of the prolonged dead time reclosing in case of loss wp link line protection to enable signal Yes 12.5 Control of the circuit breaker to reclose cycle "off-on-off" Yes 13. Circuit breaker condition monitoring
13.1 Determination disabled state line Yes 13.2 Control Enable or disable switch position Yes 14. Control functions accession
14.1 Circuit breaker Yes 14.2 Control isolating switch Yes 14.3 Control grounded knives Yes 15. The control current circuit
15.1 Tripping current (0,08 – 4) r.u. 16. Fault monitoring circuit AC
16.1 The current operation, reverse the sequence (0,05 – 0,5) r.u. 16.2 The level of change in the current operation (0,08 – 30) r.u. 17. Tripping logic (one drive for three-phase)
17.1 Action trip 3-phase 17.2 Pulse width off (timers),sec 0,00 – 50,00 18. Measurement
18.1 Frequency Yes 18.2 Voltage Yes 18.3 Current Yes 18.4 Phase angle Yes 18.5 Аctive power, P Yes 18.6 Reactive power, Q Yes 18.7 Full power, S Yes 18.8 Power factor, cos (ϕ) Yes 19. Event Counter
19.1 The counter value 500 19.2 The maximum count rate, pulse / s 10 20. Disturbance recorder
20.1 The number of recordable analog channels 8 20.2 Time resolution ,msec 1 20.3 The number of events in the list, at least 10 21. Fixing the position of the switch
21.1 Fixing off line to FARI Yes 21.2 Locking off the line after NFARI Yes 21.3 Fixing the inclusion of the WL Yes Technical data sets of differential busbar protection / busbar 330 kV№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor Set differential busbar protection / busbar 330 kV
1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards IEC 61850 4. Technical description 4.1 Number of setting groups, not less 4 4.2 Number of signaling LEDs things, Not less 12 5. AC circuit terminals 5.1 Rated measuring current, A 1.0 or 5.0 5.2 The number of current inputs, things, Not less 12 5.3 Thermal current (continuous) 2 x In 5.4 The current one-second resistance 100 x In 5.5 Consumption per phase at In, VA Not less 0,3 5.6 Operating check circuits Yes 6. Operating frequency alternating current circuits and voltage terminals
6.1 Rated frequency, Hz fn = 50 6.2 Operating frequency range 50 ± 5% 7. Operational DC
7.1 Rated voltage,V Un = 220 7.2 The allowable voltage range (0,8 - 1,1) x Un 7.3 Ripple in the DC voltage Not more than 6% of the mean 7.4 Operation terminals shall not be violated with the disappearance or reduction of lower U-set limit on the time ,sec tо 0,04 7.5 There should be no false positives or disrupt normal function terminals when removing or power supply U Yes 7.6 Supply voltage of reverse polarity must not cause damage to the terminal Yes 8. Binary input terminal
8.1 Rated voltage of each input ,V Uin.n = 220 8.2 The operating range for each input (0,8 – 1,1) x Uin.n 8.3 Voltage 'unwarranted" triggering each input V (0.65 – 0.8) x Uin.n 8.4 The digital inputs must provide:
8.4.1 failure to function when a ground fault on any of the poles; Yes 8.4.2 Malfunction during operation auto search "ground" at fault detection pole Yes 8.5 The dropout ratio К ≥ 0,95 8.6 Freely programmable digital inputs Yes 9. Contact outputs terminals
9.1 Commute DC voltage, V 220 9.2 Exclude galvanic connection with the elements located inside the terminal Yes 9.3 Making capacity at inductive load with L / R >10 msec 10 A for a time, sec 1.0 30 A for a time, sec 0.2 9.4 A continuous flow of current, A 5 9.5 Breaking capacity current 1 / 0,4 / 0,2 A at a voltage of 48/110/220 V and the time constant of the circuit L / R ≤ 40 msec Yes 9.6 Freely programmable output relay Yes 10. Differential Protection of tires
10.1 The range of setting values ​​for the current operation, A (0,025 – 15) 10.2 The maximum slope of deceleration (20 – 90) % 10.3 Timers ,sec 0,00 – 10,00 11. The four-phase overcurrent
11.1 Tripping current (0,08 – 4) 11.2 The dropout ratio > 95% 11.3 The dropout ratio,sec 0,00 – 60,00 12. Breaker failure protection
12.1 Operating phase current (5-200)% from I,base 12.2 Reset ratio, phase current > 95% 12.3 Response time when it detects current msec ≤ 20 13. Tripping logic
13.1 Action trip 3-phase,
1/2/3-phase 13.2 Pulse width off (timers) ,sec 0,00 – 60,00 14. Measurement
14.1 Current Yes 15. Event Counter
15.1 The counter value 500 15.2 The maximum count rate, pulse / s 10 16. Disturbance recorder
16.1 The number of recordable analog channels 12 16.2 Time resolution msec 1 16.3 The number of events in the list, at least 10 17. oscillographic testing
17.1 Starts:
17.2 start-up, dropout, or operate any item Yes 17.3 digital input change of state Yes 17.4 change of state contact output Yes 17.5 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory Yes
Technical data sets of differential busbar protection / busbar 110 kV№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor Set differential busbar protection / busbar 110 kV
1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards IEC 61850 4. Technical description
4.1 Number of setting groups, not less 4 4.2 Number of signaling LEDs pcs., Not less 12 5. AC circuit terminals
5.1 Rated measuring current, A 1.0 or 5.0 5.2 The number of current inputs, things, Not less 12 5.3 Thermal current (continuous) 2 x In 5.4 The current one-second resistance 100 x In 5.5 Consumption per phase at IN, VA Not less 0,3 5.6 Operating check circuits Yes 6. Operating frequency alternating current circuits and voltage terminals
6.1 Rated frequency, Hz fn = 50 6.2 Operating frequency range 50 ± 5% 7. Operational DC
7.1 Rated voltage,V Un = 220 7.2 The allowable voltage range (0,8 - 1,1) x Un 7.3 Ripple in the DC voltage Not more than 6% of the mean 7.4 Operation terminals shall not be violated with the disappearance or reduction of lower U-set limit on the time ,sec tо 0,04 7.5 There should be no false positives or disrupt normal function terminals when removing or power supply U yes 7.6 Supply voltage of reverse polarity must not cause damage to the terminal Yes 8. Binary input terminal
8.1 Rated voltage of each input ,V Uin.n = 220 8.2 The operating range for each input, V (0,8 – 1,1) x Uin.n 8.3 Voltage "unwarranted" triggering each input ,V (0.65 – 0.8) x Uin.n 8.4 The digital inputs must provide:
8.4.1 failure to function when a ground fault on any of the poles; Yes 8.4.2 Malfunction during operation auto search "ground" at fault detection terminal; Yes 8.5 The dropout ratio К ≥ 0,95 8.6 Freely programmable digital inputs Yes 9. Contact outputs terminals
9.1 Commute DC voltage, V 220 9.2 Exclude galvanic connection with the elements located inside the terminal yes 9.3 Making capacity at inductive load with L / R> 10 msec 10 A for a time, sec 1.0 30 A for a time, sec 0.2 9.4 A continuous flow of current, A 5 9.5 Breaking capacity current 1 / 0,4 / 0,2 A at a voltage of 48/110/220 V and the time constant of the circuit L / R ≤ 40 msec yes 9.6 Freely programmable output relay yes 10. Differential Protection of tires
10.1 The range of setting values ​​for the current operation, A (0,025 – 15) 10.2 The maximum slope of deceleration (20 – 90)% 10.3 Timers,sec 0,00 – 10,00 11. The four-phase overcurrent
11.1 Tripping current (0,08 – 4) r.u 11.2 The dropout ratio > 95% 11.3 Timers stabatyvaniya time ,sec 0,00 – 60,00 12. Breaker failure protection
12.1 Operating phase current (5-200)% from I,base 12.2 Reset ratio, phase current > 95% 12.3 Response time when it detects current msec ≤ 20 13. Tripping logic (one drive for three-phase)
13.1 Action trip 3-phase 13.2 Pulse width off (timers) ,sec 0,00 – 60,00 14. Measurement
14.1 Current Yes 15. Event Counter
15.1 The counter value 500 15.2 The maximum count rate, pulse / s 10 16. Disturbance recorder
16.1 The number of recordable analog channels 12 16.2 Time resolution msec 1 16.3 The number of events in the list, at least 10 17. oscillographic testing
17.1 Starts:
17.2 start-up, dropout, or operate any item Yes 17.3 digital input change of state Yes 17.4 change of state contact output Yes 17.5 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory Yes Technical Data Security Kit autotransformers 330/110 kV differential, distance and current principle (main and backup set)№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor Set differential protection AT-330 kV (primary and backup)
1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards IEC 61850 4. Technical description
4.1 Number of setting groups, not less 4 4.2 Number of signaling LEDs pcs., Not less 12 5. Number of signaling LEDs things., Not less
5.1 Rated measuring current, A 1.0 or 5.0 5.2 The number of current inputs, however, units. 9 5.3 Thermal current (continuous) 4 х In 5.4 The current one-second resistance 100 х In 5.5 Operating range (0,1 – 100) x In 5.6 Consumption per phase at In, VA Not less 0,3 5.7 Operating check current circuits Yes 6. Circuit AC terminals
6.1 Nominal test voltage,V Un = 100 6.2 Number of voltage inputs, however, units. 4 6.3 Overload (long) 420 V 6.4 Permissible ten-overload 450 V 6.5 Power consumption per phase, VA < 0.3 6.6 Operating check voltage circuits Yes 7. Operating frequency alternating current circuits and voltage terminals
7.1 Rated frequency, Hz fn= 50 7.2 Operating frequency range 50 ± 5% 8. Operational DC
8.1 Rated operational voltage DC ,V Un = 220 8.2 The working voltage range of the operational DC (0,8 – 1,1) x Uppn 8.3 Ripple in the DC voltage Not more than 6% of the mean 8.4 Operation terminals shall not be violated with the disappearance or reduction of lower U-set limit on the time ,sec 0,04 8.5 There should be no false positives or disrupt normal function terminals when removing or power supply U Yes 8.6 Supply voltage of reverse polarity must not cause damage to the terminal Yes 9. Binary input terminal
9.1 Rated voltage of each input ,V Uin.n = 220 9.2 The operating range of each input (0,8 – 1,1) x Uin.n 9.3 Voltage "unwarranted" triggering each input ,V (0.65 – 0.8) x Uin.n 9.4 The digital inputs must provide:
9.4.1 failure to function when a ground fault on any of the poles; Yes 9.4.2 Malfunction during operation auto search "ground" at fault detection on any of the poles Yes 9.5 The dropout ratio К ≥ 0,95 9.6 Freely programmable binary inputs Yes 10. Contact outputs terminals
10.1 Commute DC voltage, V 220 10.2 Exclude galvanic connection with the elements located inside the terminal Yes 10.3 Making capacity at inductive load with L / R> 10 msec 10 A for a time, sec 1.0 10 A for a time, sec 0.2 10.4 A continuous flow of current, A 5 10.5 Breaking capacity current 1 / 0,4 / 0,2 A at a voltage of 48/110/220 V and the time constant of the circuit L / R ≤ 40 msec Yes 10.6 Freely programmable output relay Yes 11. Differential Protection
11.1 Minimum relative operating current (0.1 – 0.6) r.u. 11.2 Brake current end of Phase 1 (0.2 – 1.5) r.u. 11.3 Differential current end of Phase 2 (1.0 – 10) r.u. 11.4 The slope portion 2 braking characteristics (10.0 – 50.0) % 11.5 Slope portion 3 brake characteristics (30.0 – 100.0) % 11.6 Differential section (2.5 – 30) r.u. 11.7 Lock on the second harmonic (5.0 – 50.0) % 11.8 Lock on the fifth harmonic (5.0 – 100.0) % 12. Differential protection zero sequence
12.1 Minimum relative operating current (0,02 – 1) r.u. 12.2 Brake current end of the 1st section (0.1 – 10.0) r.u. 12.3 The slope of the phase 2 (0 – 150) % 12.4 The slope of the phase 3 (15 – 150) % 13. Thermal overload protection
13.1 The level of alarm (50 – 99) % enthalpy 13.2 Tripping current (0,1 – 4) r.u. 13.3 Return of excess temperature level (10-95)% off enthalpy 14. Current protection zero sequence
14.1 3U0>Dir (0.5 – 80) % 14.2 Minimum current operation (0.08 – 4) r.u 14.3 Relay characteristic angle – 95° tо +95° 15. Overcurrent protection
15.1 Minimum current operation (0.002 - 60.0) r.u. 15.2 Relay characteristic angle – 95° tо +95° 16. Distance protection (21)
16.1 Number of zones 4 16.2 Characteristic quadrangular 16.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0,05 tо 500,00 16.4 Error setting resistance ± 5 % 16.5 Remote characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Control orientation:
16.6 Characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 16.7 The maximum angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 16.8 Exposure time ,sec 0,00 tо 10,00 17. Ground distance protection (21N)
17.1 Number of zones 4 17.2 Characteristic quadrangular 17.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0,05 tо 500,00 17.4 Remote characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Control orientation:
17.5 Characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 17.6 The maximum angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Compensation for residual: 17.7 Amplitude Z0/Z1 0,00 tо 10,00 17.8 Угол Z0/Z1 –90 tо 90° Компенсация взаимоиндукции по нулевой последовательности:
17.9 Амплитуда Z0М/Z1 0,00 tо 7,00 17.10 Angle Z0/Z1 –90 tо 90° 17.11 Exposure time ,sec 0,00 tо 10,00 18. Detection of power swings
18.1 Full coverage of internal resistance characteristics "in-line", Ohm 0,10 – 500,00 18.2 Full coverage of internal resistance characteristics "to the tires" Ohm 0,10 – 500,00 18.3 External blocking characteristic wobble degrees. (20 – 90)° 18.4 Timers ,sec 0,00 – 10,00 19. The control current circuit
19.1 Tripping current (5 – 100) % 20. Operating check circuit AC
20.1 The current operation, reverse the sequence (0,05 – 0,5) r.u 20.2 The level of change in the current operation (0,08 – 30) r.u 21. Tripping logic
21.1 Action trip 3-phase 21.2 Pulse width off (timers),sec 0,00 – 50,00 22. Measurement
22.1 Frequency Yes 22.2 Voltage Yes 22.3 Current Yes 22.4 Phase angle Yes 22.5 Аctive power, P Yes 22.6 Reactive powe , Q Yes 22.7 Full power, S Yes 22.8 Power factor, cos (ϕ) Yes 23. Event Counter
23.1 The counter value 500 23.2 The maximum count rate,pulse/s 10 24. Disturbance recorder
24.1 The number of recordable analog channels 12 24.2 Time resolution ,msec 1 24.3 The number of events in the list, at least 10 25. oscillographic testing
25.1 Starts: 25.2 start-up, dropout, or operate any item Yes 25.3 digital input change of state Yes 25.4 change of state contact output Yes 25.5 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory Yes Technical Data Security Kit transformers 110/35 kV differential, distance and current principle№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor Set differential busbar protection T-110/35 kV
1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards IEC 61850 4. Technical description
4.1 Number of setting groups, not less 4 4.2 Number of signaling LEDs pcs., Not less 12 5. AC circuit terminals
5.1 Rated measuring current, A 1.0 or 5.0 5.2 The number of current inputs, things, Not less 9 5.3 Thermal current (continuous) 4 х In 5.4 The current one-second resistance 100 х In 5.5 Operating range (0,1 – 100) x In 5.6 Consumption per phase at In, VA Not less 0,3 5.7 Operating check current circuits Yes 6. Circuit AC terminals
6.1 Nominal test voltage, Un = 100 6.2 Number of voltage inputs, however, units. 4 6.3 Overload (long) 420 V 6.4 Permissible ten-overload 450 V 6.5 Power consumption per phase, VA < 0.3 6.6 Operating check voltage circuits Yes 7. Operating frequency alternating current circuits and voltage terminals
7.1 Operating frequency alternating current circuits and voltage terminals fn= 50 7.2 Operating frequency range 50 ± 5% 8. Operational DC
8.1 Rated operational voltage DC ,V Un = 220 8.2 The allowable voltage range (0,8 – 1,1) x Upn 8.3 Ripple in the DC voltage Not more than 6% of the mean 8.4 Operation terminals shall not be violated with the disappearance or reduction of lower U-set limit on the time ,sec 0,04 8.5 There should be no false positives or disrupt normal function terminals when removing or power supply U yes 8.6 Supply voltage of reverse polarity must not cause damage to the terminal Yes 9. Binary input terminal
9.1 Rated voltage of each input ,V Uin.n = 220 9.2 The operating range for each input (0,8 – 1,1) x Uin.n 9.3 Voltage 'unwarranted" triggering each input V (0.65 – 0.8) x Uin.n 9.4 The digital inputs must provide:
9.4.1 failure to function when a ground fault on any of the poles; Yes 9.4.2 Malfunction during operation auto search "ground" at fault detection pole Yes 9.5 The dropout ratio К ≥ 0,95 9.6 Freely programmable digital inputs Yes 10. Contact outputs terminals
10.1 Commute DC voltage, V 220 10.2 Exclude galvanic connection with the elements located inside the terminal Yes 10.3 Making capacity at inductive load with L / R >10 msec 10 A for a time, sec 1.0 30 A for a time, sec 0.2 10.4 A continuous flow of current, A 5 10.5 Breaking capacity current 1 / 0,4 / 0,2 A at a voltage of 48/110/220 V and the time constant of the circuit L / R ≤ 40 msec yes 10.6 Freely programmable output relay Yes 11. Дифференциальная защита
11.1 Minimum relative operating current (0.1 – 0.6) r.u. 11.2 Brake current end of Phase 1 (0.2 – 1.5) r.u. 11.3 Differential current end of Phase 2 (1.0 – 10) r.u. 11.4 The slope portion 2 braking characteristics (10.0 – 50.0) % 11.5 Slope portion 3 brake characteristics (30.0 – 100.0) % 11.6 Differential section (2.5 – 30) r.u. 11.7 Lock on the second harmonic (5.0 – 50.0) % 11.8 Blocking the fifth harmonic (5.0 – 100.0) % 12. Differential protection zero sequence
12.1 Minimum relative operating current (0,02 – 1) r.u. 12.2 Brake current end of the 1st section (0.1 – 10.0) r.u. 12.3 The slope of the phase 2 (0 – 150) % 12.4 The slope of the phase 3 (15 – 150) % 13. Thermal overload protection
13.1 The level of alarm (50 – 99) % enthalpy 13.2 Tripping current (0,1 – 4) r.u. 13.3 Return of excess temperature level (10-95)% off enthalpy 14. Current protection zero sequence
14.1 3U0>Dir (0.5 – 80) % 14.2 Minimum current operation (0.08 – 4) r.u. 14.3 Relay characteristic angle – 95° tо +95° 15. overcurrent protection
15.1 Minimum current operation (0.002 - 60.0) r.u. 15.2 Relay characteristic angle – 95° tо +95° 16. Distance protection (21)
16.1 Number of zones 4 16.2 Characteristic quadrangular 16.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0,05 tо 500,00 16.4 Error setting resistance ± 5 % 16.5 Remote characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Control orientation:
16.6 Characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 16.7 The maximum angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 16.8 Exposure time ,sec 0,00 tо 10,00 17. Ground distance protection (21N)
17.1 Number of zones 4 17.2 Characteristic quadrangular 17.3 Setting resistance, Ohm 0,05 tо 500,00 17.4 Remote characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Control orientation:
17.5 Characteristic angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 17.6 The maximum angle 30 to 90 ° in step of 1 Compensation for residual: 17.7 Amplitude Z0/Z1 0,00 tо 10,00 17.8 Angle Z0/Z1 –90 tо 90° Compensation of mutual zero sequence:
17.9 Amplitude Z0М/Z1 0,00 tо 7,00 17.10 Angle Z0М/Z1 –90 tо 90° 17.11 Exposure time ,sec 0,00 tо 10,00 18. The control current circuit
18.1 Tripping current (5 – 100) % 19. Operating check circuit AC
19.1 The current operation, reverse the sequence (0,05 – 0,5) r.u. 19.2 The level of change in the current operation (0,08 – 30) r.u. 20. Tripping logic
20.1 Action trip 3-phase 20.2 Pulse width off (timers) ,sec 0,00 – 50,00 21. Measurement
21.1 Frequency Yes 21.2 Voltage Yes 21.3 Current Yes 21.4 Phase angle Yes 21.5 Active power, P Yes 21.6 Reactive power, Q Yes 21.7 Full power, S Yes 21.8 Power factor, cos (ϕ) Yes 22. Event recorder
22.1 Capacity ,events 500 22.2 The maximum count rate, pulse / s 10 23. Disturbance recorder
23.1 The number of recordable analog channels 12 23.2 The number of recordable analog channels 1 23.3 The number of events in the list, at least 10 24. oscillographic testing
24.1 Starts: 24.2 start-up, dropout, or operate any item; Yes 24.3 change the state of the entrance; Yes 24.4 contact output state change; Yes 24.5 Storage of data in nonvolatile memory Yes Technical data protection management set RPN transformers№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards 4. Technical description:
4.1 Nom. voltage (DC), V 220 4.2 Rated measuring current, A 1.0 or 5.0 4.3 Nominal test voltage,V 100 4.4 Undervoltage protection Yes 4.5 Overvoltage protection Yes 4.6 Position indicator adjustment under load Yes 4.7 Control under load Yes 4.8 The control circuits of current and voltage Yes 4.9 Analog inputs 4ТТ+3ТН 4.10 Digital inputs,things 8 4.11 Digital inputs,things 10 4.12 Threshold logic inputs, V Set software
18— 176 4.13 Free programmable logic Yes 4.14 Emergency oscillograph Yes 4.15 Available programmable LEDs Yes 5. Link
5.1 IEC61850 (including GOOSE) and Modbus Yes 5.2 Ethernet10MBits/s,RJ-45connector Yes 5.3 Ethernet link: RJ-45 jack (100Base-TX) or fiber optic links LC jack (100Base-FX) Yes 5.4 Serial connection: 10-pin RS-485 or fiber-optic ST connector Yes Technical data kit
№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guranteed Contractor 1. Type Analog AM RP "Diamant" NPP "Hartron-INKOR"
2. Manufacturer 3. Standards 4. Technical description
4.1 Rated measuring current, A 1.0 or 5.0 4.2 Nominal test voltage,V 100 4.3 Rated voltage (DC), V =220 4.4 Voltage reliable switching digital input ,V 145-242 4.5 Power failure safe digital input ,V 0-132 4.6 The number of current inputs (1A), at least, things 3 4.7 Number of voltage inputs, however, units. 3 4.8 The response time of current, msec, max 20 4.9 Delay time "Repair line" sec 0 – 300 4.10 The delay signal "Fixing enable line after repair";, sec 0 – 100 4.11 Digital inputs Yes 4.12 Digital outputs (relay outputs) Yes 5. Controlled current settings
5.1 Fixing the lack of current line Yes 5.2 Fixing the lack of power lines Yes 5.3 Disable line tripping relay protection Yes 5.4 Disabling line apparatus side Yes 5.5 Disabling line at the opposite end Yes 5.6 Fixing off line NFARI Yes 5.7 Fixation off line at the opposite end Yes 5.8 Turning to the opposite end of the line Yes 5.9 Switching apparatus side line Yes 5.10 Repair line mode Yes 5.11 Enable line after repair Yes Technical Data Automation Kit elimination of asynchronous operation№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type Analog AM RP "Diamant" NPP "Hartron-INKOR"
2. Manufacturer 3. Standards 4. Technical description
4.1 Nominal test voltage, V (phase) 100 4.2 Rated measuring current, A 1.0 or 5.0 4.3 Rated voltage (DC), V =220 4.4 Voltage reliable switching digital input,V 145-242 4.5 Power failure safe digital input ,V 0-132 4.6 The number of current inputs (1A), things., Not less 4 4.7 Number of voltage inputs, pcs., Not less 3 4.8 Digital inputs yes 4.9 Digital outputs (relay outputs) Yes 4.10 Control voltage circuits (CVC) Yes 5. Algorithm impedance (of resistance)
5.1 The angle of maximum sensitivity (selectable), deg 1 – 89
(1) 5.2 The width of the zone of operation of the resistance Z1, Z2, Z3 (discrete), Ohm 0 – 800
(0,01) 5.3 Upper and lower limit of the zone triggering resistance Z1, Z2, Z3, Ohm -800 ? + 800 5.4 Areas return of resistance Z1, Z2, Z3 (discrete), Ohm 0-100
(0,01) 5.5 The time between the triggering sensor (Z1) and rough (Z2) body resistance (digital), sec 0,01-10
(0,01) 5.6 Setting blocking voltage reverse order (discrete),V 0 – 20
(0,05) 5.7 Setpoint correction active power (discrete), W -1000 ? + 1000 (0,01) 5.8 The dropout voltage reverse order (discrete) 0,5-1
(0,01) 5.9 Duration of RA (discrete), sec 0 – 100 (0,01) 5.10 Return time AEAO (digital), sec 0 – 300 (0,01) 5.11 Number of half cycles of AR (discrete) 1 – 40 (1) 5.12 The duration of the output signals (digital), sec 0,01 – 100 (0,01) 5.13 Pause after tripping stage AEAO (digital), sec 0-100
(0,01) 6. Algorithm corner
6.1 Number of steps 2 6.2 The real component of the resistance of the main branch (discrete), Ohm 0 – 800
(0,01) 6.3 The real component of the impedance of the additional branch (discrete), Ohm 0 – 800
(0,01) 6.4 The real component of the resistance of the main branch of the (discrete), Ohm 0 – 800
(0,01) 6.5 The real component of the impedance of the additional branch (discrete), Ohm 0 – 800
(0,01) 6.6 The imaginary component of the resistance of the main branch of the (discrete), Ohm 0 – 800
(0,01) 6.7 The imaginary component of the impedance of the additional branch (discrete), Ohm 0 – 800
(0,01) 6.8 The imaginary component of the resistance of the main branch of the (discrete), Ohm 0 – 800
(0,01) 6.9 The imaginary component of the impedance of the additional branch (discrete), Ohm 0 – 800
(0,01) 6.10 Blocking U1 (discrete), V 0 – 100 (0,01) 6.11 Blocking U2 (discrete),V 0 – 100 (0,01) 6.12 Blocking U0 (discrete) ,V 0 – 100 (0,01) 6.13 Blocking excess I1 (discrete), A 0 – 10 (0,01) 6.14 Blocking decrease I1 (discrete), A 0 – 10 (0,01) 6.15 Blocking I2 (discrete), A 0 – 10 (0,01) 6.16 Blocking I0 (discrete), A 0 – 10 (0,01) 6.17 Lock for sliding (discrete) -180 ? +180 (1) 6.18 The dropout ratio for the U1 (discrete) 1 – 1,5 (0,01) 6.19 The dropout ratio for U2 (discrete) 0 – 1 (0,01) 6.20 The dropout ratio of U0 (discrete) 0 – 1 (0,01) 6.21 The dropout ratio for exceeding I1 (discrete) 0 – 1
(0,01) 6.22 The dropout ratio for lowering I1 (discrete) 1 – 1,5
(0,01) 6.23 Reset ratio I2 (discrete) 0 – 1 (0,01) 6.24 The dropout ratio I0 (discrete) 0 – 1 (0,01) 6.25 The dropout ratio for the slip (discrete) 0 – 1
(0,01) 6.26 Time cranking one cycle 1 (2) stage (discrete), sec 0 – 20
(0,01) 6.27 Number of cycles 1 (2) stage (discrete) 0 – 10 (0,1) 6.28 Delay 1 (2) level (logic),sec 0 – 20 (0,01) 6.29 Length off 1 (2) stage (discrete), sec 0 – 20 (0,01) 7. UAEAO
7.1 Number of half cycles UAEAO (discrete) 1 – 40 (1) 7.2 Pick-zero sequence (discrete), A 0.02 – 150 (0.01) 7.3 The dropout ratio of zero sequence current (digital), A 0.5 – 1,0 (0.01) 7.4 The duration of the output signal (digital), sec 0.01 – 100 (0.01) 7.5 Delay on activation (selectable), sec 0,00 – 100 (0.01) 7.6 Return time (digital), sec 0.00 – 5 (0.01) 8. Features function control voltage circuit (CVC)
8.1 Setting range response and return on U1 (discrete) ,V 0 – 200
(0,01) 8.2 Setting range response and return of U2 (discrete), V 0 – 200
(0,01) 8.3 Setting range response and return of U0 (discrete) ,V 0 – 200
(0,01) 8.4 Setting range tripping I1 (discrete), A 0 – 200 (0,01) 8.5 Setting range tripping I2 (discrete), A 0 – 200 (0,01) 8.6 Setting range tripping I0 (discrete), A 0 – 200 (0,01) Technical data set command RP and SA - Tx, Rx№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type The analogue ACA "Kedr" LLC "Uralenergoservis"
2. Manufacturer 3. Standards 4. Technical description:
4.1 The principle of command - frequency identification (single-frequency or dual-frequency serial code) Yes 4.2 Additional functions:
Signaling telemetry
Signal transmission phase frequency voltage.
Additional features are implemented using the principle of manipulation of the control frequency (CF1/CF2) Yes 5. Characteristics of work on high channels
5.1 Frequency range, kHz 24-1000 5.2 The width of the operating band, kHz 4,0 5.3 Step restructuring basic starting frequency, kHz 1,0 5.4 The transmission level of the HF signal on a linear frequency control output dBm +31 ± 0,5 5.5 The level of the HF signal transmission commands to the linear output dBm +45 ± 0,5 5.6 Range modulating the transmission level of the HF signal, however, dB 6 5.7 Attenuation is entered in 75-ohm path at offset from the edge of the nominal band, no more, dB 1 5.8 Nominal input resistance Rx, Ohm 75±15 5.9 Receiver selectivity at offset from the edge of the operating band of 6 Hz, dB ≥ 80 5.10 Mirror channel selectivity, dB ≥ 80 5.11 The dynamic range, however, dB 70 5.12 Time transfer command (if derived cell delay), no more, msec 25 5.13 Monitoring the output level of the transmitter in a predetermined range Yes 5.14 Control the receiver for:
5.14.1 the presence of the pilot signal Yes 5.14.2 reduction in the level of reception of the pilot signal (warning signal) Yes 5.14.3 limit reduction reception (Emergency Signal) Yes 5.15 The delay in the formation of a command signal from the moment the input of the transmitter control action, not more, msec 4 5.16 Stability Control System clock frequency for the individual RPMs and Tx. The hardware and software is provided by way of frequency stabilization is not worse, ppm ±2 6. General technical characteristics of equipment
6.1 Operational current constant, 220 6.2 Power consumption of the transmitter at the maximum level of signal transmission, W 70 6.3 Power consumption receiver, W 30 6.4 Two transmission mode commands:
Long (over time the control action)
Short-term (within preassigned time) Yes 6.5 Selecting the command: separate for each team Yes 6.6 Setting mode - with the PCR unit and the PC during commissioning and during operation Yes 6.7 The duration of command transmission, the range msec 20 - 200
(Step 1 msec) 6.8 Transfer delay information on the channel, no more msec 1 6.9 Time software delay retransmission command msec 10-500
(Step 2 msec) 6.10 Symptom TX Lock command is entered separately for each team Yes 6.11 The ability to block the transmission / reception command (separately for each Team) Yes 6.12 Software delay implementation team at the receiver, msec 0-10
(Step 1 msec) 6.13 The delay in the return of the relay team set independently for each team, msec 0-1500
(Step 2 msec) 6.14 Time monitoring of the received command, msec 10-500
(Step 2 msec) 6.15 The "restart" the failure of the supply voltage at which the receiver is able to "put" msec 2-5
(Step 1 msec) 6.16 Ability to set (individually) for each team (receiver and transmitter) frequency encoding Yes 6.17 Ability to set (individually) for each team select the output relay at the receiver Yes 6.18 The number of transmitted / received commands (can be changed during operation) 16/24/32 6.19 The presence of two normally open and two normally closed contacts of the output relays Yes 6.20 The maximum current through each contact output and alarm relay in the chain of active-inductive load, no more, A 0,15 6.21 Warning signaling Yes 6.22 Signaling reception / transmission of commands Yes 6.23 The presence of internal self prirabote mode LF translation Yes 6.24 The display can be set and view the current settings Yes 6.25 Blocking mode translation Yes 7. LAN Interface
7.1 The equipment can be connected to the local power facility information network through the interface with the electrical parameters of the standard RS485, protocol IEC 870-5-101 Yes 7.2 Data exchange rate is fixed, bit / s 9600 Technical data sets and data relay protection and emergency teams on FCL№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type Аналог FOX-515 фирмы «АББ»
2. Manufacturer 3. Standards 4. Technical description
Data transmission system for fiber-optic
4.1 The rate of traffic signals,
Kbit / s
Mbit / s n?64 (n=1…31)
2, STM-1 4.2 Cross switching:
Кbit/s
Мbit/s 64
2 Module (block) command system
4.3 Number command transmission channels and digital signals, at least 8 4.4 The number of commands transmitted in the channel at least 4 4.5 Duplex channel commands Yes 4.6 Transmission mode selection command:
Speed;
For reliability Yes 4.7 Continuous monitoring of performance for each team Yes 4.8 The presence of cross - switching level:
commands;
output system Yes 4.9 Setting range (adjustable input voltage, Vin) V 24-20 4.10 Settable threshold voltage input ≥0,6 Uin 4.11 Compliance with IEC 60834-1 Yes 4.12 Ability to send "long" team for the duration of the trigger factor, however, sec 60 4.13 Number of transmitted digital signals (Y / N) in one channel with 4 teams 8 4.14 Bi-directional transmission of digital signals in the channel yes Requirements Crossover№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards 4. Technical requirements for Crossover
4.1 Set tuning frequencies of filters in the range kHz 36 - 1000 4.2 Ability frequency tuning filter within an acceptable range in operating conditions Yes 4.3 The attenuation introduced by crossover frequencies fasting protection (transfer trip equipment) for the closure of the input circuits of communications, no more, dB 0.9 4.4 Attenuation introduced crossovernetwork in the communication channel at the frequencies spaced by 10% of the operating frequency of the fast protection not more dB 0.9 4.5 The insulation resistance between the housing and the input terminals of the crossover, though, MOhm 20 4.6 Jobs in the scheme of the channel "phase-to-ground" Yes Requirements for coupling filter (WL-110 kV)№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards 4. Technical requirements for connection filters
4.1 Number modification 1 - 4 4.2 Capacity accession pF 2200 - 6400 4.3 Line voltage kV 110 кВ 4.4 The nominal resistance of the overhead line, Ohm 450 4.5 The range of the input filter resistance, Ohm 560 - 587 4.6 Range bandwidth kHz 36 - 1000 Requirements for coupling filter (WL-330 kV)№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Тype 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards 4. Technical requirements for connection filters
4.1 Number modification 8 - 9 4.2 Capacity accession pF 7000 4.3 Line voltage kV 330 4.4 The nominal resistance of the overhead line, Ohm 330 4.5 The input impedance of the filter, Ohm 439 4.6 Range bandwidth kHz 36 - 1000 Requirements for Radio-frequency cables№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type Аnalog RC-75-7,2-a65PT
2. Manufacturer 3. Standards 4. Technical description
4.1 Cross section, not less, mm 1.0 4.2 The insulation of the inner conductor Broken 4.3 Material Outer braid copper 4.4 Impedance, no more, Ohm 75 4.5 The attenuation in the cable, no more:
dB / km at frequencies up to 1.0 MHz
dB / km at a frequency of 10 MHz 3
0.011 4.6 Dielectric strength, kV (at 50 Hz for 1 min.) 6.0 Technical data sets to test relay protection№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor Microprocessor device for checking the equipment RP
1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards 4. Technical description
5. Sources (generators) current
5.1 Sources (generators) current 6 5.2 Range of output current, single, without switching.А 5.2.1 6-phase AC (L-N) 6 x 0...30 А 5.2.2 3-phase AC (L-N) 3 x 0...60 A 5.2.3 1-phase AC (LL-LN) 1 x 0...90 A 5.2.4 DC (LL-LN) 1 x 0...±120 A 5.3 The output power of the current source, ВА 5.3.1 Power 6-phase AC (L-N) 6 x 400 VA 5.3.2 Power 3-phase AC (L-N) 3 x 800 Va 5.3.3 Power 1-phase AC (LL-LN) 1 x 1000 VA 5.3.4 Power 1-phase AC (L-L) 1 x 1600 VA 5.3.5 Power 1-phase AC (L-L-L-L) 1 x 1600 VA 5.3.6 Power DC (LL-LN) 1 x 1400 W 5.4 The minimum step change in current, mА 1,0 5.5 Load resistance, no more than, Ом 0,5 5.6 Overload protection and over-temperature Yes 6. Sources (generators) voltage
6.1 The number of voltage sources, things. 4 6.2 Range of output voltage, single, without switching, V 6.2.1 3-phase AC voltage (L-N) 3 x 0 ... 300 V 6.2.2 1-phase AC voltage (L-L) 1 x 0 ... 600 V 6.2.3 Direct current voltage (L-N) 4 x 0 ... ±300 V 6.3 Выходная мощность источника напряжения, VA 6.3.1 Power 3-phase voltage АС (L-N) 3 х 100 ВА (AC) 6.3.2 Power 1-phase voltage АС (L-N) 1 х 200 ВА (AC) 6.3.3 Power 1-phase voltage АС (L-L) 1 х 250 ВА (АC) 6.3.4 Power voltage DC (L-N) 1 x 300 Вт (DC) 6.4 The minimum increment mV 10,0 6.5 Load resistance, however, Ohm 140 6.6 Protection against short-circuit, overload, overheating Yes 6.7 The range of frequency change, Hz (10 – 1000) ± 0,01 6.8 The range of changes in the phase angle, power. deg. (0 - 359,99) ± 0,01 6.9 Bit DAC analog outputs 16 6.10 The sampling period of the analog signal, msec 25 (800 points during the period f = 50Гц) 6.11 The change in amplitude, phase and frequency in each source independent 6.12 The duration of continuous playing digital program, however, min. 5 7. Low level outputs
7.1 Number of outputs 6 7.2 Setting range 0... ±10 В peak. 7.3 Maximum output current mA 1 7.4 Resolution, mcV 250 7.5 Overload indication yes 7.6 Connection
combo jack 8. Optional DC power supply
8.1 Ranges of voltage,V 0...260 8.2 Power,W 40 9. Binary outputs, transistor
9.1 Type The output circuits on the circuit with open collector 9.2 Amount 4 9.3 Update frequency, kHz 10 9.4 Maximum current mA 5 9.5 Connection combo jack 10. Digital (Binary) Inputs
10.1 Number of digital inputs, however, things 8 10.2 Trigger criteria Switching from the sous-xux contacts or U post. U current is compared with a threshold. VALUE. 10.3 Input characteristics threshold or without potential. 10.4 The ranges, however, V 20 В / 300 В 10.5 Resolution (polling period state) msec 100 10.6 Programmability yes 10.7 The maximum measurement time Unlimited 10.8 Galvanic upshot yes 11. Digital (Binary) Outputs
11.1 Number of digital outputs, however, thgs 4 11.2 Switching alternating voltage, however, V 250 11.3 Switching alternating current, at least, A 6 11.4 Switching capacity cycle tо 100 000 11.5 Programmability yes 11.6 The type of output contacts Normally open a pair of relay contacts 12. Time synchronization
12.1 Synchronizing two test plants at a distance using GPS yes 12.2 Synchronization test sets at a distance using the IRIG-B yes 12.3 Synchronisation with the mains power source yes 12.4 Precision Time Protocol (PTP) yes 12.5 The communication interface with the control PC Ethernet (USB) 12.6 Signalings modes display control PC yes 10. Power
10.1 Supply voltage,V 220 10.2 Supply frequency, Hz 50 10.3 Power consumption, not more, V ∙ A 2200 10.4 The degree of protection of the device in accordance with GOST 14254, not less IP20 10.5 Software to test all types of protection set 1 10.6 Connecting wires set 1 10.8 Russian interface yes Technical data test set to test HF devices№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards IEC 61326-1
IEC 61000-6-2/4
IEC 61010-1 4. Techincal description:
5. LF - generator
5.1 Frequency range, Hz 20 – 24000 5.2 Output Type The symmetrical and coaxial 5.3 Maximum output power, W, not less 10 6. DC voltage source (LF - generator)
6.1 Highest voltage (full scale), V 15 6.2 The load resistance in ohms, at least 50 7. HF- generator
7.1 Frequency range, kHz 24 – 2500 7.2 Type of output The symmetrical and coaxial 7.3 Range issued stresses ,V 0 – 20 7.4 Maximum output power, W, not less 5 7.5 Internal resistance (Rgen), Ohm, 0; 75; 150 7.6 Damping asymmetry symmetrical output dB minimum 25 7.7 Output return loss in dB, not less than 45 7.8 The maximum voltage applied to the generator output from an external source via the BS-60 (from SPTA), no more than 100 8. LF - Multimeter
8.1 Frequency range, Hz 45 – 24000 8.2 Input Type The symmetrical and coaxial 8.3 The limits of measurement of current, A 0,1; 1,0 8.4 Measurement range of voltage, V 0,3; 3; 30; 300 8.5 Input impedance voltmeter, ohm, not less 100 8.6 Input resistance ammeter, Ohm, not more 2,5 9. LF - frequency (LF - Multimeter)
9.1 Frequency range, Hz 45 – 24000 10. HF - Multimeter
10.1 Frequency range, Hz 24 – 2500 10.2 Input Type The symmetrical and coaxial 10.3 The limits of current measurement, A 0,1; 1.0 10.4 Measurement range of voltage, V 0,1; 1; 10; 100 10.4 The input impedance voltmeter, ohm 100 10.5 Input resistance ammeter, Ohm, not more 1,5 10.6 Damping asymmetry input voltage dB minimum 30 Damping asymmetry current input dB minimum 45 11. (HF in - multimeter)
11.1 Frequency range, Hz 24 – 2500 12. Selective voltmeter
12.1 Limits of measurements, 0,01; 0,1; 1; 10; 100 12.2 Measurement range voltage level dBc -38; -18; 2; 22; 42 12.3 Frequency range, kHz 0,3 – 2500 12.4 The dynamic range when measuring selective levels dB 60 12.5 Noise level (full scale for all ranges), dB, no more - 60 12.6 The bandwidth of the selective reception, Hz 25; 400; 1740; 3100 12.7 Selectivity (at offset from the edge of the strip at the reception 1,5 Δ), dB, not less 60 12.8 Frequency resolution setting Hz 0,1 12.9 Input impedance, Ohm 20 12.10 Damping asymmetry input (2.5 MHz) dB minimum 30 12.11 Type inputs The symmetrical and coaxial 13. Milli stop watch
13.1 Measuring range ,sec 0,001 – 99 13.2 Limits of relative error of measurement of time,% ±0,1 13.3 Resolution changes registration status contacts (time) msec ,not less 0,4 14. Contact outputs
14.1 Amount 2 14.2 The resistance in the closed state, ohm, max 0,2 14.3 Resistance in the open position, MOhm, no less 50 15. Digital inputs
15.1 Amount 16 15.2 Rhode signals "Dry" contact; Contact for instance. Upost ≥ 300V 15.3 Inputs with TTL levels yes 15.4 Inputs with CMOS levels yes 16. Generel technical information
16.1 Power devices - single phase 220 В, 50 Гц 16.2 Power consumption, W, no more 100 16.3 The insulation resistance between the housing and electrically insulated live parts of the device, Mohm, no less 20 Technical Data laptop№ Description Information: Note
Required Customer Guaranteed Contractor 1. Type Notebook 2. Manufacturer 3. Standards 4. Теchnical description:
4.1 Processor clock speed, not less, GHz 4-nucleus 2.7GGts 4.2 RAM, not less, GB 4 4.3 Hard disk drive with less GB 500 4.4 Wireless interfaces yes 4.5 Reader - recording CD / DVD-RW yes 4.6 Monitor inch 17 4.7 Operating system not lower WINDOWS 7 yes SPECIAL IV. SPECIAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS TO AUTOMATED CONTROL SYSTEM FOR TECHNOLOGICAL PROCESS General Scope of WorksACS TP shall be delivered to the substation as a "turn-key" system in a manner and scope determined by the Employer's requirements.
The scope of works on ACS TP includes the following items:
Development of design documentation (DD)
Development of working documentation (WD)
Supplying of the equipment, including all necessary spare parts and accessories.
Performance of all civil-and-erection works and commissioning (including dismantling, mounting, setup and commissioning of equipment, repair/laying of cable routes).
Development and submission of operational documentation
Employer’s personnel training
Project Structure
In general the ACS TP shall include the following components:
Lower (process) level devices – controllers inbuilt to equipment, computer process interfaces (CPI), smart sensors (primary signal transducers) and controlled object actuators
Connection level devices (bays) – Intelligent Electronic Devices (IED): measurement, control, equipment status monitoring, electric power quality monitoring, accounting, recording of emergency process etc.
Upper level devices –devices of communication operating and maintenance personnel with ACS TP: operator and engineer workstations, remote viewing display, servers, gateways, data transmission devices, substation LAN equipment.
Auxiliary subsystems:
Power warranty devices
Communication and technological LAN devices
service equipment and SPTA
System, basic and applied user’s software
Documentation.
The supplied system should be implemented as an open integrated information system in which intra-communication between control system components are made using the IEC 61850 protocol.
АСS TP should be based on modern element base while minimizing the number of components and maximum use of their functionality.
The Contractor shall provide a functional and hardware compatibility of the supplied system with the rest of substation equipment to ensure the efficient, reliable and safe operation of the substation.
Contractor`s dutiesThe Contractor shall provide all the logistics , costs of supervisory activities , labor, equipment, materials , documents, temporary structures and other items , temporary or permanent , whether specifically mentioned or not, necessary to complete, test and fix any defects of automated system of substations.
The Contractor shall use state-of-the-art equipment proven reliable in similar environmental conditions.
The Contractor shall provide the following services:
Management and coordination of all steps of the contract.
All necessary studies and design, including:
first detailed technical survey on site and input data collection;
sizing, dimensioning and arrangement of equipment;
Working documentation development, that shall include:
development of a detailed layout of ACS TP equipment;
Verification of documents, data, parameters supplied by the Employer,
Supply of the optimized implementation schedule;
Provide performance of works in operating electrical installations.
Manufacturing, programming and supply of the equipment.
Packaging, transporting and delivery of the equipment to each site.
Temporary storage and preservation of the equipment on the site (if necessary),
Installation, electrical connection and commissioning.
Factory tests
On-site tests
On-site training and complete O&M documentation,
Employer’s personnel training at special training centers or at the factories of the microprocessor-based terminals manufacturers,
Spare parts and specialized tools.
Any indications provided in the Technical Specifications shall in no way release the Contractor from his obligation to ensure co-ordination with the other suppliers. The Contractor shall ensure the continuity and the coherence between his Supply and Installation Services and that of the other contractors.
The Employer has reserved the right to review and comment on the work undertaken by the Contractor during the course of the contract
This will include but may not be limited to:
Approval of the project by the Employer;
The witnessing of factory and on-site testing by the Employer or his technical representative;
The approval of site delivery methods, site testing procedure and operation and maintenance documentation.
The Special Technical Specifications (STS) of each Substation provide additional requirements and detailed information concerning the scope.
Purpose and Objectives of ACS TP SSPurpose of ACS TP of the SubstationThe automated process control system of substation has been designed for:
automation of substation process control and diagnostics functions with necessary information allocation at all the levels of operating hierarchy in normal, emergency and post emergency substation operation modes;
improvement of substation operation reliability;
prevention of personnel’s errors;
reduction of operating costs.
Objectives of the ACS TP of the SubstationThe objectives of the ACS TP are as follows:
Increasing the reliability of the SS control system and on this basis to increase the reliability of electricity supply to consumers.
Creation of reliable providing of personnel with information about substation technological process in normal, repair, emergency and post emergency modes.
Creation of united complex of technical and software aids for monitoring, diagnostics and control of substation equipment with integration of RP & SA and measurement system.
Expanding the functionality of SS control system by taking advantage of microprocessor technology.
Reduce the accident rate of SS main equipment.
SS operating personnel errors minimization.
Reduce the costs of repair and restoration works and routine maintenance of SS main equipment.
Adequate analysis of SS equipment failures.
Lower operating costs, reduction of quantity of SS operating personnel.
Automation of SS equipment mode control process.
Less time of switching operation.
Higher quality and efficiency of centralized dispatcher control of SS.
Creation of conditions for safe operation of SS main equipment and improvement of operating personnel’s labor safety level.
Longer service life and higher operation reliability of SS main equipment, RP & SA and measuring devices due to optimization of operating modes and use of up-to-date diagnostics methods.
Functions Performed by the ACS TP SSProcess FunctionsMonitoring of the Substation Current Mode and the Key Diagram StatusThe supplied ACS TP should provide position control of the following switching units:
Key diagram of SS (all voltage classes).
Auxiliary subsystem.
Operating current subsystem.
Measurement of the current mode shall be provided:
from all the major measuring current and voltage transformers of main circuit
from AC/DC auxiliary subsystem
Equipment status and operation readiness monitoringIt should monitor the status and availability of the following equipment and related technological systems:
Autotransformers (transformers), current and voltage transformers.
RP & SA equipment.
Measurement system.
Auxiliary and operating current system.
Batteries, chargers and uninterruptible power supply units.
Electric energy metering systems.
Supervisory Control System and access control system.
Fire extinguishing system.
Air-conditioning and ventilation subsystems of GIS premises.
Equipment operating modes monitorinEquipment operating modes monitoring shall be provided:
Synchronized measurement of current, voltage, power, temperature, pressure and other operating parameters of equipment in normal, pre-fault and emergency modes.
Control output modes of the equipment over fixed limits with the issuance of the alarm.
Automated substation equipment controlRemote automated control from the following levels should be provided:
From upper (substation) level by means of operating personnel WS or WS of upper control level:
By remote control of SU of 110\330kV of principal electrical scheme (circuit-breakers, disconnectors, earthing blades and etc.) taking into account logical interlocks.
Automated control of equipment using algorithms of operative switching blank forms (in the framework of process regulations and regulatory documents).
By circuit-breakers 10\35kV
By input and sectional automates of Auxiliary and DC boards.
From connection level:
From built-in mimic bay controller, or a group of bays, or mimic bay, which is controlled by bay controller
From lower level (process level):
From SU control cabinet.
Note: in order to improve the control system’s reliability, the following SU control hierarchy shall be provided:
In normal operating mode of the ACS TP:
Circuit-breakers, disconnectors and earthing blades with electric operating mechanism 110/330kV shall be controlled by control elements, which are part of the bay controller (from mnemonic diagram on the sensor panel of the bay controller or bay mnemonic diagram, controlled by bay controller) ensuring all technological locks. Control commands are recorded in the event log of the bay controller.
Circuit-breakers 10/35 kV, OLTC, input and sectional circuit-breakers 0,4 kV, fire extinguishing pumps and gate valves shall be controlled by buttons (key) in the cubicles of RP & SA, OLTC, AuxBoard, DC board at the SS. Control commands are recorded in the event log of the bay controller.
When bay controllers (of connection level) are out of order:
Circuit-breakers, disconnectors, eathing blades 110/330 kV, fire extinguishing pumps and gate valves shall be controlled at the SU locations (SU control cabinets are installed in the area where it is safe to operate and maintain them).
For equipment control (local, remote), software or hardware interlocking shall be provided, to prevent simultaneous control from different workstations, and process interlocking logic shall be implemented (against open-phase mode, against “jumping”, against asynchronous closing, against control operations desequencing and so on.).
All actions of operating personnel regarding equipment control from WS or on spot shall be recorded in the ACS TP archives, indicating time, character and control method.
The ACS TP shall also record operations on SU control mode (“local” – “remote”), with identification of control level.
Control commands shall be transmitted from the ACS TP to the operation mechanisms SU via solid wire copper control cable.
It is allowed to transmit control commands from the ACS TP controllers to the operating mechanism via MP-based relay protection devices using discrete outputs of these devices.
Warning and alarm system organizationMust be ensured warning and alarm system.
Division signaling alarm and warning should be carried out by assigning each signal a particular class or level.
Alarm and warning operation must be accompanied by a difference of beeps, and displays different colors.
The appearance of these events and their disappearance should be recorded in the archives of ACS TP time-stamped and with the signs of signal nature (alarm, warning).
At signal acknowledgment should be recorded a specific WS OP from which receipting. Signal acknowledgement must be carried out from WS OP, at the same time it should stop flashing alarm tags of the object.
It must be possible to form group alarm, generalizing predetermined set of signals related to one connection, one switchgear etc.
Warning systemWarning system should provide operating personnel:
at rejecting the established limits and return to the normal state of technological parameters
when the state of automatic devices is changed
when technological devices of AT triggered,
at action of blocking, ASA (automatic standby activation) of power supplies,
when an error occurs ACS TP hardware (including monitoring system of transformer equipment),
when a power failure, etc.
Alarm system:at deviations in emergency response setting of RP & SA.
Registration of emergenciesRegistration and recording of process information into historic data base in specified format and within specified time intervals shall be provided:
Values of measured analogue signals.
Any variation of digital signals.
Parameters going beyond alarm and warning setting and returning to normal values.
Control commands.
Diagnostic information.
Results of fault location identification (FLI) on TL.
Operation of process alarm system’s devices.
Actuation and reset of relay protection and emergency automation devices, oscillograms of emergency processes.
Switch-over of equipment operation modes and automatic devices using on-line control system.
System events, generated inside the ACS TP (including self-diagnostics data via soft- and hardware).
Messages on operator’s actions and systems messages.
At recording parameters in a database, the registration of technological parameter should be recorded:
At appearance of this information in the actual source of information in accordance with the protocol of information exchange
In the absence of assigning timestamp information source – the database records the time of registration of information in its entry in the archive database
Prоviding current and archived data for operating personnel and other usersThe ACS TP data visualization shall be performed at the personnel workstations (WS) and comprise the following WSs:
WS of operating personnel (main);
WS of operating personnel (backup);
WS of ACS TP SS engineer;
remote viewing display;
WS of operating personnel of higher dispatcher control level
WS of RP & SA engineers of higher dispatcher control level;
The number of WS, as well as their place of accommodation (SS, BEN, ES) are specified in the detailed design stage.
WS of higher control level should provide features such that the local workstations.
Any operating personnel WS must provide an opportunity to:
Visualization of SS equipment status, taking into account blocking in operating control schemes.
Displaying on mimic panels (with dynamic status measurement) of process parameters values, which are important for mode maintenance.
Displaying of equipment status with indication of abnormal values.
Monitoring, recording and displaying of warning and alarm signals.
WS of engineer of ACS TP SS should ensure:
The ability to configure the system
Monitoring the status of hardware and software systems
Configuration and formation of various reports
Backup and data recovery.
WS of engineer of RP & SA should provide:
possibility of configuration and setting of RP & SA terminals
Browsing the emergency events from different RP & SA terminals with the possibility of combining the time-sequence of emergency events.
Remote viewing display:
Generalized data submission to SS main control room
Data exchange with other levels of control hierarchyTransmission of operative-dispatcher’s data using IEC 60870-5-101 (104) should be provided for:
Dispatching control center of BEN
Dispatching control center of Regional ES
Dispatching control center of NPC “Ukrenergo ".
For provision of access to operative-dispatcher’s and process data of subscribers of upper level of control hierarchy, SHS means of ACS TP shall be equipped with corresponding soft- and hardware interfaces.
Information exchange should be ensured by redundant channels (provided by the Employer) with the supplied software redundancy switching equipment and gateway software redundancy scheme “hot-standby” or “parallel” operation locks.
The profiles of protocols shall be specified when the ACS TP is designed.
Software interfaces shall provide access to real-time data using measurements and status of key diagram, equipment, engineering communications, outer environment and so on.
Authorized and protected access (read-only) shall be provided to the following types of information stored in the ACS TP:
Historic archives of operating-process data, electric energy metering, event logs, measurement logs, results of processes recording and so on.
ACS TP configuration and state of software and technical components data.
Operative, process and technical regulatory documentation.
It is preferable that access to the data above is performed using standard SQL-inquiries to historic and informational data base of the ACS TP and secure communication links with the servers of the system.
System-wide functionsOrganization of intra-system and inter-system communication facilities, data processing and transmission to adjacent and higher levels.
Testing and self-diagnostics of software, hardware and channel (network) portions of SHS components.
Synchronization of SHS components and ACS TP-integrated independent digital systems using universal time system signal.
Diagnostic data archiving and storage in specified formats and in specified time intervals
Protection against unauthorized access, information security and separation of access right (level) to the system and functions, including control functions.
Documentation, sending of reports and protocols to print-out in specified form, maintenance of operating data base, daily record and operating log.
Description of the Automation ObjectThe installation:
GIS-330 kV, “Breaker-and-a-half Scheme»:
- АТ-1, АТ-2
- АТ-1,АТ-2
- 1 WL
Total – 2 fields (one incomplete), 3 connections (5 switch modules).To provide the ability to connect to the ACS TP SS 1 backup field for 3 switches (AT-3 + 1 CL 330 kV, perspective).
GIS-110 kV, the scheme “Two working busbars, sectioned by switches, with two busbar couplers, without transfer busbar»:
- АТ-1, АТ-2
- 4OHL + 2CL + 2OHL/CL
- Т1, Т2,Т3,Т4
- 2SS, 2BC.
Total – 14 connections (18 switch modules).
To provide the ability to connect to the ACS TP of substation 5 connections (AT-3 + 4 CL 110kV, perspective).
AIS – 35 kV, the scheme “Two working busbars with busbar coupler, without transfer busbar”, including:
- 14 high-voltage circuit-breakers
- 1 BC (Busbar coupler)
- 2 feeders (VT-35-I b.; VT-35-II b.)
Total – 15 bays (15 switch modules).
Provide the following functions:
- control:
Circuit-breakers
disconnertors, earthing blades (if operating mechanism is present, perspective)
-monitoring:
circuit-breakers, disconnectors, earthing blades
Switchgear-10 kV, the scheme “Three working busbars, sectioned by switches, with busbar coupler” including:
- 45 high-voltage circuit-breakers
- 2 SS, 1BC
- 5 feeders (1VT-10-I; 2VT-10-I; 1VT-10-II; 2VT-10-II; VT-10- III )
Total – 58 bays (47 switch modules).
Provide the following functions:
- control:
Circuit-breakers
trolleys, earthing blades (if operating mechanism is present, perspective)
- monitoring:
circuit-breakers, trolleys, earthing blades
Auxiliary subsystem and operating current subsystem:
To ensure the functions of processing signals collecting and SU control for:
- Auxiliary board 0.4 kV (not less than 60 outgoing feeders)
- DC board 220 V (not less than 35 outgoing feeders)
The exact number of connections to determine at runtime the working draft.
Microprocessor-based controllers, supplied as part of the technical means of DC board and auxiliary board, connect to the ACS TP using industry standard communication protocol Modbus.
Implementation of ACS TP basic functionsGeneral requirementBasic functions for ACS TP SS implementation are:
Monitoring of the current mode and the state of the key diagram of substation for all voltage classes, which is implemented in ACS TP through:
Condition monitoring – processing of digital information
Measurement and processing of analog information
Supervisory control of controlled equipment of substation, including:
Manual and automatic operation
Operational management
Operational planning
Data exchange with the other levels of dispatcher control and related subsystems at the substation
Maintenance of configuration database and archive database
SHS ACS TP components synchronization
Test and self-test of SHS components
Monitoring of the Substation Current Mode and the Key Diagram StatusMonitoring shall include:
Equipment status monitoring
Basic current mode parameters of the SS main electrical equipment monitoring:
Voltage and frequency at bus bars of all levels
Cross- flows of active and reactive power at all connection, transformers and autotransformers
SS main switching units monitoring
Status of main and auxiliary electrical equipment monitoring
In the primary processing of information must be carried out validation of input measurements and signals. The Supplier shall describe in detail the used methods of prove of the reliability of information.
Equipment Status MonitoringDigital data on the status of SU, OLTC active branch lines are input into ACS lower level devices (IED, CPI modules, controllers) directly or through the contacts of intermediate relays, potentiometric sensors, etc.
Low-level devices must form time tags with an accuracy of 1m/s with the equipment status signal, which are transmitted to the upper levels by IEC 61850 protocol.
Digital data signals on position of the switching units (SU) are validity checked by inserting two signals from one SU: “closed” and “open” received from normally closed contact and normally open contact related to one SU status. In case of simultaneous appearance of two similar signals, the SU position signal is considered invalid.
Based on the acquired data, the SS electrical connections operational diagram and the SS mode of operation are defined, which displays to the operating personnel and is used to perform automated control.
For reliable actuation of “dry” contacts it is required to use their voltage “wetting” not less than 110 V DC.
Process parameters monitoringMeasurement of the process parameters, equipment operation parameters are performed by primary detectors and must provide accurate, reliable and timely data for all subsystem and functional components of the ACS TP.
For monitoring the status of connecting circuit and the system parameters at the connection level (lower level) it is required to use the cell controllers (connections).
Below is a list of parameters to be collected and processed at the substation.The list can be updated at the stage of detailed design.
Equipment Parameter Source of information
OHL 330, 110 kV Phase currents and zero sequence MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to CT, winding 0,5
Phase voltages MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to VT, winding 0,5
Electricity active, reactive (reception, return) MP controllers of ACS TP, calculation
Sectionalizing switch Phase currents and zero sequence MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to CT, winding 0,5
Sulfur hexafluoride switches 110, 330 kV Phase currents and zero sequence MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to CT, winding 0,5
Gas pressure (2stages), fault Group of reactors Phase currents MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to CT, winding P
Autotransformers Phase currents and zero sequence MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to CT, winding 0,5
Electricity active, reactive (reception, return) MP controllers of ACS TP, or calculation
OLTC positions
Temperature and technological parameters of oil Sensors of technological parameters
Auxiliary transformers Phase currents and zero sequence MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to CT, winding 0,5
Electricity active, reactive (reception, return) MP controllers of ACS TP, or calculation
High voltage buses Phase voltages MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to VT, winding 0,5
Frequency MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to VT, winding 0,5
The accuracy of 3 decimal places
Low voltage buses Phase voltages Instrument transducers
Equipment of operational DC The voltage on the sections of the DC board
Battery voltage
Positive voltage of battery phase to earth
Battery load current
Charger current
Current charging the battery DC board controller
Auxiliaries of 0.4 kV Current A
Electricity active (reception) Auxiliary board controller
Buildings and structures of GIS Indoors air temperature
Humidity indoors. The conditioning and ventilation subsystem controller.
Temperature, humidity, precipitation, wind direction and speed The weather station controller
RP & SA terminals Protection activation MP terminal of PR & SA
Fault signal terminal MP terminal of PR & SA, dry contact watchdog
Equipment Parameter Source of information
OHL 330, 110 kV Phase currents and zero sequence MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to CT, winding 0,5
Phase voltages MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to VT, winding 0,5
Electricity active, reactive (reception, return) MP controllers of ACS TP, calculation
Sectionalizing switch Phase currents and zero sequence MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to CT, winding 0,5
Sulfur hexafluoride switches 110, 330 kV Phase currents and zero sequence MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to CT, winding 0,5
Gas pressure (2stages), fault Group of reactors Phase currents MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to CT, winding P
Autotransformers Phase currents and zero sequence MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to CT, winding 0,5
Electricity active, reactive (reception, return) MP controllers of ACS TP, or calculation
OLTC positions
Temperature and technological parameters of oil Sensors of technological parameters
Auxiliary transformers Phase currents and zero sequence MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to CT, winding 0,5
Electricity active, reactive (reception, return) MP controllers of ACS TP, or calculation
High voltage buses Phase voltages MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to VT, winding 0,5
Frequency MP controllers of ACS TP, connected to VT, winding 0,5
The accuracy of 3 decimal places
Low voltage buses Phase voltages Instrument transducers
Equipment of operational DC The voltage on the sections of the DC board
Battery voltage
Positive voltage of battery phase to earth
Battery load current
Charger current
Current charging the battery DC board controller
Auxiliaries of 0.4 kV Current A
Electricity active (reception) Auxiliary board controller
Buildings and structures of GIS Indoors air temperature
Humidity indoors. The conditioning and ventilation subsystem controller.
Temperature, humidity, precipitation, wind direction and speed The weather station controller
RP & SA terminals Protection activation MP terminal of PR & SA
Fault signal terminal MP terminal of PR & SA, dry contact watchdog
Insert single-phase currents and voltages is performed by measuring current and voltage transformers and directly from auxiliary board and DC board – directly to the RP & SA controllers or instrument transducers.
Measurement error of electrical parameters for the whole measurement channel should not exceed 1% for CT and VT accuracy better than 0.5% in the range 10…120% of the nominal value of measurement.
Signals from detectors of equipment process (non-electrical) parameters (temperature, pressure, etc.) are acceptable to insert with the use of DC (voltage) unified analogue signals).
Control Process AutomationTo achieve a high level of object’s automation, the automated control system should perform switching operations according to the technological regulations. Regulations shall be agreed with the Employer at the stage of technical design.
The switching operations shall be carried out according to procedure with the system time and messages recording related to the given switching operation.
After every switching operation the corresponding changes in the object’s diagram shall be displayed at WS. In case it is not possible to carry out an operation the automated control system shall notify the personnel of the causes that make the SU operation impossible. Operating personnel may abort switching operation and switch to manual control.
The software (hardware) interlocking (to be defined by design) excluding simultaneous control from different location shall be provided for electrical equipment control (local, remote).
All personnel actions of electrical equipment control from WS or on the spot shall be recorded in the ACS TP archives with time tag, method of control and of the operator.
The archive shall also contain recorded operation on changing the switching units mode of control (“local” – “remote”).
Automated Management ServicesEquipment Parameter
Switching Units Closing, opening, interlocking
Transformers, autotransformers Voltage regulation, switching OLTC antsapf
RP & SA terminals Enable/disable individual protection functions
Changing the setting values, the number of stages
Control Station Notes
From WS of BEN (ES) operation and dispatching personnel All control switching devices are implemented in full – the main way to control for operating personnel on duty ( at the substation without operating personnel)
From WS of SS operating personnel All control switching devices are implemented in full – the main way to control for operating personnel on duty
- the main control method for maintenance personnel (EOD, operational outreach) at the substation without operating personnel
From controls switching devices (from touch screen terminal control) or mimic panel of bay control cabinet It is used only in case of failure of SHS ACS upper level. The control commands are recorded in the system, operational block is executed by means of bay control terminals.
At the place – from control cabinet switching device. Emergency control method – in case of failure of all means of ACS TP and secondary switching devices.
For electrical equipment control (local, remote) shall be provided:
software and hardware interlocking, to prevent simultaneous control from different workstation,
process interlocking logic
All action of the operating personnel, regardless of the control level, shall be recorded in the ACS TP archives, indicating time, control method, performed operation and the identification of operator.
Changing the switching units mode of control, other devices that have a mode switch “ local”-“remote” should be recorded in the archives.
Archiving must fulfill the following main functions:
Data archiving and storage
Data protection
Presentation of archived data on request
Control of the Substation ComponentsIn order to arrange the automated control of the substation components, the latter shall have electrical (electromechanical) operating mechanism. The number and types of controllable switching units (SU) are determined by the Key diagram of the substation.
The list of SU covered by the function of automated control:
SU 330 kV (circuit-breakers, disconnectors, eathing blades);
SU 110 kV (circuit-breakers, disconnectors, eathing blades);
SU 10/35 kV (circuit-breakers);
main/input and section circuit-breakers (CB) of direct current board (DCB) and auxiliary board 0.4 kV;
on-load tap changer (OLTC) of autotransformers (AT) – in case of OLTC installation.
Controllable fire extinguishing system component (valves, air gates etc).
The Automated Control System final controlling elements are:
for SU 330 kV and 110 kV – microprocessor breaker devices (MBC);
for SU 10/35 kV (circuit-breakers) – circuit-breaker operating mechanisms control cabinet
for SU 0.4kV - automated circuit-breakers with control function;
for OLTC devices – individual programmable controllers or automatics with OLTC operating mechanisms that ensure remote control.
for fire extinguishing system components – individual programmable controllers or automatics with operating mechanisms.
main and section circuit-breakers (CB) of direct current board (DCB) and auxiliary board 0.4 kV.
Control of 330 – 110 kV Switching UnitsOperational control of switching units is carried out by issuing a pulse command to operating mechanisms of three phases simultaneously. Due to design solution of arranging control of the switching units, control shall be carried out by three phases simultaneously. In case of manual control by operating personnel turning on/off switching units shall be made via the keys in the SU control cabinets.
Information on the status of each circuit breaker phase shall arrive to controller. The status of all circuit-breaker phases of the switch is defined according to algorithm based on the analysis of the situation of each phase position.
Information of the status of disconnectors and eathing blades shall arrive to controller in the form of:
“all three phases are open”,
“all three phase are closed”,
“information on not switched phase ".
It is required to monitor SU switching time. For circuit-breakers, disconnectors and earthing blades the switching time is defined by a setting value. Exceeding the time setting switch of SU must be accompanied by a warning to the personnel with fixing in the list of events.
Control of 35 – 10 kV Switching UnitsIs carried out for three phases by issuing a pulse command and does not envisage individual phase control. Data on 10-35 kV SU status shall arrive in the form of two signals of position.
Terms of Reference for the feasibility study for the reconstruction of SS 330/110/35/10 kV does not provide replacement equipment 10/35 kV.
In developing the detailed design to take into account the ability to control and condition monitoring of equipment AIS 35 kV and switchgear 10 kV of ACS TP SS, at the subsequent reconstruction of the SS.
Database of historical data maintainingAll recorded operating parameters and events are subject to archiving for retrospective analysis of state and modes of equipment operation.
Organization of ACS TP SSBasic Architecture Principle of ACS TP SSThe ACS TP SS architecture shall be based on the up-to-date software/hardware technologies, implementing the basic information and control functions.
ACS TP shall be built as a multileveled distributed man-machine system, consisting of hardware and software-compatible tools and integrated by local area networks, and operating in real time mode.
Requirement to structure and functionality of the systemThe ACS TP SS shall be designed with the use of up-to-date software and hardware based on microprocessor devices.
In case of connection loss with substation level or connection level – process level should work stand-alone.
The SS main communication protocol for data exchange between the ACS TP elements and microprocessor units of relay protection and emergency control shall be IEC 61850-8.
Data exchange with other autonomous systems may be performed with the use of other standard protocols, in case these systems do not support IEC 61850-8. A protocol other than IEC 61850-8, may be used for data exchange between relay protection and emergency controls devices as an exceptive measure under sufficient justification and approval by the Employer.
All ACS TP elements shall be synchronized from a redundant common time source ensuring receipt of the standard time from external synchronization source.
Power supply of all the ACS TP equipment shall be provided from two redundant uninterruptible power supply units.
When designing ACS TP it is required to envisage a possibility of expanding the system in case of development or reconstruction of the object of control.
Operating conditions of the Automation objects correspond to the lukewarm climate according to GOST 16350-80.
Software and hardware of ACS TPGeneral requirementsThe software and hardware suite (SHS) shall represent a hierarchical, multisite, distributed microprocessor system that includes the hardware and software compatible technical means and is combined by the local area networks.
The software and hardware suite and its components shall be capable of continuous digital mode of operation in severe conditions of industrial operation at the substation (low or high temperatures, dust, humidity, vibrations, electromagnetic fields etc).
The ACS TP of the SS shall include:
process level devices:
controllers inbuilt to equipment
computer process interfaces (CPI)
smart sensors:
primary signal transducers,
controlled object actuators
Connection level devices:
Intelligent electronic devices (IED) of different purpose:
measurements,
control,
equipment status monitoring,
quality monitoring
recording of emergency processes etc.
Upper (substation) level devices:
data display to user devices:
operator workstations
engineer workstations
remote viewing display,
data concentration, processing and archiving devices:
servers of the system
gateways for information exchange with higher level of dispatcher control
LAN devices: network switches, routers
time synchronization subsystem
Devices and communication lines, to ensure the exchange of information in digital form with low-level devices and commands to the actuators.
Devices of digital communication and channels of communication with upper level dispatcher control
Power supply units
Service equipment and SPTA
Cable connections and local area networks etc.;
constructs for hardware accommodation:
cabinets with required hardware,
office furniture for operating personnel to accommodate the operator workstations, engineer stations and printers
cable networks etc.;
Technical and quantitative parameters for the supplied hardware of ACS TP represented in the technical data table.
When designing ACS TP it is required to provide the possibility of:
hardware and software expansion due to the necessity of upgrading the SS processes and equipment;
introduction new control and regulation technologies
increasing the content and scope of the data processed.;
The composition of autonomous systems (subsystems) should include subsystems that implement separate functions for monitoring and control of power equipment, as well as specialized microprocessor subsystem monitoring of electrical equipment, including the supplied as a unit with equipment.
The number of SHS, controllers, CPI, marshaling cabinets and other hardware and software of SHS is determined by the Supplier in the ACS TP Contract design approved by the Employer.
All devices and instruments included in the ACS TP composition shall comply with the international standards IEC, IEEE, and the State standards of Ukraine.
Requirements to the substation level devicesIn the substation level devices composition it is required to envisage at minimum:
Redundant servers of the system, the amount of which is determined by the requirements for the implementation of system’s function
WS of operating personnel (stationary, redundant) in accordance with section 0
separate WS of the RP & SA personnel and the ACS TP personnel (stationary and portable) in accordance with section 0
remote viewing display
Software and hardware redundant gateways for the organization of data exchange with higher-level control centers
Equipment LAN: network switches and routers.
network printer (A4, laser, black-and-white)
Servers of the system should be implemented on the basis of industrial computer servers or individual computer components for use in industrial environments. Equipment of the servers should provide:
Internal monitoring of all components of the servers with the issuance of alarm through the built-in watchdog-relay or SNMP (SimpleNetworkManagementProtocol) mechanisms.
remote administration using conventional technologies such as IPMI (IntelligentPlatformManagementInterface)
The operator and engineer workstations should be built on the basis of specialized devices or a PC in an industrial design, or office performance (as agreed with the Employer). The working station in addition to the system unit and monitor, include the conventional or functional keyboard, an optical mouse. Monitors of operator and engineer stations must be in color liquid-crystal displays with the parameters:
resolution of at least 1600x1200
type of matrix not worse than IPS
a diagonal of at least 24"
vertical and horizontal angels of view not worse than 178°
mean time between failures of at least 20,000 hours
Engineer station must be provided with the tools to create and maintain a database of system configuration, remote operation and configuration of RP & SA terminals.
Access screen is used to display a large scale character and graphic information in formats of display of operator workstations. The screen can be equipped with its own controlling means as a separate keyboard and mouse or for these purposes can take advantage of operator stations
Gateways of information exchanges should be implemented on the basis of specialized devices or servers in an industrial design. Gateway function can be integrated into the main servers of system.
The printer must be capable of:
obtain printed copies of display screens
print of reports, protocols, etc.
Servers, operator and engineer workstations, gateways should be equipped with duplicate Ethernet-interface connected to different LAN connection switches.
Servers and gateways of ACS TP should be redundant with providing redundancy scheme “hot spare”, with two hot-swappable power supplies each, connected to a different source of guaranteed power lines.
Requirements to the connection and process level devices Requirement to connection level:
Connection level controllers shall have reserved digital exchange modules Industrial Ethernet according to requirements of the standard IEEE 802.3.
Controllers shall be equipped with graphic control panel ensuring local visualization of operating status of connection equipment, switching units control, input/output and visualization of interlock operation, browsing the events.
In case of loss of communication with the upper level control, the controllers shall be switched to autonomous mode with events registration in internal buffer of sufficient size.
Logical on-line interlocking of control of SU connection should be performed.
Data exchange with other bay controllers, with RP & SA terminals, with ACS TP devices should be performed by IEC 61850-8 protocol.
Controllers shall support the modes of hot swap of components (except for the central processor module) and backing of main modules (processor, power unit, communication).
Electromagnetic interference tolerance shall comply with IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613.
Requirements to process level devices:
The process level devices shall perform:
Collection and processing of analogue and digital information on connections from interlock contacts of primary equipment, relay, sensors, transducers.
Generating control commands for switching units, OLTC and other units.
SU backing control in case of failure of substation level devices.
Intelligent Electronic Devices (IED)Supplied IED hardware must meet the following requirements:
be based on the up-to-date microprocessors controllers of increased reliability and stability to electromagnetic hindrances according to IEC 61850-3, IEEE 1613 Class 1 and/or Class 2, IEC 61000-6 and in compliance with the internationally accepted industrial standards; with extensive system of commands that allow the real-time effecting of envisaged algorithms for process control and monitoring;
efficiently handle internal and external events and exchange of information and commands to other elements of the system;
bay controllers and protection terminals shall maintain the replace of components by the instrumentality of spare parts with equipment minimal downtime;
have a modular structure that allows for, by means of changing the number and combination of modules, request a device of various data capacity (productivity, memory capacity, the number of data input-output channels etc.) as well as to change controller characteristics in the course of operation;
have the required speed capability for recording time of arrival (change) of digital signals (potential) with error as to the SHS system time of not greater than 1 ms.;
ensure direct connection to the secondary circuit of measuring current and voltage transformers;
have analogue inputs for direct connection of current transformers and voltage transformers 50 Hz frequency from the standard range of denominations;
have several external data interfaces, as well as one serial interface or Ethernet interface for local configuration management and adjustment.
Requirements to LANArchitecture of LAN of ACS TP should use a highly reliable industrial protocols, technology-based Ethernet (IEEE 802.3) and standard redundancy schemes such as RSTP (Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol), in accordance with the IEEE 802.1Q, IEEE 802.1s, MRP (MediaRedundancyProtocol), in accordance with IEC 62439-2, PRP (ParallelRedundancyProtocol), in accordance with IEC 62439-3 Clause 4, HSR (High-availabilitySeamlessRedundancy), in accordance with IEC 62439-3 Clause 5, and other protocols, providing a guaranteed transmission of messages on the LAN.
To transfer data to the LAN using Ethernet should be employed an optical fiber (multi-mode or single-mode). Application of “copper” Ethernet should be limited to short Ethernet connections in communications equipment cabinets “field” level or SCR, which ensures the proper level of protection against electromagnetic radiation.
Communication equipment of LAN shall meet the requirements for electromagnetic compatibility and the possibility of operating in a high level of electromagnetic interference: IEEE 1613 Class 1 и Class2, IEC 61850-3, IEC 61000-4, IEC 61000-6.
Communication equipment of LAN should be provided redundant power supplies. Ports Ethernet network switches and routers must be organized in modular enclosure systems with the ability to “hot” replacement of modules.
Communication equipment of LAN is delivered with the software configuration. Web-based interface for the software is preferred.
To diagnose the condition and monitoring should be applied the standard SNMP (SimpleNetworkManagementProtocol). Documentation of network equipment should include a description of information databases.
Requirements to electromagnetic compatibility of SHS ACS TPSHS ACS TP shall operate in certain electromagnetic environment, not inducing unacceptable radio frequency interference to other hardware components.
Selection of the SHS devices during design of the ACS TP SS shall be carried out with the account taken of electromagnetic environment at places of their installation.
The ACS TP SHS devices shall maintain operability in radiated emission fields in accordance with the level of electromagnetic compatibility specified in SHS operating documentation.
The ACS TP SHS devices shall be tested on resistance to electromagnetic interference in accordance with IEC 61000-4 “Interference immunity tests. General Requirements”. For individual types of tests (in a greater detail) there are publications IEC 610004, IEC 255.
If the field density in the place of envisaged SHS installation exceeds the permissible value, it is required to perform mechanical and electrical calculations for determining location of positioning the equipment, and measures shall be taken to control the limiting values of susceptibility by means of cable core screening and earthing method.
Requirement to reliability of the ACS TP software/hardwareGenerally, reliability of the control system shall meet requirements of ІЕС 870-4-93, ГОСТ 27.003-90, ГОСТ 24.701-86
Required reliability of delivered hardware should be ensured by selecting the appropriate components base, methods and tools for software and hardware redundancy.
In case of failure of individual components of modules of the system should preserve the essential function of the system through their respective reservation or other modules.
The failure of any element of ACS TP in no case should not lead to the issuance of false commands (control)
The ACS TP equipment must meet the requirements for noise immunity to high-voltage, high-frequency and pulse interference in accordance with IEC 255 Publication 5.
A method for performing and mode of operation of electrical circuits from the sensor measured values to the device providing the input information in ACS TP should exclude interference; leading to a distortion of the information (the sensors must be electrically isolated from the equipment).
In case of failure and recovery of power the ACS TP equipment should not give false commands. And this software and hardware systems should provide an automatic restart of the individual components or the entire system when the power is restored. Short-term and long-term power loss on the automatic direct current shall not lead to irreversible consequences for system as a whole, and/or for individual subsystems.
The probability of failure-free operation of the system should not be worse:
0,99 – function of operational management;
0,999 – function of automatic control;
and it must be confirmed by the relevant calculation reliability.
Requirement to SafetyRequirements to SHS safety shall comply with requirement of Chapter 2 of GOST 24.104-85, as well as of Safety at Work regulations.
Hardware of the ACS TP SHS by method of protecting a man from electric shock is related to Class 1 and shall be manufactured according to GOST 12.2.007.0-75.
Safety earthing shall be implemented at all SHS hardware in accordance with requirements of GOST 12.2.007.0-75, GOST 25861-83 and PUE (electrical installation code) (TN-S).
Design and positioning of SHS racks (cabinets) shall meet requirements of electrical and fire safety in accordance with PTE (operational regulations), GOST 12.2.003-91. SSBT (occupational safety standards system), and GOST 12.2.007.6-93. Cable products employed in manufacturing of the communication cable lines shall have reliable protection against mechanical damage and be self-extinguishing. At personnel WS and service rooms accommodating the ACS TP equipment, it is required to limit unsafe and harmful occupational factors.
Ensuring of equipment operating conditionsComplex hardware of ACS TP of Substation must be designed to work around the clock without staff in a room with ambient temperature: T = +5°C …+ 45°C, with relative humidity of 5 to 80% and atmospheric pressure of 500-600 mm Hg.
At the same time there should be no implementation of special measures in indoors installation systems (e.g., conditioning).
ACS TP equipment to be placed outdoors (in the “field”) must be operated at an ambient temperature of -25°C to +55°C, relative humidity of 5% to 95%, or installed in a thermostatic enclosure system.
The equipment should be resistant to seismic effects of IEC 60255-21-3, class 3
All equipment should be usually fanless. It should be widely used flash-cards, SSD drives, except for archive servers that can be used conventional drives.
Requirement to control and optical cablesControl cables coupling connection and control level equipment, that are installed on a substation territory, should have copper cores, with a cross-section of at least 2,5 mm2, shielded if required, do not support combustion, with a spare cores of 10%.
Control cables should comply to GOST 1508-78 “Control cables with rubber and plastic insulation. Technical regulation”, GOST 26411-85 “Control cables. General specifications” and working documentation, approved in established order.
Packaging, labeling, transportation and storage of cables should conform to GOST 18690-82.
Copper current-carrying conductors should be solid stranded and conform to class 1 of GOST 22483-77.
Optical cables must include the required number of optical conductors, including a reserve of 10% of the required number of optical strands. Optic cables makeup/bunching must be carried out in specialized optical boxes (OpticalDistributionFtames – ODF). All core of optical cable must be cut on the optical box panel.
Optical cables must have a protective coating in accordance with the place of cabling. The protective coating must be non-flammable or do not support combustion and the working temperature range must meet the requirement in Chapter 0.
Optical cables must meet the requirements of ITU-T Rec. G.651, G652, IEC 60331, IEC 60332.
The service life of the control and optical cables, if the user complies with the installation rules appropriately approved, operating and storage conditions shall be not less than 15 years, and if the cables are installed indoors, in tunnels or ducts shall be not less than 25 years.
Testing and self-diagnostics of the SHS componentsDiagnostics of the system as a whole and its individual components shall be performed continuously and automatically throughout all time of operation of ACS TP in all modes of operation.
The subjects of diagnostics shall be: devices of substation level, connection level and process levels, means of communication, software
The connection level devices, network equipment and WS shall be diagnosed automatically both at start up and continuously in the course of operation.
Subsystems integrated in the ACS TP composition shall have individual means of self-diagnostics and generate the corresponding signals to SHS.
The system shall ensure storage of diagnostics data and shall not allow their loss in case of cut-off of external power supply.
Requirements for the maintenance and repairAll technical means of ACS TP must be operated in a mode of work around the clock without a permanent staff on site.
Maintainability of the hardware on the grid object should be ensured by replacing the damaged functional module (block) or a model element replacement, followed by its repair in the Supplier’s service center. The median time to recovery of the hardware operation condition must be no more than 2 hours with a time troubleshooting.
The Supplier must provide a recommended set of spare parts, based on the life of the system’s hardware:
substation level (upper level): workstations, servers, network equipment – not less than 7 years
controllers, IED, transducers, etc. – at least 15 years
Composition of SPTA agreed at the design stage (of the contract).
Complex ACS TP hardware must have built-in self-diagnostics with a view to continuous monitoring of performance, and to identify functional modules or components that require replacement.
ACS TP system should be composed of image display of the results of the test control of its various components.
AS part of ACS TP, hardware must be supplied with the necessary maintenance facilities, providing equipment workstation of operating, maintenance personnel system administrator.
Arrangement of power supplyPower supply of hardware equipment of connection level must be provided by the DC board voltage of 220 V.
Power modules of lower level devices must be redundant and connected to two independent network of DC power.
Power of hardware equipment of substation (upper) level should be provided by the supplied guaranteed power supply system. Interruptions in the power supply system should not be.
The guaranteed power supply system must be based on redundant inverter 230 V AC/220 V DC – 230 V AC, which is powered by redundant AC power (230 V AC) from the auxiliary board and DC (220 V DC) from the DC board.
The output of guaranteed power supply system shall have 2 independent power lines, which energize redundant power servers, network switches and other equipment with two power supply units. Redundant operator and engineer workstations and printers are supplied from one of the power lines.
The Supplier shall provide a calculation of electricity supply for the guaranteed power supply system.
If the calculated capacity of the system of guaranteed power supply of more than 10 kW, the connection to the AC power must be three-phase.
Supplied system of guaranteed power supply should have a power reserve of at least 25% of the calculation.
Requirement for Embodiment of Control Cabinet ACS TP equipment must be installed in cabinets of unified standard sizes 800x800x2000 with unilateral or bilateral access for maintenance.
When there are LED signal indicators on the faceplate, the cabinet door shall be transparent.The number of manual operational management should be minimal.
All external cable connections, the connections between the cabinets must be carried out through a set of terminal blocks installed in cabinets or intermediate marshaling cabinets.
Cabinets for equipment allocation must be equipped with devices to provide the required heat setting conditions of the installed equipment, service outlets (220 V AC) and lighting.
To ground the body of the device to be placed in cabinets, cable shields, etc., inside the enclosure, preferably to provide a special copper bus. Grounding of cabinet construct must be carried out in accordance with GOST 12.1.030 to the general contour of the ground. The electrical resistance between the grounding bolt and any metal part of the cabinet and the device inside the cabinet should not exceed 0.1 ohms.
Cabinets must be equipped with mechanical locking doors (locks), excluding their spontaneous or unauthorized opening.
Constructs and positioning of cabinets for ACS TP equipment must comply with electrical and fire safety in accordance with the PTE (operational regulations), GOST 12.2.003-91, GOST 12.2.007.7, GOST 12.1.004. Classes of equipment protection in accordance with GOST 14254 shall conform to IP 54 for equipment and cabinets to be placed in the premises of substation and IP 64 for equipment and cabinets to be placed on the territory of the open switchgear/AIS.
Data exchanges with higher levels of dispatcher controlTo provide access to operating and technological information of ACS TP SS and functions of remote supervisory control from higher levels of dispatcher control, supplied SHS of ACS TP must be provided with the appropriate hardware and software interfaces.
Software and hardware interfaces must provide redundant data exchange and supervisory control for:
Dispatch Center BEN
Dispatch Center ES
National Dispatch Center – only information exchange.
Program Interfaces of ACS TP should provide access to the following types of information:
Operational process – measurement data and state of controlled switching devices, equipment, engineering services, external environment, status and configuration control system, etc.
Historical – archive operational process data, statements of events, the change log.
The Employer has digital TV transmission using Ethernet technology, and transport protocols TCP\IP as main communication channels.The Customer has narrowband analog channels as a back-up communication channels.
To ensure information exchange and supervisory control services the relevant standard protocol IEC 60870-5-101 и IEC 60870-5-104 should be applied.
Protocols profiles agreed at the stage of detailed design
Interaction with adjacent subsystemsGeneral RequirementsThe ACS TP shall comprise and support a two-way data exchange with the following subsystems:
Automated subsystem for electric power fiscal metering (ASPFM)
Relay protection and emergency controls subsystem (RP & SA)
The SS main equipment diagnostic subsystem
Security video surveillance subsystem
Building security alarm subsystem
Fire alarm subsystem
GIS ventilation and air conditioning subsystem
SURS monitoring subsystem
Metrological monitoring subsystem
Other digital systems or microprocessor devices installed at SS, should there be a necessity to supply data from them to the SS duty personnel.
System of data retransmission to the higher levels of control.
Data exchange with the above system must be implemented with standard and generally accepted protocols such as IEC 60870-5-104, IEC 61850-8, Modbus, OPC DA.
ACS TP shall monitor the status of adjacent subsystems with the preferred use of “dry” contacts watchdog-relay in controllers of controlled systems. In the absence of such technical means ACS TP must control the permanent data exchange with adjacent systems and give alarm in case of its absence.
Information on the application of specific protocols and adjacent systems hardware will be available to the Supplier at the stage of detailed design.
Interaction with ASPFMWhen SU position changes (circuit-breakers, disconnectors, auxiliary devices, OLTC positions) it is required that the following data are transferred from ACS TP to ASPFM:
connection name,
device ID,
date/time of operation,
operation (open/closed).
OLTC tap change etc.
ASPFM shall provide to ACS TP data on the system parameters electric power cross-flows, as well data on auxiliary power consumption.
Interaction with relay protection an emergency controlsThe integration functions shall include:
Registration (record) of RP & SA devices actions, generation and transfer of signals on their actuation.
Cyclic Built In Test of devices and/or collection of data on diagnostics results, registration (record) of results.
Ensuring remote change of characteristics and parameters (settings) of devices and input/output functions of protection, while ensuring this possibility in respective RP & SA terminals.
Interaction with substation main equipment monitoring subsystemThe subsystem is designed to provide to the personnel, exploiting the power equipment at the substation, accurate, complete and timely information on the state of the main technological equipment of the SS and its working modes.
The subsystem carries out control of the parameters variation dynamics and output of the specified range, reports divergence of parameters. On the basis of the accumulated data subsystem performs statistical calculations and projections that affect the volume and frequency of repairs. Subsystem helps:
• identification of damage or certain tendencies to reduce its operational capabilities;
•planning of maintenance and repairs;
• analysis of aging equipment and evaluate its remaining life.
Information support is carried out by built-in sensors and controllers, which are supplied by manufacturers as a unit with power equipment.
The subsystem monitors the following power equipment:
- GIS 330 kV equipment;
- GIS 110 kV equipment;
- AT;
The subsystem must be able to integrate with a unified system for the time synchronization of the SS.
Interaction with the security video surveillance subsystemSecurity video surveillance and alarm are the basic hardware ensuring security of the facility against unauthorized access to the territory. It includes:
video cameras installed throughout the site perimeter and at the entrance to the building;
monitor detectors, open door detector etc.
CCTV subsystem must transmit actuation signal to the ACS TP for display on mimic diagram and emergency alarm.
Interaction with the automated fire extinguishing systemStructurally, the automated fire extinguishing system (AFES) is built as a separate standalone monitoring and control system.
Information on a triggered fire extinguishing system and on a condition (serviceability) of a fire extinguishing system and its components should arrive in ACS TP from AFES.
Interaction with ventilation and air conditioning subsystemThe subsystem performs regular monitoring of temperature parameters in the technological premises with established components of insulated equipment.
ACS TP must receive periodic information on the monitored parameters and fault information on systems and its components.
Interaction with SURS monitoring subsystem The subsystem performs regular monitoring of the following options:
- SURS operations recording
- Actuation time fixation
- SURS current impulse value fixation
ACS TP must receive periodic information on the monitored parameters.
Interaction with the metrological data collection and processing subsystemThe subsystem carries out the regular monitoring of meteorological phenomena and processes, their data on the site, performs collection, storage and processing of the monitoring data.
The data are transferred in real-time to ACS TP by the standard communication protocols.
Requirement to the universal time subsystemACS TP shall include the subsystem of universal time designed to synchronize the system time of all the ACS TP devices and equipment of the intergratable autonomous digital systems of the substation (RP & SA etc.).
The universal time subsystem shall include software and hardware ensuring receipt of exact time signals from external GPS source.
The universal time subsystem must support the following protocols time synchronization:
NTP (SNTP)
PTP in accordance with IEEE 1588 Precision Time Protocol v2.
In order to ensure minimal error of the binding to the system time of various devices it is recommended to arrange a fixed network of synchronizing the system time with installing specialized switches equipped with IRIG B ports.
The clock synchronization system shall be implemented by a separate software/hardware suite, which includes:
satellite communication antenna;
signal transducers (receiver);
Ethernet LAN ports.
Mistiming of one event fixed by different systems shall not exceed 1 ms. The clock synchronizing system shall perform time synchronization monitoring of ACS TP elements automatically by cycles not less than once every 10 minutes.
ACS TP software components must consider the transition to winter/summer time, which run on a standard European scheme.
Time zone for local time – EET (Eastern European Time).
For the purposes of storing archival information should apply timestamps to the UTC. Summer/winter time must be taken into account when processing and displaying data by corresponding software subsystem.
Requirement to cyber securityRequirement should provide all possible protection of electronic access to substation automation.
The supplied system must comply with current international standards and best international practices in the field of security (IEC 62443, IEC 62351 etc.).
The system should provide the following rules and procedures on safety:
Access control
Provides access only to authorized personnel
Protects against unauthorized use of network resources
Mechanisms of implementation:
Easy registration/password
Access Control Lists (ACL) – determine who can access a particular object of the system and what operations are allowed or not allowed to perform on the objects of the system
Identification
Confirm the identification of the connected objects (for example, end users, network devices)
Provides validation of system’s objects
Provides assurance that the object is defined by the system
Confidentiality of data
Data protection from unauthorized access
Mechanisms of implementation:
Encryption (3DES, AES)
Access control lists
Secure of communications
The information is transmitted only between authorized users and system objects
Mechanisms of implementation:
VPNs (IP Security)
MPLS (Multiprotocol Label Switching)
Data integrity:
Constant check of the correctness or accuracy of the information
The data must be protected from unauthorized modification, deletion, creation and replication
Mechanisms of implementation:
IPSec HMACs (Hash Message Authentication Code)
Cyclic check of redundancy
Availability:
Provides authorized access to network elements, stored information, information flows, services and applications
Solutions for disaster recovery are included in this category
Mechanisms of implementation:
Backup and Restore
Continuous monitoring
services for SLA (quality level agreement)
Privacy:
Provides data protection, which can be obtained from the network
Mechanisms of implementation:
Title encryption IP (IPSec VPN)
Requirements to ergonomics and industrial designErgonomics solution shall ensure comfort of operation of equipment and minimize time expenditures on maintenance and repairs.
General ergonomics requirements to the equipment shall be met in accordance with DSTU 7234:2011.
Personnel WS's shall meet requirements of GOST 12.2.032-78 and GOST 12.2.033-78.
Requirement to patent clearance When establishing ACS TP it is required to ensure the patent clearance.
All components of the system software/hardware suite shall comply with international standards and shall be referenced in technical documentation to this subject.
The software employed in the ACS TP SHS, shall be licensed in compliance with National and international legislation.
The Contractor shall agree with the Employer the boundary permissible levels of voltage deviation.
Requirements to standardisation and unificationACS TP shall be designed on the basis of current rules, regulations, standards and other regulatory/engineering documents.
For designing ACS TP it is required to use unified database structures, special software, methods and means of data submission, data transfer protocols etc.
In the SHS composition it is required to use hardware components manufactured in compliance with internationally accepted and local standards that would ensure design, informational and software compatibility of products by different manufacturers.
Forms of data submission shall be approximated to the design drawings of process diagrams and their elements.
Basic structures (racks, stands, wall hanging cabinets etc.) shall be made in compliance with the generally accepted standards.
Design of cabinets and functional modules shall be unified in all SHS devices.
In CPI regardless of the type of employed input and output signals it is required to use the standard (unified) interfaces.
Requirement to the Types of SupportRequirements to mathematical supportThe ACS TP mathematical support shall include algorithms that ensure performing of all the system functions to the full scope.
The ACS TP mathematical support shall include the following algorithms:
the preceding processing of input signals (validity algorithms, filtering algorithms)
informational for the subsystem index (computational components algorithms)
collection and processing of digital data (digital data analysis algorithms, algorithms of generated message ID’s on events in the system);
automated control of the switching units;
protections and blockings (logical algorithms, that determine enabling, disabling and action of protections, blockings execution conditions, as well as algorithms for protections monitoring).
The ACS TP subsystem algorithms shall be developed with the account taken of regulatory requirements.
When developing the mathematical support it is require to use to the maximum the modularity concept and algorithm modules typification.
Requirements to information supportThe ACS TP information support shall be based on the following principles:
Single input of data and multiple use of them.
Conversion of the input information into digital form as close as possible to the place of receipt.
Converting the output data from digital form to the physical form as close as possible to its use point.
Protection against inadequate or unauthorized information
Protection of individual users from the information that is not intended for them
Protection from destruction and loss of information and unauthorized access to it
The ACS TP information support shall be sufficient for performing all functions of the system and envisage a possibility of its expansion with the account taken of perspective development of the system.
Requirement to linguistic supportLinguistic support should include a set of tools and rules to be used in communication of developers, users and operating personnel of the system.
Linguistic support shall be tailored for a user, an expert in its field, who does not have command of universal programming languages or algorithm descriptions.
All components of the man-machine interface (MMI) the system user is working directly with, all text messages, signs shall be in Ukrainian or Russian. It is acceptable to use English in the operating system settings, DBMS etc. Linguistic support of operator (user) shall include:
Instrumental creating and maintaining database.
How to build and integrate the system display formats, text messages provided with necessary “menus”, “prompt messages” and “help” in its dialogue with the system.
Methods of forming (configuration) and integration into system of functions of information gathering and processing, remote control and automatic control
Methods of forming (configuration) and integration into the technological alarm system, event logging and display to the operator.
Methods of programming and integration into specialized user tasks system
All text information shall be in Ukrainian or Russian.
As the main language of the system configuration to be used to configure substations common language SCL (SubstationConfigurationLanguage) in accordance with the IEC 61850-7 standard and SCL files:
SSD (SystemSpecification Description)
SCD (SubstationConfigurationDescription)
ICD (IEDCapabilityDescription)
CID (ConfiguredIEDDescription)
Languages of process programming shall have documentation facilities that allow to combine programming of ACS TP functions and tasks with obtaining of operational documentation.
Requirements to softwareThe software that is used for the ACS TP operation, configuring and service of its individual systems/subsystems, parts and components shall ensure performing of all functions of mathematical and information support to the full scope.
Software shall be licensed and meet requirement of international and national standards on open systems interconnection. The number and amount of licenses should allow future expansion to 25% in terms of quantity of data to be processed.
The ACS TP software shall meet the following general principles:
modular architecture of all elements;
the software hierarchy pattern with providing for “privacy” and “transparency” of data for programs of different levels and priorities;
efficiency (minimal resources spending);
flexibility (possibility of incorporating changes and reconfiguration);
reliability (correspondence to the given algorithm, absence of error operations), protection against unauthorized access to programs and data, protection against destruction of both program and data;
error resilience;
unification of solutions;
possibility of expanding and upgrading;
ease of use.
The ACS TP software shall include:
system software being a totality of software tools designed for general arrangement of the computational process;
network software being a totality of software tools designed to arrange data exchange through the system trunk lines.
application software being a totality of software tools designed for handling of applied tasks:
data collection and process;
generating and issuing control commands;
data submission;
data archiving and documenting;
Service software
The system software shall include:
operation system with graphic interface that ensures multitask working mode;
protection tools for data and programs against software failures and unauthorized access;
tools for monitoring the system operation and its restore after errors and failures without system stop;
program loading tools;
libraries of function for mathematical processing of parameters;
libraries of interactive graphics and graphic functions;
tools for managing archives of machine-readable media.
Application software shall ensure performance of functions of:
display of video frames;
alarms and events;
display of the system status parameters;
archiving of all recorded parameters;
Archiving should provide local and remote access to archived information via standard requests, including from external applications (the presence of the software interface).
automatic keeping the databases updated;
documentation and reporting;
measurement and primary processing of technological parameters;
Configuration.
All configuration information ACS TP should be structured and stored in a centralized database. In data structuring the standard IEC 61850-7 should be applied.
Service software should include:
Software tools for backup and recovery of databases and content
Requirements to measurement assurance/metrological supportMetrological provision applies to information-measuring channels, lines and sensors, algorithms implemented ACS TP process control, including computational algorithms.
The structure and content of works on the ACS TP measurement assurance at all stages of design, implementation and operation shall meet requirements of the Law of Ukraine “On metrology and metrological activity”, GKD 34.20.507-2003 “Operation of power station and power grids. Rules”.
Measuring instrumentation employed in ACS TP, shall be included in the state Registry of means of measurement as the instruments permitted for us in Ukraine or pass the State metrological certification.
The ACS TP measuring channels in the course of ACS TP trial operation shall pass metrological certification according to the developed programs and methods that are to be used further in the ACS TP operation for periodic testing of their metrological characteristics.
Requirements to spare parts and accessoriesThe Supplier must provide a list of spare parts, supplies and equipment necessary, in his opinion, for the construction, installation, commissioning, and maintenance and repair of the SHS for 10 years of operation of the equipment.
The scope of spare parts shall ensure meeting requirement of preparedness and serviceability of SHS throughout the guaranteed service life.
The equipment set shall include specific checker devices, which are required for assembly, adjustment, start-up, maintenance and repairs of every supplied item of software/hardware (microprocessor-based checker devices, digital equipment testers, calibrators for checking the measuring channels etc.).
Requirement to DocumentationThe producer (supplier) of each system (subsystem) as part of ACS TP should provide a complete set of technical and operational documentation in Ukrainian or Russian, composed of all necessary for design, installation, adjustment, start-up, commissioning, ensuring the correct and safe operation, equipment and SHS maintenance that are delivered.
It agrees with GOST 34.602-89 and with RD of 50-34.698-90 requirements to documents which should be given out, regulated on the basis of table 2 GOST 34.201-89.
Technical documentationAll hardware and software components of supplied system must be provided with the standard technical documentation of the Supplier, including:
Technical forms on the components of hardware with confirmation (certificates) of the requested technical and functional requirements for these components, which may be set out in the technical descriptions and specifications of supplied hardware.
Conformance certificate for provided within the system software data exchange protocols, confirmed by authorized testing centers.
Software components documentation, including:
Description of software components
User’s guide
Instructions for installation and maintenance of software
Service instruction for operating personnel
Project documentation At development stage ACS TP project documentation in full according to GOST 34.602-89, GOST 34.201-89 should be executed, RD50-34.698-90 and to include the following sections:
all-system decisions;
information support;
organizational providing;
technical providing;
software.
Besides, should be presented:
scheme structural of the system’s complex of means;
scheme of cable channels (FOCL, communication, etc.);
the scheme of secondary connections between hardware components ACS TP and external relations;
journal of cables and wires;
equipment specification;
sheet of requirement for materials and local estimates;
connection diagram of external wiring;
linkup diagram of external wiring;
table of connections and linkups;
general drawing;
layout of wiring, equipment, installation of technical equipment;
schemes basic.
As a part of project documentation it should be executed:
calculation of reliability of ACS TP according to a IEC standard
calculation of efficiency of ACS TP according to a IEC standard.
Detailed documentation on the ACS TP should be coordinated with the corresponding services of the Employr with the established procedure.
Operational documentationOperational documentation should be developed according to requirement of GOST 19.503-79, GOST 19.504-79, GOST 19.505-79, GOST 19.508-79.
Into structure of operational documentation should enter:
passports (forms) and maintenance instruction on means which are delivered;
an explanatory note describing the software and hardware complex, process data, a general description of the system;
documentation for the software components of the system, including:
description of software components;
user’s guide
instructions for installation and maintenance of software
service instruction for operating personnel
set of technological schemes ACS TP, schemes of communication network;
sheet of the technical and operational documents;
equipment specifications;
sheet of machine data carriers;
technological instruction;
service instruction on technical means;
user’s manual;
user’s manual for individual software systems;
instructions on formation and maintenance of databases (data set);
programs descriptions;
descriptions of databases (data set);
tutorial on installation and adjustment of equipment and software;
programs and test procedures for commissioning and periodic inspections during operation;
protocols of measurements of parameters of communication lines, protocols of adjustments of software and hardware;
service instruction of technical means of control system;
description of the used data exchange protocols and internal addressing of terminals, controllers, etc.
Provided documentation should correspond to norms of USPD (unified system for program documentation) (except documentation on an operating system, DBMS/database management system and other software products of foreign producers).
All documentation is provided in paper form and on the electronic carrier (an optical disk). Documentation list if necessary can be expanded.
Requirement for acceptance testsGeneralSupplied system must pass the following tests:
Factory tests
Testing the individual subsystems in the implementation of commissioning
preliminary tests
Trial operation
Acceptance tests into commercial operation
All types of tests except the factory, held at the facility of installation
Factory testing of the system are conducted by the Supplier at the site of the Supplier in the presence of the Employer.
The purpose of the above types of tests is to verify compliance provided to the acceptance system with approved specifications.
By testing the system shall be presented, comprising:
Complexes of means, mounted in the required constructive in accordance with the working drawings and prepared for transfer into operation with service equipment
Operational documentation, including:
Technical documentation for the supplied hardware
Documentation of the system working draft
Software as installed on the hardware configured programs
Operational documentation developed by the Supplier, necessary and sufficient, in his view, for the correct operation of software and hardware components of the system
Spare parts, tools and devices for testing the operation and adjustment of software and hardware, as well for the control of metrological characteristics of measuring channels of software and hardware
GuaranteesThe Supplier must ensure reliable and efficient operation of the whole system provided in accordance with the technical specifications for the system.
The warranty period for technical equipment must be at least 36 month from the date of delivery to the Employer on conditions that storing them at the Employer’s site, installation and commissioning works in accordance with the specifications of the Supplier
During the period of the warranty the Supplier must perform a warranty repair of technical equipment and eliminate errors and/or discrepancies with the technical requirements in the software of the system.
In the future, the Supplier should guarantee the supply of spare parts to the extent necessary for a fee the entire life of the hardware.
The Supplier must offer the terms of maintenance after the warranty period in the framework of a service contract.

Technical data table for the ACS TP
GeneralThe technical data sheets (TDS) presented below shall be completely filled in by the Tenderer and presented together with the Tender to the Employer.
Characteristics and guaranteed values included in these sheets shall become a part of the Contract and as such be binding. Deviations from the requirements, without the written agreement with the Employer, are not allowed
The Tenderer shall present all necessary catalogues and data for complete description of the offered equipment, mechanisms, accessories, devices and materials to be used for civil-erection works and commissioning.
The Tenderer shall bear responsibility for any errors, discrepancies or omissions in the characteristics offered by the Tenderer in the TDS.
The Tenderers shall realize that incomplete answers to questions asked mean discrepancy with the requirements of the Employer (Contract requirements), and such incomplete answers may result in the Employer's refusal from such Tenders.
The Tenderers in their Tenders shall confirm general compliance of the Tenders to the requirements of the Employer in general (without any deviations) or incompliance.
If there are any deviations/discrepancies, they shall be described and explained for each item of tables in the column "Note" or in separate sheet.
Functional requirementTable 1.1:Technical requirements to ACS TP hardware and software№ Description Data: Notes
Required by the Employer Guaranteed by the Contractor Manufacturer
Network hardware
1. SCADA system server
1.1 Reserved yes
1.2 Industrial design, 19’’ Rackmounted yes
1.3 Reserved power supply 230 VAC yes 1.4 RAID controller yes 1.5 Dual Port LAN adapter yes 1.6 Internal monitoring yes 1.7 Remote control yes 2. Gateways
2.1 Industrial design, 19’’ Rackmounted yes 2.2 Reserved power supply 230 VAC yes 2.3 Support of IEC 60870-5-101 protocol yes 2.4 Support of IEC 60870-5-104 protocol yes 2.5 Internal monitoring yes 2.6 Remote control yes 3. Server of time synchronization with GPS receivers
3.1 Support of IEEE 1588 yes 3.2 Support of NTP(SNTP) yes 3.3 GPS/GLONASS yes 4. Network switchers and routers LAN
4.1 Reserved power supply 230 VAC / DC yes 4.2 Reserving of network connections yes 4.3 Compliance with IEC 61850-3 yes 4.4 Compliance with IEEE 1613 yes 4.5 Compliance with IEC 61000 yes 4.6 Internal monitoring, watchdog-relay yes 4.7 SNMP support yes 4.8 Remote control/ configuration (web. telnet) yes 5. Reserved power supply 230 VAC / DC
5.1 Inverters 230 V AC/220 V DC – 230 V AC yes 5.2 Two independent power supply lines yes 5.3 SNMP support yes 6. Visualization tools
6.1 WS
6.1.1 Industrial design yes 6.1.2 Reserved LAN adapter yes 6.2 Display, diagonal not less 24’’, 2items 6.2.1 Matrix IPS, viewing angles are not worse than 178’ yes 6.3 Keyboard and optical mouse yes 6.4 Remote viewing display
6.4.1 Display, diagonal not less 55’’, 1item yes 6.4.2 Management (individual or by an operator station) yes 6.5 Printer black & white
6.5.1 A4 format yes 6.5.2 Connection via Ethernet yes 7. Technological function
7.1 Management 7.1.1 SU 330 kV – circuit-breakers yes 7.1.2 SU 330 kV - disconnectors yes 7.1.3 SU 330 kV – earthing blades yes 7.1.4 SU110 kV – circuit-breakers yes 7.1.5 SU 110 kV - disconnectors yes 7.1.6 SU 110 kV – earthing blades yes 7.1.7 SU 35 kV – circuit-breakers yes 7.1.8 SU 10 kV – circuit-breakers yes 7.1.9 SU 35 kV - disconnectors Perspective
7.1.10 SU 10 kV -trolleys Perspective
7.1.11 SU 35kV – earthing blades Perspective
7.1.12 SU 10 kV – earthing blades Perspective
7.1.13 Automatic Circuit-breaker 0.4 kV of auxiliary system (if operating mechanism is present) yes 7.1.14 Automatic Circuit-breaker 0.4 kV of DC board (if operation mechanism is present) yes 7.1.15 OLTC of autotransformers (AT) yes Perspective
7.1.16 Fire-extinguishing system’s elements (valves, gates) yes 7.2 Position monitoring 7.2.1 SU 330 kV – circuit-breakers yes 7.2.2 SU 330 kV - disconnectors yes 7.2.3 SU 330 kV – earthing blades yes 7.2.4 SU110 kV – circuit-breakers yes 7.2.5 SU 110 kV - disconnectors yes 7.2.6 SU 110 kV – earthing blades yes 7.2.7 SU 35 kV – circuit-breakers yes 7.2.8 SU 10 kV - circuit-breakers yes 7.2.9 SU 35 kV - disconnectors yes 7.2.10 SU 10 kV -trolleys yes 7.2.11 SU 35 kV – earthing blades yes 7.2.12 SU 10 kV – earthing blades yes 7.2.13 Automatic Circuit-breaker 0.4 kV of auxiliary system (if operating mechanism is present) yes 7.2.14 Automatic Circuit-breaker 0.4 kV of DC board (if operation mechanism is present) yes 7.2.15 OLTC of autotransformers (AT) yes Perspective
7.2.16 Fire-extinguishing system’s elements (valves, gates) yes 8. Bay controllers
8.1 IEC 61850 support yes 8.2 PLC IEC 61131-3 yes 8.3 Local MMI yes 8.4 Reserved network connections yes 9. Integration into ACS TP 9.1 APAS system yes 9.2 RP & SA system yes 9.3 Security video surveillance system yes 9.4 SURS monitoring system yes 9.5 Meteorological monitoring system yes 9.6 Electrical measurements system yes 9.7 Fire-extinguishing system yes 9.8 Ventilation and air conditioning system yes 9.9 DC board (if controller is present) yes 9.10 Auxiliary board (if controller is present) yes 9.11 SS main equipment diagnostic system yes 10. System of data retransmission to higher levels of SS
10.1 IEC 60870-5-104 (101) protocol yes 11. Software for SHS of ACS TP 11.1 Basic (firm) software yes 11.2 Application software yes 12. Local area network (LAN)
12.1 Fast Ethernet yes 12.2 Gigabit Ethernet yes 12.3 IEC 61850 yes 12.4 IEC 60870-5-101 yes 12.5 IEC 60870-5-103 yes 12.6 ІЕС 60870-5-104 yes 12.7 MODBUS yes 12.8 PROFIBUS yes 12.9 DNP yes 12.10 Use of “ring” scheme yes 12.11 Use of “star” scheme yes 13. Reservation of SS LAN
13.1 RSTP yes 13.2 PRP yes 13.3 HSR yes 14. User interface lauguage 14.1 Ukrainian yes 14.2 Russian yes 15. Data export 15.1 Comtrade yes 15.2 Excel yes 15.3 Word yes 16. Operating requirements 16.1 Equipment self-diagnostics yes 16.2 Software self-diagnostics yes 16.3 Communication channels self-diagnostics yes 16.4 Fault location testing yes 17. Requirements to protection of data against unauthorized access 17.1 Physical protection level yes 17.2 Software protection level yes 17.3 Devices polling interval not less than 1 sec yes 17.4 DB used yes 17.5 MS SQL Server yes 17.6 ORACLE Database Server yes SECTION V. SPECIAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR AUTOMATED metering system Setting and purpose of creation the system Purpose ACSEE SSAutomated system of power substations should be established as an automated data-processing system, the main purpose of which - the measurement, collection, processing, storage, display, documentation electric energy accounting data.
ACSEE SS should provide:
automated data collection of measurements of parameters of electricity from meters and other data needed for accounting of electric power;
providing hourly electricity metering;
obtaining an average of the power at each point of the account and the construction of the half-hour (hourly) load graphs on daily, monthly and annual intervals;
monitoring the reliability of the measuring data;
providing simultaneous measurement processes;
processing of measurement information;
automated data processing of measurements of parameters of electricity and other energy accounting data and the formation of accounting results that are taken for financial and other calculations;
automated data saving electricity metering;
automation of control of technical condition of the accounting system of electricity;
work with ACS SS;
interaction with an automated control system of power quality (ACSPQ);
preparing accounting documents for electricity metering.
The purpose of the ACSEE SSThe purpose of the ACSEE is:
implementation of requirements of normative documents , decisions of Advice WMEE in relation to the account of electric energy, including relatively for the sentinel of its account on the scopes of balance belonging of subjects of WMEE;
reduction of commercial losses by increasing the accuracy of electric energy and information that enables the analysis of electric power losses in the main backbone network;
automation of the collection, transmission and processing of information from the settlement, and technical points of electric energy at the substation;
ensuring the operational efficiency of the automatic control counters and data channels;
validation of the data obtained through the formation of the balance of electric energy substations (hereinafter - SS);
providing of work of all elements of ACSEE PS in the single estimated time with the maintainance of the set rules of passing to the "summer / winter" time;
decline of labour intensiveness of works on the account of electric energy;
introduction of modern technical and programmatic facilities high-reliability, by the protracted terms exploitations which provide the minimum terms of return of the inlaid facilities and defence of the inlaid investments;
providing of personnel of substation by complete information about making, vacation, trunk-to-trunk and consumption of electric power;
automation of procedures preparation of current documents.
Description of object of automationCollection of measureable information, treatment, storage, presentation and documenting of commercial and technical information, is subject automation about a receipt, distributing and consumption of electric power on SS and on its separate elements.
Volumes of facilities of measuring technique , intended for control of commercial and technical account of electric power on SS must correspond operating normative-technical documents.
On SS modern microprocessor multifunction meters must be set.
Points of account on joinings 330 and 110 kV must be equipped basic and dublicate watthourmeters class of exactness of 0,2sec.
Basic and dublicate meters of joinings 330 and 110 kV must be connected to different measurings second obmotkam of TC on a four-wire chart.
The account of electric energy is carried out in obedience to "Instruction about the order of the commercial distributing of electric power" and by "Rules of device of electrical equipment ".
System requirementsGeneral system requirementsThe basis for creating ACSEE SS should be based on open architecture and support for industry standard protocols. Technical and system software must be supported by manufacturers for 10 years from the termination of production.
Requirements for the structure and functioning of the systemACSEE SS is a complex hardware and software that functions as an autonomous system of accounting. ACSEE SS is a system of hardware and software definitions, collection, storage, transmission and display of commercial and technical accounting of electric power.
Normal operation of the system should be automatic data collection, processing and storage of information. In emergencies it is necessary to provide for manual entry and correction of data.
Operation ACSEE SS carried out continuously in real time. The structure of the ACSEE SS shall consist of the following levels of hierarchy:
on the first sublevel, measurement, (level meters installed at the facilities of accounting) ACSEE substation should be capable of measuring the active and reactive energy and power on the basis of three-phase meters in the forward and reverse directions, the determination of the volume of electricity that enters the network (provided by the network ), consumed for own needs and economic needs of each set time of day, and storage of certain data in the primary database (PDB) counter;
on the second sublevel (communication) ACSEE should provide read data records of PDB electric power meters and data collection server using the LAN;
on the third sublevel level of processing and providing information, ACSEE SS must perform the processing of accounting data, which come automatically or by manual input, load them in the server ACSEE for further processing, access to server data ACSEE by staff using a software application automation energy accounting jobs.
Components ACSEE communication sublayer should ensure the collection of information from the counters of electric power metering and transmission of this information to the third sub-layer systems for processing and presentation parameters of electricity metering.
Technical means ACSEE meter sublevels should include:
current transformers and voltage;
secondary circuits of switching current and voltage transformers;
electricity meters.
ACSEE technical means of communication must include sublayer:
interface converters;
links;
means of Telecommunications.
Technical means ACSEE SS level processing of information should include:
Server data collection and processing;
Automation of workplace duty Substation.
Information interaction between the components of the system should be carried out in automatic or automatic mode. At the same time for the information exchange between the sublevels of the system should provide the following modes of information exchange:
periodic data collection from electricity meters;
collection of data from electricity meters by the operator, including in emergency situations.
Technical solutions for an ACSEE upper levels is determined at the design stage.
In case of failure of communication channels, the individual components of the system shall be capable of automatically switching to a backup channel.
It should be possible to temporarily exclude from the survey of individual energy meters without losing the last of accumulated data.
Diagnosing the system should be carried out periodically in the background automatically recording the diagnostic messages in the message log available for viewing workstations, as well as at the request of the operator.
In accordance with the functional purpose in the process of taking into account the results, ACSEE should be divided into two functional components:
functional component that ensures the formation and storage of raw data and is classified as a measurement of the ACSEE SS. Measurement of the ACSEE substation consists of current transformers, voltage circuits secondary switching current and voltage transformers, electricity meters, located in the substation. The measuring part should be placed the primary database, which should be the basis of all measurement information ACSEE;
functional component, which does not participate in the formation of primary data and results in the formation of accounting uses the data from the primary database ACSEE accounting items and is classified as a system of data collection and processing ACSEE SS. ODS should be included all the technical tools that provide information from the accounting items and its subsequent processing, storage and display.
Functional components ACSEE SS must communicate information on the basis of these fundamental provisions:
measuring part (primary database) - a source of information for measuring data system;
Data system establishes modes of preparation and collection of measurement data objects and monitors their performance.
ACSEE SS should provide an opportunity to develop in directions:
increase the degree of automation system functions;
increase the number of functions;
improvement of the user interface;
increase the number of objects and points of delivery;
expansion of the monitored parameters;
integration with ACS;
creation of backup communication channels.
Reliability requirementsThe system relates to articles of continuous, long-term operation, which require periodic maintenance and repair.
Faults and failures of individual hardware should not lead to an accident and failure of other technical means, as well as the whole system.
Software and hardware systems must ensure storage of all counts and accumulated information failures and failures of certain technical facilities, as well as a loss of power.
Restoring ACSEE SS should be carried out by replacing the units, blocks or components that are out of order, as well as resetting, if necessary, software.
Reliability of ACSEE SS must be provided:
choice of the optimal functional structure;
choice of means and the license system and the overall software performance and reliability that meet modern international standards and guarantees enterprise-level;
prompt replacement of software and hardware that are out of order;
using duplicate ACSEE SS counters and hardware reserve;
using effective in terms of the reliability of wiring diagrams and interfaces between system components and processes of collection, processing and transmission of data;
compatibility of hardware and software;
the use of modern technologies to develop application software and its testing;
use of sources of guaranteed continuous (backup) power substation equipment ACSEE and backup power counters.
Reliability ACSEE SS as a whole should be characterized by the following values ​​of reliability indices:
Average life should be at least:
5 years for servers ACSEE \ ACSSE;
- 3 years for AWP;
10 years for other technical means ACSEE SS;
The average time to failure in the performance of a particular function should be at least 10,000 hours;
Average renewal time operational status shall be not more than 6 hours (subject to availability of spare parts and relevant software and database files).
Technical means ACSEE substations must provide the following reliability:
Time availability of software and hardware - should be no more than 60 minutes (with a fully off state to the test of readiness);
Average shelf life (prior to commissioning) - not less than 9 months.
Resuming performance hardware ACSEE SS should be carried out by replacement (or repair) the technical means (part) from the spare parts, tools.
To ensure the reliability of these indicators should be applied ACSEE substation hardware and software techniques (complete copies of the software, spare parts, components and accessories).
The diagnostic program verify that the hardware and software ACSEE SS must fix violation of proper operation ACSEE.
Requirements for SafetyRequirements regarding safety during installation, commissioning and operation ACSEE SS and its components should be presented in the project documentation, and operational documents for specific types of equipment.
Technical means ACSEE substation must comply with electrical and mechanical safety, according to GOST 25861-83 and rules of the safety regulations.
Computer equipment, which are used in servers and AWM must meet the safety requirements of DSTU 4113-2001 and GOST 25861-83.
All external hardware elements ACSEE, which are live must be protected against accidental contact, and themselves have the technical means or protective earth and neutral earthing in accordance with RSEI.
The design of hardware ACSEE SS should ensure protection of personnel against electric shocks and respond to class 01 according to GOST 12.2.007.0-75.
The requirements regarding the safety of current and potential should meet GOST and GOST 12.2.007.3-75 12.2.007.0-75.
Dielectric strength and insulation resistance components ACSEE SS must meet state, interstate and international standards that apply to them, in particular:
electric power meters - GOST 30206-94 (IEC 687), GOST 30207-94 (IEC 1036-90), State Standard IEC 62053-23: 2012, GOST 6570-96, GOST 30206-94;
other means of measurement - GOST 22261-94.
Accommodation hardware ACSEE and laying lines of communication should be carried out in accordance with the requirements of normative document "Technical operation of power stations and networks" (GCD 34.20.507-2003), GOST R GOST 12.2.091-94 53769-2010i.
Technical means ACSEE SS must meet the general requirements for fire safety in accordance with GOST 12.1.004-91.
Safety requirements and sanitary requirements for the equipment of workplaces determined by the "Rules of safety in the operation of computers" (approved by public defense work from 10.02.99 №21, registered with the Ministry of Justice of Ukraine on 17.06.99 №382 / 3675).
Incorrect operations personnel ACSEE SS should not lead to an emergency situation.
Requirements to ergonomics and technical aestheticsThe shape and the way the information shall be determined by its composition and purpose.
Information about the abnormal situation in the system should be displayed on the screen in a manner that attracts the attention of the staff.
General ergonomic requirements for AWM ACSEE must meet DSTU 7299: 2013 "Design and Ergonomics. Operator. The relative position of the workplace. General requirements Ergonomics"
Design solutions and the quality of their implementation shall meet the requirements of technical aesthetics.
Ergonomic solutions should provide ease of operation, maintenance and repair of equipment.
Requirements for the operation, maintenance, repair and preservation of the system componentsIn areas where the equipment is located ACSEE SS, should be provided with the operating conditions according to the requirements that are set in the operating instructions on the device and means.
Mode ACSEE SS - continuous, non-stop with periodic maintenance.
Maintenance ACSEE SS should be two types of:
Operational Services;
routine maintenance.
The main type of repair should be carried out by replacing the faulty unit with spare parts. Next repair faulty units is carried out by the personnel operating the system, or at specialized repair shops.
Requirements for the protection of information from unauthorized accessProtection should be the organizational and technical means of limiting access to specific users. As part of protection should be provided for software data protection, which allow:
access control system operators to tasks, reports, parameters and system resources;
control of data integrity and system configuration;
registration and recording of operator actions.
It must be ensured limiting user access to tasks of manual data entry. Manual data entry must have the appropriate signs and details of the manual input operator.
To protect against unauthorized access must be provided:
organizational solutions (limiting access of unauthorized persons to the premises, which houses the equipment ACSEE);
physical protection (lock and seal on products, special cabinets, safes);
programming techniques (setting passwords, placing applications and data in the write-protected memory areas), creation of groups (profiles) of users in terms of access - administration, review and manual data entry, data revisions;
Measures to protect against changes in the information in the files of data that is stored on external media.
Requirements for the preservation of information in case of emergenciesThere must be measures that ensure the renewal or minimize data loss due to the influence of factors that caused the emergency and hardware failures. Measures to protect and restore the information shall be provided at the level of software, as well as wearing the organizational and technical nature (to use RAID arrays on the server, backup server, "hard" copies of software and data duplication while preserving information).
As part of the system of technical means shall be provided to the external memory, which ensure the safety of the software, information files and the possibility of subsequent recovery. It shall be capable of manual or automatic backup.
Safety information should be provided by ACSEE SS under the following emergency situations:
temporary power failure;
temporary failure of cable lines and equipment data, the duration of which does not exceed the operating time in standalone mode;
failure of individual hardware ACSEE SS.
In emergencies system must not give out false signals and information.
In the event of failure of the main power supply, computer hardware systems must go powered by uninterruptible power supply unit and perform safe shutdown in automatic or manual mode.
Resuming after failures and accidents in the system should be carried out in automatic or automatic modes.
Electricity meters in the loss of power and / or failures of communication channels should ensure the preservation of information in non-volatile memory (the primary database) for the period in the amount of pre-fault load schedule at least 45 days with the integration period of 30 minutes. In addition, electricity meters, which have digital interface must provide safety indicators at the beginning of the day, during the day, at the beginning of the month - for the month.
Programmes meter reading should include mechanisms for monitoring the completeness of the data and their reading with safety regulations.
Requirements for protection from the influence of external factorsTechnical means ACSEE SS when activating and deactivating the switching should not create obstacles that cause a malfunction of other products that are connected to the same network as the primary power supply to the local network, besides a power supply.
The ACSEE SS should include technical measures of protection against the effects of electromagnetic obstacles is provided by laying data cables separate from cables and other purposes, the use of the screening, filtration, grounding. According to EMC elements ACSEE SS shall meet the requirements of international standards IEC 61000-4-8, IEC 61000-4-118 and others.
Protection of the network Ethernet, RS-232 lines, RS-485, Trunk telecommunications, radio links, power lines equipment Surge (interference from lightning strikes, switching of power equipment) must be provided in the construction of ACSEE SS.
When transmitting information through communication channels must be used interfaces and communications protocols that provide interference-encoding, error protection and detection.
Requirements for the standardization and unificationACSEE SS should be based on existing standards, rules, regulations and other regulatory documents ( industry leadership training materials, GOST 34.201-89, RD 50-34.698-90).
In the absence of purchased technical equipment with the necessary characteristics, they should be designed for individual specification for the design phase.
ACSEE unification should be achieved by:
unification of hardware components through the use of a limited set of standardized hardware, standardized set of events computing;
unification of the software through the use of standard programs.
The software must be able, without significant improvements of software add-ons, creating interaction between software systems with ACS.
Building ACSEE local level and its integration into the ACSEE regional level should be implemented on the basis of new international standards, namely,:
ІЕС 61970 (Sim Model - Common Information Model);
ІЕС 61968 (The main interface for the control of electrical networks, the structure of information messages for control centers);
ІЕС 61850-7 (forming marks quality parameters);
ІЕС 60870-6 (data transfer protocols between the control centers) as the primary protocol to communicate with RECS with LECS credentials of the current accounting period, event data and historical data.
DLMS COSEM (communication protocol)
Power RequirementsFor electricity meters should be organized external (backup) power supply. The power supply must be carried out using special isolating transformers for electrical isolation of power. Standby power must allow reading of electricity meters in the absence of measured voltage and current.
Electrical equipment in the closet communication server ACSEE, must be single-phase 220V AC, 50 Hz. Power consumption of equipment cabinet ACSEE media server should not exceed 1500 VA.
The housing must be connected to a protective earth circuit.
In order to ensure a reliable power supply cabinet and prevent data loss when a power failure, use an uninterruptible power supply (UPS). UPS, with the disappearance of the primary power supply should provide autonomous operation and shutdown of the server for at least 30 minutes.
Power ARM should be a single-phase AC voltage of 220V, 50 Hz.
Feature Requirements ACSEE SSFunctions and settings tasks ACSEE SSACSEE SS must implement the following basic functions:
measuring the required electrical parameters;
formation of schedules flows of active and reactive power with the integration period set in the counter, or a multiple of it;
creation and storage within a specified time of the primary database for the distribution of electric energy;
automatic reading at a given time of day or at a specified interval data from the meters and make a copy of the primary database counters;
primary processing and control of completeness of the information;
formation of the necessary information on points of accounting, taking into account a possible switch connections and replacement of meters;
calculation of generalizing and group settings;
fixing the meter readings for 00 hours, the estimated time;
the validation of information to form a sign of quality (calculation and monitoring of imbalances in the electricity substation buses, verification of information provided by the main and back-counters);
development of balances SS stored values ​​counters to 00 hours;
Identification and storage with fixing the date and time of occurrence of events related to changes in the external non-standard (power failure, lack of communications, unauthorized access) and internal (operational error, data corruption, exceptions in data processing) hardware and software environment means. Data changed its quality under the influence of such events should be marked appropriately sign;
adjustments of timers counters System server time;
provide automatic switching to summer / winter time;
conducting routine switching spreadsheet;
provide manual data entry into the system and manually (with help an work operation position) data collection from meters. All data that is entered by hand, must have a indication of the quality (reliability) of data "Manual input";
formation of screens and graphics output parameter records (in the form of screen and report forms) to the terminal and / or a printing device at the request of the operator with AWP ACSEE;
reporting;
export copies safety regulations;
interaction with ACS substation;
interaction with ACSSE;
automatic control and diagnostics of the technical state of the accounting system of electric power, technical means and channels of communication system, automatic notification of operating personnel in the event of hardware failures and communication channels;
reference and protocol analysis work documenting access to server information ACSEE, identification and storage with fixing the date and time of occurrence of all the events associated with non-standard changes in the external (power failure, lack of connection attempts to unauthorized access) and internal (operational error, a violation of the integrity of data exceptions in data processing) software environment and hardware;
maintenance of reference data;
data storage in case of accidents, data backup, archiving data to external media;
protect information from unauthorized access and influence;
provide users with context-sensitive help;
maintaining a single system time, the methods of automatic and manual synchronization of the internal clock of all components ACSEE SS (including timers, electricity meters) at the time of the reference time. ACSEE SS should get the exact time from the level of the power system.
The electricity metering points, which are installed electricity meters that measure energy in both directions, as well as on groups of records, which include these points account must be taken into account at the same time released and adopted active and reactive energy.
Averaging interval (a system-wide parameter) must be selected from a number of 30 to 60 minutes. This parameter is set in the system configuration according to customer requirements and can be changed in the future by the customer.
The parameters of electric power metering must be recorded in the next accounting periods at the time of the event (with the I / O power lines), which took place between the time set commit readings of electricity meters:
hour (half-hour);
change;
day;
decade;
month;
neighborhood;
year;
any period (previous times);
integral total (equivalent meter readings at the end of every day, every month and at the time of the last survey).
Accounting manual data entry must be provided by the points that are not equipped with automatic data collection and the point to which the connection is not available.
Parameters of account must be with the mark of time, sign of authenticity and sign which determines the mode of entry of the indicated data in the system (hand or automatic). The system must provide archiving and storage of basic data in an untilled kind.
ACSEE SS must provide the conclusion of parameters of account, which are kept on the server ACSEE, as the CRT and current forms on a terminal and/or on the device of seal in demand of operator of AWP ACSEE.
ACSEE SS must provide automatic diagnostics of next failures and refuses of hardwares and ductings of connection of the system:
absence of access to the server of ACSEE from the side AWP;
lack of communication between the server ACSEE with counter;
deviation of the time counter on the system in excess of the values ​​specified in the tolerance;
availability of system errors and other counter.
Diagnostic messages are displayed in the AWP ACSEE as the corresponding screens (the current state of the system, log messages, and others.) And accumulate in the server ACSEE (with a shelf life that is set in the System Setup).
ACSEE SS should provide the ability to configure an operator who has the proper credentials, the following system configuration settings:
a list of attributes and system users (login name, password, description, access level);
a list of parameters of metering points (the name of the point of registration, serial number and the communication counter values ​​of energy conversion factors);
the composition of the list and account groups;
the date and time daylight savings and standard time;
parameters of the communication ports collection server;
long-term preservation of information in the server ACSEE (for different types of parameters).
Requirements for the type of collateralRequirements of a softwareAs of software ACSEE SS should be used (if any) common mathematical methods and algorithms for the calculation of the required parameters.
Requirements for data provisionLocal Information ACSEE SS shall consist of the following sets of data:
from the primary database , multifunction counters and accounting devices;
data file that contains copies of the primary database;
routine switching table (TOP) connections;
reference data;
manual input dataset;
an array of data processed information on elementary and group accounting points (further - MOD);
unified array of events;
reporting forms;
logs and system diagnostics.
Primary database multifunction counters must contain stored values ​​of active and reactive power (reception, return at 4 quadrants separately for each phase) in the 00 hours estimated time; graphics (profile), load power, current, voltage, power factor, frequency above parameters separately for phase and an array of events.
A copy of the primary database must include basic information obtained from the meters by automatically reading data from the primary database without any changes and additions. A method of organizing data in a copy of the primary database must be the same for different types of meters. Data Retention in PBB copies at the local level should be at least 100 days.
Standard-reference information should include the data required for the functioning of the ACSEE.
Information should include a manual input account information (counters). This information must be stored in separate arrays of logic to a depth of not less than 3 billing periods. Accounting information for logical and virtual channels, which is entered manually, it must have an appropriate label of quality.
An array of processed information should include specific regulations of the range of credentials (both in composition and in the time factor), on individual and / or group of metering points.
In an array of events to be stored all the information about the events that are associated with external changes in foreign (disappearance and the resumption of power, lack of communication between the system components, unauthorized access, etc.) and internal (errors in the components of the system, data corruption, etc.) environment.
In the minutes of work should be introduced and stored information on the diagnostic systems and operations that are performed by software automatically or with the participation of personnel.
Primary database counters substations should be a source of information for the database server ACSEE.
ACSEE database server is a data source for user workstations ACSEE.
To encode the information used in the ACSEE SS should apply classifications and dispatcher names, which are used in the NEC "Ukrenergo ".
ACSEE to control the accuracy of the accounting system of electricity compiled monthly balance at the substations of Southern Electric Networks should provide a definition of (settlement) of the actual unbalance.
All components of the balance of power, with the exception of energy losses in transformers of power shall be determined by measuring the settlement meters and technical accounting counters.
Requirements for linguistic supportThe user interface of the system, as the language of user interaction with the software and hardware of the system, should provide an easy and convenient user dialogue with ACSEE.
Description of the user interface of the system (in all modes of operation) should be adjusted to the operator instruction, and (if necessary) in the other operational documents ACSEE.
Software RequirementsSoftware LAN ACSEE must comply with current ND and consist of general and specialized software.
Total software license must be in its composition should include: server operating systems, workstations, relational database server storing information; communications software; remote administration tools; software packages for data processing and other software that implements modern information technology.
Special (applied) on the local ACSEE SS should be sufficient to perform all the functions and processes of collection, processing and transmission of data to meet the requirements of existing ND and requirements that are presented in this document.
Program data collection, processing and transmission of data should include tools for creating reports of their work and their further analysis.
Welcomes the use of the latest versions of these operating systems.
Local ACSEE software should allow remote administration of the full functions of administrator.
The requirements for information exchange between the system components
The components of the local substation are ACSEE:
Multifunctional counters of electric power, which are included in the measurement of SS sublayer ACSEE;
communications equipment;
Server data, automate user workstations that are part sublayer processing and reporting.
Information communication with local ACSEE measuring sublayer includes the reading of information via the media server with all primary database multifunction counters, which are part of ACSEE, and adjust hours counters.
The process of reading the information from the counters at the local level should be:
be carried out according to the rules, which is set in the configuration of the system and the user query;
exclude any changes or errors in reading, transmission and recording of primary data;
have an indication of the results of the reading and control of completeness of the information;
provide the minimum reading time required by parallel operation of multiple counters, and through the use of effective programs that implement standard protocols;
logged.
Information interaction with AWP communication server must be performed using a LAN with or without the use of the Internet (WEB) -technology.
The requirements for the structure of the collection, processing and transmission of data to ACSEE.
The structure of compulsory processes ACSEE SS to be executed software and hardware tools automatically or with the participation of personnel substation must enter:
measurement of the electrical network via measuring transformers, multi-function counters. As a result of the action of this process is to be formed primary database;
automatic reading of data from the primary database and the formation of copies primary database;
maintaining regulatory supplemental information, the result of which must be relevant to the information at any time. The process is performed mainly manually by service personnel with special service programs;
manual input of information, the result of which should be: Table of operational switching in the electrical network and replacement of meters and manual entry of the data array - credentials of accession which are not equipped with an automated means of gathering information, or these remedies do not work;
entering the exact time, which should provide ACSEE SS exact time stamp;
control and adjustment of the timer counters;
Creating screens, input information for which should serve as any information that is in the server ACSEE, and the result - in the form of screen forms, tables, lists and charts.
The requirements regarding the presentation of data
means of data should provide ACSEE SS:
creation on their base AWP for different categories of workers with the delimitation of access rights;
connection to AWP reflection as a means of information and interfaces, utilities - management credentials, master data management, manual input of information, control data read from the counters, etc.;
creation and updating of the structure and format reports using the report generator, which does not require programming;
creating, reviewing, printing and storing reports;
review saved reports;
reation and updating of the structure and format tables, lists, intended for forming screens;
forming, reflection and, if necessary, print, or storage on magnetic or optical media screens;
creating a graphic reflection and analysis with the help of periodic data.
The main source of data for the system ACSEE are digital devices of electricity metering, plug-in to the system upper level protocol ModbusRTU.
Hardware requirementsTechnical means ACSEE SS should be sufficient to perform all functions of the system with the appropriate characteristics, highlighted in these specifications.
As the technical means should be used ACSEE SS uniform technical means of mass production. If necessary, allowed to use separate hardware unit production.
Each of the hardware ACSEE SS should allow its replacement by means of the same functionality without structural changes in the regulatory or other technical means ACSEE SS (except specially stipulated in the operational documentation to ACSEE).
The hardware must include equipment to connect to the server and AWP LAN.
Requirements for the counters of electric powerTo measure the power and presentation of the results of measurements should be used multifunctional electronic electricity meters of accuracy class 0,2S, 1 (2) A.
Interfaces counters must be protected against overloads using special protective devices.
The ACSEE should be implemented redundancy of information channels of communication with meters, for which electricity meters must be equipped with two independent interfaces.
Cable news channel of communication should be routed separately from the current-carrying conductor along the shortest path.
It must be provided for mounting the cable news channel in the vicinity of the attachment.
The requirements for communication cabinet ACSEE SSCabinet Communications ACSEE SS is designed for equipment that performs the functions of receiving, storing and processing information, which comes from the electricity meters.
The cabinet must be installed on the floor and equipped with a fan unit with thermostat.
The cabinet must be capable of placing the server and communication equipment ACSEE and have space to accommodate additional or backup equipment in the amount of not less than 30% of the total.
The cabinet must be installed in the room where the equipment will be located server ACS substation. No direct exposure to sunlight on the cabinet and its installation near the heating system (the distance from the heating system is not less than 1 m.)
Communication equipment ACSEE, which is placed in the cabinet, with the electricity meters should be cable type 5e SFTP.
Cables of information channels, which are routed to the cabinet must have a reserve of length 2 m for installation inside the cabinet and processing all conductors.
Features server hardware:
As server should be used industrial computers increased reliability c possibility of creating RAID- array. As part of the server must have two power supply and at least two network cards. Hard disk drives and power supplies must support the ability to "hot swap" function (Hot swap). We recommend using a server with extended operating temperature range (greater than 25 ° C.) For the premises where they will be used.
construction of servers must allow their placement in special racks, cabinets floor mounting;
the server must be designed for continuous operation. Disable the server is allowed during routine maintenance;
general and application server software must allow the simultaneous operation of all communication ports.
The requirements for AWPACSEE SS should be composed of two AWP. AWP must include a PC, software and guidance documents, and be designed to account for power management and monitoring system.
AWP must connect to the communications closet ACSEE via a local area network. Position determined at the project (P).
For information exchange between system components to be used the following means of Telecommunications:
Ethernet (between the cabinet and the media server ACSEE and AWP);
physical link.
The requirements for communication channelsChannels of communication must ensure reliable transmission of data from the meters to the means of communication and telecommunication systems.
Channels of communication with SS regional level should have a permanent capacity of not less than 64 kbit / s, with a safety factor of at least 0.9 channel.
The requirements for the interface hardware and cables to connect to the server counters ACSEE:
provide information communication with metering devices, ACSEE server, AWP.
should not change the data format in the conversion of physical parameters into signals which are transmitted;
must be designed for continuous operation and does not require tuning and adjustment during operation;
connecting cables must provide for the transfer of data without distortion with a minimum decrease in the level of the signal on the path from the source to the transceiver;
cables that are connected to the instrument should not be mechanically affect their terminal clamps;
the connection between the equipment must be carried out continuously stub. In any case, the connecting equipment must not introduce distortion into the signal, which is transmitted;
Do not use the same cable lived on the primary and backup hardware acquisition.
Technical equipment must be located in compliance with the requirements contained in the technical and operational documentation in order to ensure ease of use in the operation of the system and perform maintenance.
Enable or disable certain hardware, power outage should not lead to failure of the system hardware. In case of refusal of technical means shall be provided in registration failure.
Each of the system hardware must accept its replacement by means of functionally similar specified without any design changes and / or regulation in other technical means (except as specifically provided in the technical documentation on the system).
Requirements for metrological supportMeasuring instruments should be made to the "State Register of measuring devices approved for use in Ukraine in Ukraine".
The metrological characteristics of the measuring instruments, which are used in the system must be listed in the documentation on the specific types of funds.
Forms of metrological supervision measuring instruments, the organization and procedure of checking and metrological certification must meet the requirements of regulatory documents.
In accordance with the principles of the system of construction of ACSEE all test operations associated with the formation of the measuring data are made a part of the measurement. The second part of the ACSEE- SOD measurement operation is performed. In the course of its operation it receives from the measurement of the primary data and processes them, error results are determined solely by the primary data errors. Measurement of the ACSEE performs the function of a complete measurement and has metrological characteristics which are normalized.
In carrying out metrological certification of metrological research is subject to the functional part of ACSEE accounting items, which ensures the formation of the primary database.
Requirements for Organizational SupportACSEE SS should not require daily maintenance on the part of engineers and technicians in computer science and programming. This condition shall be ensured through the use of the development and operation of ACSEE SS appropriate equipment, software, technology, backup hardware and software, remote administration software.
The list of equipment subject to periodic maintenance is determined at the stage of the project (P). Full list of features (assignment to them of units and personnel management ES,MES and substations) with respect to the operation and maintenance of ACSEE SS should be worked in the design of the ACSEE SS and entered in the relevant documents on the organizational support to ACSEE entry into force. The current operation ACSEE SS entrust the duty personnel substation, line maintenance ACSEE - Staff MES.
Requirements to ACSSEThe system is designed to ACSSE:
continuous monitoring of power quality;
freeze output values ​​of the power quality of tolerance;
communication with substation automation systems for reporting abuse of power quality;
communicate with the ACSEE SS to generate quality labels;
archives;
The system should measure, calculate and record all quality parameters of electric energy in certain GOST13109-97.
RegulationsPresidential Decree Ukraine from 04.04.95 №282 / 95 "On the transfer of power in the market ";
Resolution of the National Commission on Energy Regulation Ukraine from 05.21.97 №B-39/176 "On the introduction of the concept of building automated systems of electric power in terms of energy";
" Technical and organizational requirements for building automated systems of electric energy in Objects "Ukrenergo"(second edition)";
"Specifications for Automated system of commercial accounting of Wholesale Electricity Market of Ukraine "Annex 7 (4) to DCHORE - Standard WEM" Automated system of commercial accounting of electricity WEM subjects. General requirements. "Approved by the Board WEM Minutes №15 of 27.01.2006year”;
"Instructions on how commercial electric power accounting" (Appendix №10 to the Contract between members of the Wholesale Electricity Market), approved by the General Assembly of the annual 21.02.03year. NERC and adopted Resolution №480 from 05.30.03 year;
"Rules of electric energy", approved by NERC №910 from 17.05.05 year.;
" Rules for Electrical ";
Regulations on the Main Operator commercial electricity metering Wholesale Market of Ukraine;
GOST 34.602-89 Set of standards for automated systems. Terms of reference for the creation of automated systems;
“;The concept of automated systems for commercial electric power accounting in terms of energy”, approved by joint order of the Ministry of Energy, NERC, the State Committee for State Standard, the State Construction Committee, State prom policies № 32/28 / 28/276/75/54 of 17 April 2000year.;
GOST 34.602-89 Set of standards for automated systems. Terms of reference for the creation of automated systems;
GCD 34.35-97. Technical requirements for distribution of electric energy;
Precautions;
" GCD 34.20.507-2003. Technical operation of power plants and networks. Rules ";p.p.5.10.9, 05.10.15, 10.05.16. Fuel and Energy Ministry of Ukraine, Kiev, 2003;
" MLA 34.09.205-2004. The cost of electricity for own and economic needs of power plants and networks. Nomenclature ";Myntopэnerho of Ukraine, Kiev, 2005year;
GOST 22261-94. Means of measuring electric and magnetic values. General specifications;
GOST 26035-83 ';Electric power meters Alternating current electronic. General specifications ";
Standard IEC, Publication 687, "Electricity meters Alternating current electronic. General specifications ";
GOST 30206-94. Static watt-hour meter alternating current active energy (accuracy classes 0.2S and 0.5S);
GOST 30207-94. Static watt-hour meter alternating current active energy (accuracy classes 1 and 2);
GOST 8.401-80 ";Accuracy classes of measuring instruments. General requirements";
Rules of safety in the use of computers;
GOST 8.437-81 ";information-measuring systems. Metrological assurance ";
GOST 8.009-84"Normalized metrological characteristics of measuring instruments ";
GOST 8.508-84";Metrological characteristics of measuring instruments and precision characteristics of automation GSP. Common methods of evaluation and monitoring ";
Technique MI 1999-89 ";General requirements for the metrological support"; DSTU 3215-95 Metrology. Metrological certification of measuring instruments. Organization and procedure.
The procedure for the examination of compliance of measuring instruments imported into the territory of Ukraine, the Law of Ukraine "On metrology and metrological activity&quot; approved by the State Standard of Ukraine 11.09.98 N 703 Registered in the Ministry of Justice of Ukraine on October 1, 1998 for N 622/3062.TECHNICAL DATA TABLE FOR ACSEEThe range and numberThe following tables contain data on the 2.1-2.3 range and quantity required by the customer equipment, devices, materials and cable products.
Table 2.1:Information regarding the number and amount of equipment required for electricity metering points SS№ Name of accounting terms The voltage level Accuracy class counter The amount required by the customer Note
1 WL 330 kV "Novokiїvsyka" 330 kV 0.2 S 2 2 WL 110 kV "Polіtehnіchna -1" 110 kV 0.2 S 2 3 WL 110 kV "Polіtehnіchna - 2" 110 kV 0.2 S 2 4 WL 110 kV "Motorcycle - 2" 110 kV 0.2 S 2 5 WL 110 kV "Mototsikleletna - 1" 110 kV 0.2 S 2 6 WL 110 kV "North - 1" 110 kV 0.2 S 2 7 WL 110 kV "North - 2" 110 kV 0.2 S 2 8 110 kV overhead line "Svyatoshino - 1" 110 kV 0.2 S 2 9 110 kV overhead line "Svyatoshino - 2" 110 kV 0.2 S 2 10 AT-1 330 kV 110 kV 0.2 S 2 11 АТ-1 110 kV 110 kV 0.2 S 2 12 АТ-2 330 kV 110 kV 0.2 S 2 13 АТ-2 110 kV 110 kV 0.2 S 2 Note.
The list of metering points ACSEE SS specified at the design stage (P).
The Contractor shall ensure the integration of the existing accounting system (35/10 kV) in the ACSEE. In the absence of this feature, provide a replacement of electricity meters, specified at the design stage (P).
Table 2.2: Data on the nomenclature and the amount of the required hardware and software ACSEE№ Product Name The amount required by the customer Note
1 An of communication closet is in composition:
Server (in a complete set with the applied and programmatic providing, control system by databases);
Switchboard;
Router;
source of trouble-free feed; 1
2
1
1
1 Specified at the design stage (P)
3 The meter 26 Number of equipment and cabinets, a place to put them, it is specified at the design stage (P)
Digital accounting device power quality 13 4 AWP ACSEE:
Industrial PC;
monitor IPS 24";
keyboard;
Mouse (optical) 2
2
2
2
2 Specified at the design stage (P)
Table 2.3:Composition Software№ Name of software Number of licenses Note
1 Server software system-wide 2 Corporate License Customer
2 Application server software 2 Corporate License Customer
Technical data tableThe following table specifications must be completely filled by the Bidder and submitted together with the tender offer Customer.
Features and guarantees included in these tables should be part of the contract and be binding. Without the written consent of the deviations from the requirements of the customer are not permitted.
Bidder shall provide all the necessary directories and data to fully describe the proposed equipment, machinery, tools, devices and materials.
Bidder shall be liable for any errors, inconsistencies or omissions in its proposed characteristics in the tables of technical requirements.
Bidders should be aware that incomplete answers to questions indicate non-compliance of the Customer (the requirements of the Contract), and it could result in the refusal of the Customer from such tender offers.
Bidders in its tender offer must confirm whether they offer the customer requirements in general (without any deviation) or not.
If there are deviations or variations, they must be described and explained in the tables for each position in the column "Remarks" or on a separate sheet.
All deviations from the specifications of the Customer shall be marked clearly identified and given in a separate annex, otherwise the customer will be in the evaluation has been suggested that the proposal does not fully comply with these specifications.
Before signing the deviation must be agreed with the customer.
Table 5.1Technical requirements for electronic multifunction electricity meter№ Technical characteristics (parameter name) Customer Requirements Proposed Participant Note
1. Standards GOST 30206-94 (IEC 687-92) (active power);
GOST IEC 62053-23:2012
(reactive power);
ІЕС 62056
(optical communication)
DLMS COSEM
(communication protocol) 2. Manufacturer * 3. Symbol (Brand) * 4. Climatic conditions and resistance to climatic factors influencing Operating temperature range -40°С..+70°С 5. Requirements for electrical parameters of electric power Nominal frequency of the electrical network, Hz 50 Rated voltage 3x57,7/100;.......; 240/415V, smooth range Rated current, A 1; 5 Maximal current , A 2; 10 6. The accuracy requirements of electricity concerning the measurement of active energy 0.5s; 0.2s concerning the measurement of reactive energy not worse 2.0 7. the accuracy of the internal clock counter ± 0,5 sec/day 8. Switching Interfaces RS232 and RS485 Yes 9. Power requirements of electricity internal power supply, which is connected to the input voltage circuits Yes possibility of power supply from the external (backup) source of DC voltage or AC Yes * - parameters should be provided by the manufacturer.
SECTION VI. BLUEPRINTS

Приложенные файлы

  • docx 18423011
    Размер файла: 530 kB Загрузок: 0

Добавить комментарий